$200,000,000 Principal Amount of 6.875% Senior Notes Due 2021 and Related Guarantees for
$200,000,000 Principal Amount of 6.875% Senior Notes Due 2021 and Related Guarantees
The Exchange Offer Will Expire At 5:00 P.M.,
New York City Time, On June 4, 2014, Unless Extended

We are offering, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus and the accompanying letter of transmittal, to exchange up to $200,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our new 6.875% Senior Notes due 2021 and related guarantees that we have registered under the Securities Act of 1933 for an equal principal amount of our outstanding 6.875% Senior Notes due 2021 and related guarantees. We refer to the new notes you will receive on this exchange offer collectively as the "new notes," and we refer to the old notes you will tender in this exchange offer collectively as the "old notes." The new notes will represent the same debt as the corresponding old notes and we will issue the new notes under the same applicable indenture.

See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 16 for a discussion of risks that should be considered by holders prior to tendering their old notes.

Each broker-dealer that receives new notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of new notes. The Letter of Transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of new notes received in exchange for old notes where the old notes were acquired by the broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. We have agreed that, for a period of 180 days after the consummation of the exchange offer, we will make this prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. See "Plan of Distribution."

Neither the Securities Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

This prospectus incorporates important business and financial information about us that is not included in or delivered with the document. You may obtain this information, at no charge, by contacting us at the address or telephone number set forth below.

We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement on Form S-4 under the Securities Act to register the notes offered by this prospectus. The registration statement contains additional information about us and the notes. We strongly encourage you to read carefully the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto.

You can obtain the additional information incorporated into this prospectus or otherwise included in the registration statement through our website at www.wcicommunities.com or by requesting it in writing or by telephone from us at the following address:

WCI Communities, Inc.
Attention: Vivien N. Hastings
24301 Walden Center Drive
Bonita Springs, Florida 34134
Tel (239) 947-2600

To obtain timely delivery of any requested information, you must request the information no later than five business days before you make your investment decision. Please make any such requests on or before May 28, 2014. See "Where You Can Find More Information" for more information about these matters.

You should rely only on the information contained in this document and any supplement to which we have referred you. See "Where You Can Find More Information." We have not authorized anyone to provide you with information that is different. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We are not making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted, where the person making the offer is not qualified to do so, or to any person who cannot legally be offered the securities. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus or any supplement, as the case may be.

This prospectus, in particular the sections entitled "Summary," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and "Business," contains industry and market data, forecasts and projections that are based on internal data and estimates, independent industry publications, government publications, reports by market research firms or other published independent sources. Industry publications and other published sources generally state that the information they contain has been obtained from third-party sources believed to be reliable, but there can be no assurance as to the accuracy or completeness of such information. We have not independently verified the market and industry data obtained from these third-party sources. Our internal data and estimates are based upon information obtained from trade and business organizations and other contacts in the markets in which we operate and our management's understanding of industry conditions, and such information has not been verified by any independent sources. Forecasts and other forward-looking information obtained from these sources are subject to the same qualifications and additional uncertainties regarding the other forward-looking statements in this prospectus. See "Cautionary Note Concerning Forward-Looking Statements."

This prospectus includes forward-looking statements, which involve risks and uncertainties. These forward-looking statements can be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology, including the terms "believe," "estimate," "project," "anticipate," "expect," "seek," "predict," "contemplate," "continue," "possible," "intend," "may," "might," "will," "could," "would," "should," "forecast," or "assume" or, in each case, their negative, or other variations or comparable terminology. These forward-looking statements include all matters that are not historical facts. They appear in a number of places throughout this prospectus and include statements regarding our intentions, beliefs or current expectations concerning, among other things, our results of operations, financial condition, liquidity, prospects, growth, strategies, the industry in which we operate and potential acquisitions. We derive many of our forward-looking statements from our operating budgets and forecasts, which are based upon many detailed assumptions. While we believe that our assumptions are reasonable, we caution that it is very difficult to predict the impact of known factors, and, of course, it is impossible for us to anticipate all factors that could affect our actual results. All forward-looking statements are based upon information available to us on the date of this prospectus.

By their nature, forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties because they relate to events and depend on circumstances that may or may not occur in the future. We caution you that forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and that our actual results of operations, financial condition and liquidity, and the stability of the industry in which we operate may differ materially from those made in or suggested by the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus. In addition, even if our results of operations, financial condition and liquidity and the development of the industry in which we operate are consistent with the forward looking statements

contained in this prospectus, those results or developments may not be indicative of results or developments in subsequent periods. Important factors that could cause our results to vary from expectations include, but are not limited to:

Other sections of this prospectus include additional factors that could adversely impact our business and financial performance. In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-looking events described in this prospectus may not occur. Moreover, we operate in an evolving environment. New risk factors and uncertainties emerge from time to time and it is not possible for our management to predict all risk factors and uncertainties, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.

Estimates and forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they were made, and, except to the extent required by law, we undertake no obligation to update or to review any estimate and/or forward-looking statement because of new information, future events or other factors. Estimates and forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties and are not guarantees of future performance. As a result of the risks and uncertainties described above, the estimates and forward-looking statements discussed in this prospectus might not occur and our future results and performance may differ materially from those expressed in these forward-looking statements due to, but not limited to, the factors mentioned above. Because of these uncertainties, you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements when making an investment decision.

We have proprietary rights to trademarks used in this prospectus which are important to our business, many of which are registered under applicable intellectual property laws. Solely for convenience, trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus may appear without the "®" or

"™" symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent possible under applicable law, our rights or the rights of the applicable licensor to these trademarks and trade names. We do not intend our use or display of other companies' trade names, trademarks or service marks to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, any other companies. Each trademark, trade name or service mark of any other company appearing in this prospectus is the property of its respective holder.

Numerical figures included in this prospectus have been subject to rounding adjustments. Accordingly, numerical figures shown as totals in various tables may not be arithmetic aggregations of the figures that precede them.

SUMMARY

This prospectus summary highlights certain information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. As this is a summary, it does not contain all of the information that you should consider in making an investment decision. You should read the entire prospectus carefully, including the information under "Risk Factors," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included in this prospectus, before investing. This prospectus includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. See "Cautionary Note Concerning Forward-Looking Statements." Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms the "Company," "we," "us" and "our" in this prospectus refer to WCI Communities, Inc. and its subsidiaries and the term "WCI" in this prospectus refers only to WCI Communities, Inc.

The Exchange Offer

On August 7, 2013, we issued and sold $200.0 million aggregate principal amount of senior notes due 2021, referred to herein as the old notes. In connection with that sale, we entered into a registration rights agreement with the initial purchasers of the old notes in which we agreed to deliver this prospectus to you and to complete an exchange offer for the old notes. As required by the registration rights agreement, we are offering to exchange $200.0 million aggregate principal amount of our new senior notes due 2021, referred to herein as the new notes, and related guarantees, the issuance of which will be registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (the "Securities Act"), for a like aggregate principal amount of our old notes and related guarantees. We refer to this offer to exchange the new notes for the old notes in accordance with the terms set forth in this prospectus and the accompanying letter of transmittal as the exchange offer. You are entitled to exchange your old notes for new notes. We urge you to read the discussions under the headings "The Exchange Offer" and "Description of the New Notes" in this prospectus for further information regarding the exchange offer and the new notes. We refer to the old notes and the new notes collectively as the "Notes" or the "6.875% Senior Notes."

Our Company

We are a lifestyle community developer and luxury homebuilder of single-and multi-family homes in most of coastal Florida's highest growth and largest markets, in which we own or control approximately 8,500 home sites as of December 31, 2013. We have established a reputation and strong brand recognition for developing amenity rich, lifestyle oriented master-planned communities. Our homes and communities are primarily targeted to move-up, second home and active adult buyers. We intend to leverage our experience, operational platform and well-located land inventory, with an attractive book value, to capitalize on markets with favorable demographic and economic forecasts in order to grow our business.

We believe our business is distinguished by our:

•: significant, well-located land inventory in developed and established communities;
•: proven leadership team, which has extensive experience in our markets;
•: expertise in, and reputation for, developing luxury lifestyle communities with well-managed amenities;
•: higher average selling price and lower cancellation rates when compared to most other public homebuilders, as well as a significant percentage of all-cash purchasers, attributed to our focus on a higher-end move-up, second home and active adult buyer base;
•: strong focus and market positioning in most of coastal Florida's highest growth and largest markets;

•: our real estate services business segment, which provides us with additional opportunities to increase profitability as Florida home prices and new and existing home sales continue to recover;
•: strong gross margins from homes delivered;
•: attractive book value of land inventories, a substantial majority of which was reset to then-current fair market values in September 2009;
•: significant deferred tax assets (most of which are expected to be utilized by us); and
•: well-capitalized balance sheet with sufficient liquidity for growth.

Our business is organized into three operating segments: Homebuilding, Real Estate Services and Amenities. Our Homebuilding segment accounted for 67.4%, 61.0% and 39.6% of our total revenues for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, and substantially all of our total gross margin during those years.

•: Homebuilding: We design, sell and build homes across a broad range of price points and sizes. Our land development expertise enhances our Homebuilding operations by enabling us to acquire and create larger, well-amenitized master-planned communities, control the timing of home site delivery and capture the opportunity to drive higher margins. As of December 31, 2013, we were actively selling in 25 different neighborhoods situated in nine master-planned communities. During the year ended December 31, 2013, we delivered 493 homes with an average delivered price of $433,000, compared to 352 homes with an average delivered price of $396,000 during the year ended December 31, 2012 and 128 homes with an average delivered price of $326,000 during the year ended December 31, 2011.
•: Real Estate Services: We operate real estate brokerage services under the brand Berkshire Hathaway HomeServices (prior to October 2013, we operated under the Prudential brand) and title services that complement our Homebuilding operations. In 2012, our real estate brokerage business was the third-largest brokerage in Florida and the 36th largest in the United States based on sales volume.
•: Amenities: Within many of our communities, we may own and/or operate resort-style club and fitness facilities, championship golf courses, country clubs and marinas. We believe these amenities offer our homebuyers a luxury lifestyle experience, enabling us to enhance the marketability, sales volume and value of the homes we deliver as compared to non-amenitized communities.

For the year ended December 31, 2013, we generated $317.3 million in total revenues, $37.5 million in Adjusted EBITDA and $146.5 million in net income, compared to $241.0 million in total revenues, $17.4 million in Adjusted EBITDA and $50.6 million in net income in the year ended December 31, 2012. For a discussion of how we calculate Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders of WCI Communities, Inc., see footnote 3 under the caption "—Summary Consolidated Financial and Other Data."

Our Industry

U.S. Housing Market

of a recovery began to materialize in many markets around the country as a result of an improving macroeconomic backdrop and a historically high level of housing affordability. During the year ended December 31, 2013, total homebuilding permits increased 17.7% when compared to the year ended December 31, 2012. Data compiled by the U.S. Census Bureau indicates that new single-family home sales during 2013 have rebounded almost 40% from the 2011 trough; however, as of December 31, 2013, such new home sales still remain 67% below their peak levels.

Florida Housing Market

The Florida residential real estate market was the second-largest in the U.S., as measured by 2013 permit issuance (single- and multi-family permits), according to data compiled by the U.S. Census Bureau. While the Florida housing market experienced a deeper contraction than other regions in the country during the recent recession, we believe that the Florida housing market now appears to be in the early stages of a recovery. Total year-over-year permit issuance increased 34.9% during 2013 when compared to 2012. We believe that the Florida housing market recovery is primarily being driven by improving population and employment trends. During 2013, Florida's job base grew by 2.6%, representing a gain of 193,000 jobs, which was greater than the national average growth rate of 1.6%. Additionally, Florida's seasonally adjusted unemployment rate was 6.2% in December 2013, down from 7.9% in December 2012, and 50 basis points lower than the U.S. rate of 6.7%. Florida's unemployment rate in December 2013 was lower than the U.S. rate for the ninth consecutive month. We believe that statewide economic data and metrics illustrate the improving market and potential opportunity for future growth.

Recent and Pending Land Acquisitions

As of April 28, 2014, we had five outstanding land purchase contracts, which were entered into subsequent to December 31, 2013, for approximately 1,300 planned home sites in 12 neighborhoods, situated in five master-planned communities in southwest and central Florida, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $70 million.

There can be no assurances that we will acquire any of these home sites on the terms or timing anticipated, or at all, or that we will proceed to sell and build homes on any of the land we own, control or acquire. See "Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—We may not be successful in our efforts to identify, complete or integrate acquisitions, which could adversely affect our results of operations and future growth."

Our Restructuring

On August 4, 2008, our predecessor company and certain of its subsidiaries filed voluntary petitions for reorganization relief under the provisions of Chapter 11 of Title 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware in Wilmington (the "Bankruptcy Court"). The bankruptcy filings were the result of a highly leveraged balance sheet, the global recession and a severe housing downturn. We emerged from bankruptcy on September 3, 2009 with a $300.0 million senior secured term loan and a $150.0 million senior subordinated secured term loan. In addition, all of our assets and liabilities, including our land portfolio, were reset to their then-current fair market values.

inventory and amenities assets that we deemed non-core to our continuing operations. Despite the difficult economic environment, we maximized the proceeds from such sales in 2010 and 2011 and, as a result, we were able to pay down $331.2 million in aggregate principal amount of our indebtedness prior to its stated maturity, including all of the remaining debt outstanding under our senior secured term loan.

During 2012, we used the net proceeds from the issuance of $50.0 million in common stock issued to certain of our existing shareholders or their affiliates in a rights offering and $125.0 million of our Senior Secured Term Notes due 2017 (the "2017 Senior Secured Term Notes") issued to certain of our existing shareholders or their affiliates to repay the remaining $162.4 million outstanding under our senior subordinated secured term loan. For additional information regarding our restructuring, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation—Our Restructuring."

2013 Financing Transactions

On July 30, 2013, we completed the initial public offering (the "Initial Public Offering") of our common stock and issued 6,819,091 shares of common stock at a price to the public of $15.00 per share, which provided us with $90.3 million of net proceeds after deducting underwriting discounts and offering expenses payable by us. On August 7, 2013, we completed the issuance of the old notes in a private offering. The net proceeds from the offering of the old notes (the "Notes Offering") were $195.5 million after deducting fees and expenses payable by us. We used $127.0 million of the net proceeds from the Notes Offering to voluntarily prepay the entire outstanding principal amount of our 2017 Senior Secured Term Notes, of which $125.0 million in aggregate principal amount was outstanding, at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest. In addition, on August 27, 2013, we entered into a four-year senior unsecured revolving credit facility in an aggregate amount of up to $75.0 million (the "Revolving Credit Facility"), of which up to $50.0 million may be utilized for letters of credit. As of December 31, 2013, we had $200.0 million of total debt outstanding, all of which was from our old notes. Additionally, as of February 27, 2014, there were no amounts drawn on the Revolving Credit Facility or any limitations on our borrowing capacity, leaving the full amount available to us on such date. On February 28, 2013, WCI Communities, Inc. and WCI Communities, LLC entered into a five-year $10.0 million senior loan with Stonegate Bank (the "Stonegate Loan"). As of April 23, 2014, there were no amounts drawn under the Stonegate Loan; however, $2.0 million in outstanding letters of credit on such date limited the borrowing capacity under the credit facility to $8.0 million.

Corporate Information

WCI Communities, Inc. was incorporated in Delaware in 2009 and our predecessor was founded in 1998. On July 30, 2013, we completed our Initial Public Offering. Our common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the ticker symbol "WCIC."

Our principal executive offices are located at 24301 Walden Center Drive, Bonita Springs, Florida 34134. Our main telephone number is (239) 947-2600. Our internet website is www.wcicommunities.com. The information contained in, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference and is not a part of this prospectus.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

We qualify as an "emerging growth company" as defined in the Jumpstart our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the "JOBS Act"). An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced

reporting and other burdens that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. Among other things, these provisions include:

•: a requirement to have less than five years of selected financial data;
•: an exemption from the auditor attestation requirement in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the "Sarbanes-Oxley Act");
•: an exemption from new or revised financial accounting standards until they would apply to private companies and compliance with any new requirements adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board requiring mandatory audit firm rotation;
•: reduced disclosure about the emerging growth company's executive compensation arrangements; and
•: no requirement to seek non-binding advisory votes on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements.

The JOBS Act permits emerging growth companies to take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies. We have elected to "opt out" of this provision. Therefore, we will timely comply with new or revised accounting standards when they are applicable to public companies. This decision to opt out of the extended transition period is irrevocable.

We have elected to adopt the reduced disclosure requirements available to emerging growth companies, including only providing three years of selected financial data. As a result of these elections, the information that we provided in this prospectus may be different than the information you may receive from other public companies.

We may take advantage of the provisions under the JOBS Act until we are no longer an emerging growth company. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of our Initial Public Offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenues of at least $1.0 billion or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700.0 million as of the prior June 30th, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period. We may choose to take advantage of some but not all of these reduced disclosure requirements.

The Exchange Offer


Securities Offered		$200.0 million aggregate principal amount of 6.875% senior notes due 2021 and related guarantees. The terms of the new notes and old notes are identical in all material respects, except for certain transfer restrictions and registration rights relating to the old notes.
The Exchange Offer		We are offering the new notes to you in exchange for a like principal amount of old notes. Old notes may be exchanged only in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. We intend by the issuance of the new notes to satisfy our obligations contained in the registration rights agreement. See "The Exchange Offer—Purpose of the Exchange Offer."
Expiration Date		The exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m. New York City time, on June 4, 2014, unless we extend the exchange offer.
Conditions to the Exchange Offer		Our obligation to accept for exchange, or to issue new notes in exchange for, any old notes is subject to customary conditions relating to compliance with any applicable law or any applicable interpretation by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC"), the receipt of any applicable governmental approvals and the absence of any actions or proceedings of any governmental agency or court which could materially impair our ability to consummate the exchange offer. We currently expect that each of the conditions will be satisfied and that no waivers will be necessary. See "The Exchange Offer—Certain Conditions to the Exchange Offer."
Procedures for Tendering Old Notes		If you wish to accept the exchange offer and tender your old notes, you must complete, sign and date the Letter of Transmittal, or a facsimile of the Letter of Transmittal, in accordance with its instructions and the instructions in this prospectus, and mail or otherwise deliver such Letter of Transmittal, or the facsimile, together with the old notes and any other required documentation, to the exchange agent at the address set forth herein. See "The Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering Old Notes."
Withdrawal Rights		You may withdraw your tender of old notes at any time prior to the expiration date. See "The Exchange Offer—Withdrawal of Tenders."
Certain Federal Income Tax Considerations		The exchange of old notes for new notes pursuant to the exchange offer should not be a taxable event for U.S. federal income tax purposes. See "Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations."
Use of Proceeds		We will not receive any proceeds from the exchange offer.


Exchange Agent		Wilmington Trust, National Association is serving as the exchange agent in connection with exchange offer.

Consequences of Exchanging Old Notes Pursuant to the Exchange Offer

Based on interpretive letters issued by the staff on the SEC to third parties in unrelated transactions, we are of the view that holders of old notes (other than any holder who is an "affiliate" of our company within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act) who exchange their old notes for new notes pursuant to the exchange offer generally may offer such new notes for resale, resell such new notes and otherwise transfer such new notes without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, provided:

•: the new notes are acquired in the ordinary course of the holders' business;
•: the holders have no arrangement with any person to participate in a distribution of such new notes; and
•: neither the holder nor any other person is engaging in or intends to engage in a distribution of the new notes.

Each broker-dealer that receives new notes for its own account in exchange for old notes, where such old notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such new notes. See "Plan of Distribution." In addition, the securities laws of some jurisdictions may prohibit the offer or sale of the new notes unless they have been registered or qualified for sale in such jurisdiction or in compliance with an available exemption from registration or qualification. We have agreed, pursuant to the registration rights agreement, to register or qualify the new notes for offer or sale under the securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as any holder of the new notes reasonably requests in writing. If a holder of old notes does not exchange such old notes for new notes pursuant to the exchange offer, such old notes will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer contained in the legend printed on the old notes. In general, the old notes may not be offered or sold, unless registered under the Securities Act, except pursuant to an exemption from the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. Holders of old notes do not have any appraisal or dissenters' rights under the Delaware General Corporation Law in connection with the exchange offer. See "The Exchange Offer—Consequences of Failure to Exchange; Resales of New Notes."

The New Notes

The terms of the new notes and the old notes are identical in all material respects, except for certain transfer restrictions and registration rights relating to the old notes. Certain of the terms and conditions described below are subject to important limitations and exceptions. The "Description of the New Notes" section of this prospectus contains a more detailed description of the terms and conditions of the new notes.


Issuer		WCI Communities, Inc., a Delaware corporation.
Notes Offered		$200,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 6.875% senior notes due 2021.
Maturity Date		The new notes will mature on August 15, 2021.
Interest		The new notes will bear interest at 6.875% per annum, payable semi-annually in arrears.
Interest Payment Dates		Interest on the new notes will be paid semi-annually in arrears each February 15 and August 15, beginning on August 15, 2014. Interest on the new notes will accrue from February 15, 2014.
Optional Redemption		We may redeem some or all of the new notes beginning on August 15, 2016 at the redemption prices listed under "Description of the New Notes—Optional Redemption."
		We may also redeem some or all of the new notes at any time prior to August 15, 2016, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date, plus a "make-whole" premium. We may also redeem up to 35% of the new notes before August 15, 2016 with the net cash proceeds from certain equity offerings. See "Description of the New Notes—Optional Redemption."
Change of Control		If we experience certain kinds of changes of control, we must offer to purchase the new notes at 101% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the purchase date. For more details, see "Description of the New Notes—Change of Control."
Asset Sale Proceeds		If we or our restricted subsidiaries sell certain assets we generally must either invest any excess net cash proceeds from such sales in our business within a certain period of time, prepay senior secured debt or prepay other senior debt and the new notes on a pro rata basis. The purchase price of the new notes will be 100% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any. For more details, see "Description of the New Notes—Certain Covenants—Limitations on Asset Sales."
Guarantees		The new notes will be fully and unconditionally and jointly and severally guaranteed on a senior basis, subject to certain customary release provisions described herein, by certain of our existing and future restricted subsidiaries, excluding our immaterial subsidiaries and mortgage subsidiaries. See "Description of the New Notes—Note Guarantees."


Ranking		The new notes will be our and the guarantors' general unsecured, senior obligations and will be:
		• effectively subordinated to our and the guarantors' obligations under any existing or future secured indebtedness to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness;
		• pari passu in right of payment with all of our and the guarantors' senior indebtedness (including our Revolving Credit Facility);
		• senior in right of payment to any of our and the guarantors' future subordinated indebtedness, if any; and
		• structurally subordinated to all future indebtedness and other liabilities of our subsidiaries that do not guarantee the new notes;
Certain Covenants		The terms of the new notes will, among other things, limit our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to:
		• incur additional indebtedness;
		• declare or pay dividends, redeem stock or make other distributions to holders of capital stock;
		• make investments;
		• create liens;
		• place restrictions on the ability of subsidiaries to pay dividends or make other payments to us;
		• merge or consolidate, or sell, transfer, lease or dispose of substantially all of our assets; and
		• enter into transactions with affiliates;
		The covenants are subject to a number of important qualifications and limitations. See "Description of the New Notes—Certain Covenants."
Risk Factors		You should carefully consider all information in this prospectus. In particular, you should evaluate the specific risk factors described in the section entitled "Risk Factors" beginning on page 16 for a discussion of risks relating to an investment in the new notes.

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

The following tables set forth our summary consolidated financial and other data as of and for the years indicated. The summary consolidated financial and other data as of December 31, 2013 and for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results for any prior period are not necessarily indicative of results expected in any future period.

The following data should be read in conjunction with the information under "Capitalization" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

	Years Ended December 31,

	2013			2012			2011
	(in thousands)
Statements of Operations
Revenues
Homebuilding	$	214,016		$	146,926		$	57,101
Real estate services		80,096			73,070			68,185
Amenities		23,237			21,012			18,986


Total revenues		317,349			241,008			144,272


Cost of sales
Homebuilding		149,768			100,786			51,013
Real estate services		76,972			71,675			68,209
Amenities		25,285			24,254			22,510
Asset impairments		—			—			11,422


Total cost of sales		252,025			196,715			153,154


Gross margin		65,324			44,293			(8,882	)


Other income		(2,642	)		(7,493	)		(2,294	)
Selling, general and administrative expenses		39,548			32,129			30,911
Interest expense		2,537			6,978			16,954
Expenses related to early repayment of debt		5,105			16,984			—


		44,548			48,598			45,571


Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes		20,776			(4,305	)		(54,453	)
Income tax benefit from continuing operations		125,709			52,233			6,140


Income (loss) from continuing operations		146,485			47,928			(48,313	)
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax(1)		—			118			1,477
Gain on sale of discontinued operations, net of tax(1)		—			2,588			511


Net income (loss)		146,485			50,634			(46,325	)
Net loss (income) from continuing operations attributable to noncontrolling interests		163			189			(68	)
Net income from discontinued operations attributable to noncontrolling interests		—			—			(732	)


Net income (loss) attributable to WCI Communities, Inc.		146,648			50,823			(47,125	)
Preferred stock dividends		(19,680	)		—			—


Net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders of WCI Communities, Inc.	$	126,968		$	50,823		$	(47,125	)

	Years Ended December 31,

	2013		2012		2011
	(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Earnings (loss) per share attributable to common shareholders of WCI Communities, Inc.:
Basic
Continuing operations	$	5.88	$	3.33	$	(4.90	)
Discontinued operations		—		0.19		0.13


Earnings (loss) per share	$	5.88	$	3.52	$	(4.77	)




Diluted
Continuing operations	$	5.86	$	3.31	$	(4.90	)
Discontinued operations		—		0.19		0.13


Earnings (loss) per share	$	5.86	$	3.50	$	(4.77	)




Weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding:
Basic		21,586		14,445		9,883




Diluted		21,680		14,515		9,883




Net income (loss) attributable to WCI Communities, Inc.:
Income (loss) from continuing operations	$	146,648	$	48,117	$	(48,381	)
Income from discontinued operations		—		2,706		1,256


Net income (loss) attributable to WCI Communities, Inc.	$	146,648	$	50,823	$	(47,125	)




Other Financial Data
Adjusted gross margin from homes delivered(2)	$	68,310	$	46,264	$	9,313
Adjusted gross margin from homes delivered as a percentage of revenues from homes delivered(2)		32.0%		33.2%		22.3%
Adjusted EBITDA(3)	$	37,494	$	17,362	$	(23,694	)
Adjusted EBITDA margin(3)		11.8%		7.2%		(16.4)%
Interest incurred(4)	$	14,278	$	16,227	$	18,215

	December 31, 2013

	(in thousands)
Balance Sheet Data
Cash and cash equivalents, excluding restricted cash	$	213,352
Real estate inventories		280,293
Total assets		685,486
Total debt(5)		200,000
Total liabilities		275,622
Total equity (including noncontrolling interests)		409,864

	Years Ended December 31,

	2013		2012		2011
	($ in thousands)
Homebuilding Operating Data
Homebuilding revenues	$	214,016	$	146,926	$	57,101
Homes delivered		213,479		139,551		41,671
Land and home sites		537		7,375		15,430
Homebuilding gross margin		64,248		46,140		6,088
Homebuilding gross margin percentage		30.0%		31.4%		10.7%
Homes delivered (units)		493		352		128
Average selling price per home delivered	$	433	$	396	$	326
New orders for homes (units)(6)		531		453		245
Contract values of new orders(6)	$	243,196	$	184,381	$	95,837
Average selling price per new order(6)		458		407		391
Cancellation rate(7)		4.7%		3.0%		2.8%
Backlog (units)(8)		293		255		154
Backlog contract values(8)	$	143,819	$	114,063	$	69,102
Average selling price in backlog(8)		491		447		449
Active selling neighborhoods at year-end		25		20		17

(1): Discontinued operations include owned and operated amenities that were sold during 2012 and 2011.
(2): Adjusted gross margin from homes delivered is a financial measure used by management in evaluating operating performance in our Homebuilding segment and in making strategic decisions regarding sales price, construction and development pace, product mix and other operating decisions and is not a measure used in U.S. generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP"). We believe this information is meaningful as it excludes the impact of asset impairments on gross margin from homes delivered, if applicable, and capitalized interest in cost of sales on gross margin from homes delivered. For a full description of adjusted gross margin from homes delivered, the reasons management believes adjusted gross margin from homes delivered is useful to investors and other interested parties, and the limitations associated with adjusted gross margin from homes delivered, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Overview—Non-GAAP Measures—Adjusted Gross Margin from Homes Delivered."

The following table reconciles adjusted gross margin from homes delivered to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, Homebuilding gross margin, for the years presented:

	Years Ended December 31,

	2013		2012		2011
	($ in thousands)
Homebuilding gross margin	$	64,248	$	46,140	$	6,088
Less: gross margin (loss) from land and home sites		195		2,177		(2,237	)


Gross margin from homes delivered		64,053		43,963		8,325
Add: capitalized interest in cost of sales		4,257		2,301		988


Adjusted gross margin from homes delivered	$	68,310	$	46,264	$	9,313




Gross margin from homes delivered as a percentage of revenues from homes delivered		30.0%		31.5%		20.0%




Adjusted gross margin from homes delivered as a percentage of revenues from homes delivered		32.0%		33.2%		22.3%

(3): EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are non-GAAP financial measures used by management in evaluating operating performance and in making strategic decisions regarding sales price, construction and development pace, product mix and other operating decisions. For a full description of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, the reasons management believes these EBITDA-based measures are useful to investors and other interested parties and the limitations associated with these EBITDA-based measures, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Overview—Non-GAAP Measures—EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA."

The following table reconciles EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders of WCI Communities, Inc., for the years presented:

	Years Ended December 31,

	2013			2012			2011
	($ in thousands)
Net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders of WCI Communities, Inc.	$	126,968		$	50,823		$	(47,125	)
Interest expense		2,537			6,978			16,954
Capitalized interest in cost of sales(a)		4,257			2,304			988
Income tax benefit(b)		(125,709	)		(52,233	)		(6,140	)
Depreciation		2,081			2,000			2,936


EBITDA		10,134			9,872			(32,387	)
Preferred stock dividends(c)		19,680			—			—
Income from discontinued operations		—			(2,706	)		(1,256	)
Other income(d)		(2,642	)		(7,493	)		(2,294	)
Stock-based and other non-cash long-term incentive compensation expense(e)		5,217			705			821
Asset impairments(f)		—			—			11,422
Expenses related to early repayment of debt(g)		5,105			16,984			—


Adjusted EBITDA	$	37,494		$	17,362		$	(23,694	)




Adjusted EBITDA margin		11.8%			7.2%			(16.4)%

(a): Represents capitalized interest expensed in cost of sales on home deliveries and land and lot sales.
(b): Represents the Company's income tax benefit from continuing operations as reported in its consolidated statements of operations, including (i) a reversal of $125.6 million of deferred tax asset valuation allowances during the year ended December 31, 2013 and (ii) a $50.5 million income tax benefit during the year ended December 31, 2012 due to the reversal of a tax liability that resulted from the successful completion of an audit by the Internal Revenue Service pertaining to the 2003 to 2008 tax years.
(c): Represents a reduction in income available to common shareholders of WCI Communities, Inc. during the year ended December 31, 2013 pertaining to its preferred stock wherein we (i) exchanged 903,825 shares of our common stock (valued at $19.0 million) for 10,000 outstanding shares of our Series A preferred stock during July 2013 and (ii) paid $0.7 million in cash to purchase the one outstanding share of our Series B preferred stock during April 2013. In accordance with Accounting Standards Codification 260, Earnings Per Share, paragraph 10-S99-2, any difference between the consideration transferred to our preferred stock shareholders and the corresponding book value has been characterized as a preferred stock dividend in our consolidated statements of operations and deducted from net income to arrive at net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders of WCI Communities, Inc.
(d): Represents the Company's other income as reported in its consolidated statements of operations, including, among other things, net recoveries and changes in certain accruals related to various legal and other settlements, sales of prepaid impact fees credits, interest income and gains/losses on sales of property and equipment.

(e): Represents expenses recorded in the Company's consolidated statements of operations related to its stock-based and other non-cash long-term incentive compensation plans.
(f): Represents impairment charges recorded in the Company's consolidated statements of operations during the year ended December 31, 2011 in connection with the write-down to fair value of certain of its long-lived assets.
(g): Represents expenses related to early repayment of debt as reported in the Company's consolidated statements of operations, including (i) $5.1 million of write-offs of unamortized debt discount and debt issuance costs and a prepayment premium related to our voluntary prepayment of the entire outstanding principal amount of the 2017 Senior Secured Term Notes in August 2013 and (ii) the write-off of $17.0 million of unamortized debt discount and debt issuance costs related to the repayment and retirement of our senior subordinated secured term loan in June 2012.

(4): Interest incurred is interest accrued on debt, whether or not paid in cash and whether or not capitalized. Interest incurred also includes amortization of debt issuance costs and discounts.
(5): Total debt excludes accounts payable and other liabilities and customer deposits.
(6): New orders represent orders for homes including the amount (in units) and contract values, net of any cancellations, occurring during the reporting year.
(7): Represents the number of orders canceled during the reporting year divided by the number of gross orders executed during such year (excludes cancellations and gross orders related to customer home site transfers).
(8): Backlog only includes orders for homes at the end of the reporting year that have a binding sales agreement signed by both the homebuyer and us where the home has yet to be delivered to the homebuyer.

RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

Our consolidated ratio of earnings to fixed charges for each of the years indicated are as follows:

	Year Ended December 31, 2013	Years Ended December 31,

	(Pro Forma)(A)	2013	2012	2011
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges	2.2	1.9	(B)	(B)

(A): The pro forma ratio of earnings to fixed charges for the year ended December 31, 2013 assumes that, effective January 1, 2013, our variable-rate 2017 Senior Secured Term Notes in the principal amount of $125.0 million were replaced with a like amount of the Notes.
(B): Total earnings (loss), as adjusted, was inadequate to cover fixed charges for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011. Additional earnings of approximately $11.3 million and $54.7 million, respectively, would have been necessary to eliminate the respective deficits and bring the ratio of earnings to fixed charges to 1.0.

The ratio of earnings to fixed charges has been computed by dividing earnings available for fixed charges (earnings from continuing operations before income taxes plus fixed charges and amortization of capitalized interest less capitalized interest) by fixed charges (interest incurred, both expensed and capitalized, and the estimated interest component of rental expense).

An investment in the Notes involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully read and consider the following risks before deciding to invest in our Notes. If any of the following risks actually occurs, our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flow could be materially impaired. In such case, the market price of the Notes would likely decline due to any of these risks, and you may lose all or part of your investment. You should also carefully read the other information in this prospectus, including our audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial also may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operation and/or cash flows.

The recent improvement in housing market conditions following a prolonged and severe housing downturn may not continue, and any slowing or reversal of the present housing recovery may materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, several housing markets stabilized and began recovering after years of weak demand and excess supply during the housing downturn. In these markets, there were generally more sales of new and resale homes, higher selling prices and fewer homes available for sale, in each case as compared to the prior year. There were also more overall housing starts and construction permits authorized in the U.S., reflecting increased construction activity. These trends have been driven in large part by record-low interest rates for mortgage loans that, in combination with relatively low home selling prices, have made homeownership more affordable compared to historical levels and to rental housing costs, which have been rising over the past few years.

With the emerging housing recovery, we and other homebuilders for the most part reported higher orders and deliveries and better financial results during 2013 and 2012 than in 2011. While some of the many negative factors that contributed to the housing downturn may have moderated, several remain, and they could return and/or intensify to inhibit any future improvement in housing market conditions. These negative factors include (i) weak general economic and employment growth that, among other things, restrains consumer incomes, consumer confidence and demand for homes; (ii) elevated levels of mortgage loan delinquencies, defaults and foreclosures that could add to a "shadow inventory" of lender-owned homes that may be sold in competition with new and other resale homes at low "distressed" prices or that generate short sales activity at such price levels; (iii) a significant number of homeowners whose outstanding principal balance on their mortgage loan exceeds the market value of their home, which undermines their ability to purchase another home that they otherwise might desire and be able to afford; (iv) volatility and uncertainty in U.S. financial, credit and consumer lending markets amid slow growth or recessionary conditions; and (v) tight lending standards and practices for mortgage loans that limit consumers' ability to qualify for mortgage financing to purchase a home, including increased minimum credit score requirements, credit risk/mortgage loan insurance premiums and/or other fees and required down payment amounts, more conservative appraisals, higher loan-to-value ratios and extensive buyer income and asset documentation requirements. Additional headwinds may come from the efforts and proposals of lawmakers to reduce the debt of the federal government and/or solve state budget shortfalls through tax increases and/or spending cuts, and/or government shutdowns, and financial markets' and businesses' reactions to those efforts and proposals, which could impair economic growth. Given these factors, we can provide no assurances that the present housing recovery will continue or gain further momentum, whether overall in the U.S. or in Florida.

The present housing recovery is relative to an extremely low level of consumer demand for homes, home sales and new residential construction activity, reflecting the severity of the housing downturn.

Even with the industry upturn, sales, deliveries, revenues and profitability remain well below, and may not return to, the peak levels reached shortly before the housing downturn began. If the present housing recovery stalls or does not continue at the same pace, or any or all of the negative factors described above persist or worsen, particularly if there is limited economic growth or a decline, low growth or decreases in employment and consumer incomes, and/or continued stringent mortgage lending standards and practices, there would likely be a corresponding adverse effect on our business and our consolidated financial statements, including, but not limited to, the number of homes we deliver, our average selling prices, the amount of revenues we generate and our ability to operate profitably, and the effect may be material.

Our business is cyclical and significantly affected by changes in general and local economic conditions.

Demand for new homes is cyclical and highly sensitive to economic conditions over which we have no control, including changes in:

Adverse changes in these conditions may affect our business generally or may be more prevalent or concentrated in particular regions or localities in which we operate. Economic conditions in some of our markets continue to be characterized by varying levels of uncertainty. Any deterioration in economic conditions or continuation of uncertain economic conditions would have a material adverse effect on our business.

Adverse changes in economic conditions can also cause demand and prices for our homes to diminish or cause us to take longer to build our homes and make it more costly for us to do so. We

may not be able to recover these increased costs by raising prices because of weak market conditions and because the price of each home we sell is usually set several months before the home is delivered, as many buyers sign their home purchase contracts before construction begins. The potential difficulties described above could impact our buyers' ability to obtain suitable financing and cause some homebuyers to cancel or refuse to honor their home purchase contracts altogether. In addition, because we primarily target buyers for homes in luxury lifestyle communities, we may be more susceptible to adverse changes in general and local economic conditions.

In the past, we have incurred losses and may have difficulty maintaining profitability in the future.

We have experienced losses from continuing operations before income taxes in two of the past three calendar years. Even if we establish and maintain profitability, we may not be able to sustain or increase profitability on a quarterly or annual basis in the future. If our revenues grow more slowly than we anticipate, or if our operating expenses exceed our expectations and cannot be adjusted accordingly, our business will be harmed. As a result, the price of our common stock may decline. See "Selected Consolidated Financial Data" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" for a more complete description of our historical losses.

Our geographic concentration in Florida could adversely affect us if the homebuilding industry in Florida should decline.

During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, substantially all of our revenues were generated from our Florida operations. During the downturn from 2006 to 2010, the value of land, the demand for new homes and home selling prices declined substantially in Florida, which materially and adversely impacted our business, financial condition and results of operations. Although the Florida housing market continues to recover, we cannot predict the extent or timing of its further recovery, if at all. There can be no assurances that our business, financial condition and results of operations will not be further adversely affected if the conditions in Florida do not continue to improve or any improvement takes place over an extended period of time. Because our operations are concentrated in Florida, a prolonged economic downturn in one or more Florida markets could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations, and a disproportionately greater impact on us than other homebuilders with more geographically diversified operations. Slower rates of population growth or population declines in our Florida markets, could affect the demand for housing, causing home prices in these markets to fall, and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Additionally, if buyer demand for new homes in Florida weakens, home selling prices may decline, which will adversely impact our profitability.

Our quarterly operating results may fluctuate because of the seasonal nature of our business and other factors.

We have historically experienced, and in the future expect to continue to experience, variability in our results on a quarterly basis, primarily due to our Homebuilding segment. Because many of our Florida buyers prefer to close on their home purchases before the winter, the fourth quarter of each year often produces a disproportionately large portion of our total year's revenues, income (loss) and cash flows. Typically, we expect to generate a higher proportion of our annual total Homebuilding revenues in the fourth quarter. Therefore, our revenues may fluctuate significantly on a quarterly basis and we must maintain sufficient liquidity to meet short-term operating requirements. Additionally, delays, severe weather, natural disasters or significant negative economic events that occur in the fall or early winter may have a disproportionate effect on our revenues, income (loss) and cash flows. We believe that quarter to quarter comparisons of our results should not be relied upon as an indicator of future performance. As a result of such fluctuations, the price of our common stock may experience

volatility. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Seasonality" and "Business—Seasonality."

We may not be able to maintain our gross margins in our Homebuilding segment in the future.

Our high Homebuilding gross margins for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 were partially attributable to the low book value of our land, which was reset to then-current fair market values in September 2009 in connection with our restructuring and in accordance with fresh start accounting requirements. We expect that homes delivered from communities we owned in September 2009 that were reset to then-current fair market values will have a gross margin percentage approximately 5% to 10% higher than homes delivered from our most recent land acquisitions. As of December 31, 2013, we owned approximately 5,900 home sites that benefit from being reset to fair value in September 2009. While we currently have significant land inventory at an attractive book value when compared to the current fair market value of that land, based on the prices of the land we have purchased more recently, and as we acquire and develop land in the future at then-current market prices, we anticipate the positive impact of our low book value land on our Homebuilding gross margin will begin to decline. Additionally, the opportunity to purchase substantially finished home sites in desirable locations is becoming increasingly more limited and competitive. As a result, we are spending more on land development, as we are purchasing more undeveloped land and partially finished home sites. Moreover, weak general economic conditions, including low employment and population growth, future competition and other factors may impact our ability to realize sales prices in excess of the book value of our land inventory or to continue to increase our home selling prices and increase sales in new communities and neighborhoods. These factors could impact our ability to maintain our current level of Homebuilding gross margins in the future.

The homebuilding industry and housing market are very competitive and competitive conditions could adversely affect our business or our financial results.

The homebuilding industry is highly competitive. Homebuilders compete not only for homebuyers, but also for desirable land assets, financing, building materials, and skilled management talent and trade labor. We compete in each of our markets with other local, regional and national homebuilders. Other homebuilders also have long-standing relationships with local labor, materials suppliers or land sellers in certain areas, which may provide an advantage in their respective regions or local markets. In addition, a number of our primary competitors are relatively larger companies, have longer operating histories, have higher business volumes, have relationships with more suppliers and subcontractors and may have more resources or a lower cost of capital than us. We may be at a competitive disadvantage with regard to certain competitors whose operations are more geographically diversified than ours, as those competitors may be better able to withstand any future downturn in the Florida housing market. While we do not provide any mortgage brokerage services, several of our competitors do provide such services, which may provide them with a competitive advantage. We also compete with other housing alternatives, such as existing home sales (including lender-owned homes acquired through foreclosure or short sales) and rental housing. The competitive conditions in the homebuilding industry can result in:

These competitive conditions may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations by decreasing our revenues, impairing our ability to successfully execute our land acquisition and land asset management strategies, increasing our costs and/or diminishing growth in our Homebuilding segment.

Labor and raw materials and building supply shortages and price fluctuations and other problems in the construction of our communities could delay or increase the cost of home construction and adversely affect our operating results.

The homebuilding industry has, from time to time, experienced labor and raw material shortages and has been adversely affected by volatility in global commodity prices. In particular, shortages and fluctuations in the price of labor, concrete, drywall, lumber or other important raw materials could result in delays in the start or completion of, or increase the cost of, developing one or more of our communities. These labor and material shortages can be more severe during periods of strong demand for housing or during periods where the regions in which we operate experience natural disasters that have a significant impact on existing residential and commercial structures. The cost of labor and raw materials may also be adversely affected during periods of shortage or high inflation. We have also observed that the cost of labor and raw materials has been increasing as a result of an improving housing market in Florida. If sales prices of homes do not keep pace with these increased costs, our gross margins could be negatively affected. During the recent economic downturn, a large number of qualified tradespeople went out of business or otherwise exited the market, which may limit capacity for new construction until the labor base grows. In addition, the cost of petroleum products, which are used to deliver our materials, fluctuates and may be subject to increased volatility as a result of geopolitical events or accidents, which could affect the price of our important raw materials. Shortages and price increases could cause delays in and increase our costs of home construction, which in turn could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We must also contend with other risks associated with construction activities, including the inability to obtain insurance or obtaining insurance at significantly increased rates, cost overruns, labor disputes, unforeseen environmental or engineering problems, work stoppages and natural disasters, any of which could delay construction and result in a substantial increase in costs that would reduce our profitability. Claims may be asserted against us for construction defects, architectural and/or design defects, personal injury or property damage, product liability and warranty claims, and these claims may give rise to liability. Where we hire contractors, if there are unforeseen events like the bankruptcy of, or an uninsured or under-insured loss claimed against, our contractors, we may become responsible for the losses or other obligations of the contractors, which may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Should losses in excess of insured limits occur, the losses could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, our results of operations could be negatively impacted in the event that a contractor for our residential construction experiences significant cost overruns or delays and is not able to satisfactorily address such issues or if buyers make claims for rescission arising out of substantial delays in completion of a building and their units.

Because our business depends on the acquisition of new land, a shortage of available land could limit our ability to develop new communities, increase land costs and reduce our revenues and/or negatively affect our results of operations.

Our long-term success and growth strategy depend, in part, upon the continued availability of suitable land at acceptable prices. The availability of land for purchase at favorable prices depends on a number of factors outside of our control. We may compete for available land with entities that possess significantly greater financial, marketing and other resources. In addition, we may be unable to obtain financing to purchase new land on satisfactory terms or at all. Competition generally may reduce the amount of land available and the willingness of sellers to sell at reasonable prices, increasing the cost of such land. Restrictive governmental regulations, including, but not limited to, zoning regulations and environmental requirements, may also affect the availability and market value of land. If sufficient suitable land opportunities do not become available, it could limit our ability to develop new communities, increase land costs and negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If the market value of our land inventory decreases, our results of operations could be adversely affected by impairments and write-downs.

The risk of owning developed and undeveloped land can be substantial for us. Our current growth strategy will require us to invest a significant portion of our capital in new land acquisitions over the next several years. The successful execution of this strategy will significantly increase the amount of land we hold. The market value of the undeveloped land, buildable home sites and housing inventories we hold can fluctuate significantly as a result of changing economic and market conditions. There is an inherent risk that the value of the land owned by us may decline after being purchased. The valuation of property is inherently subjective and based on the individual characteristics of each property. In certain circumstances, a grant of entitlements or development agreement with respect to a particular parcel of land may include restrictions on the transfer of such entitlements to a buyer of such land, which may increase our exposure to decreases in the price of such entitled land by restricting our ability to sell it for its full entitled value. We may have acquired options on or bought and developed land at a cost we will not be able to recover fully or on which we cannot build and sell homes profitably. In addition, our deposits for home sites controlled under option or similar contracts may be put at risk. Factors such as changes in regulatory requirements and applicable laws (including in relation to building regulations, taxation and planning), political conditions, the condition of financial markets, both local and national economic conditions, the financial condition of buyers, potentially adverse tax consequences, and interest and inflation rate fluctuations subject valuations to uncertainty. Moreover, all valuations are made on the basis of assumptions that may not prove to reflect economic or demographic reality. If housing demand decreases below what we anticipated when we acquired our inventory or land development costs increase beyond our anticipated construction costs, our profitability may be adversely affected and we may not be able to recover our costs when we sell and build houses.

Prior to 2012, we experienced several years of negative economic and market conditions, which resulted in the impairment of a number of our land positions. Generally, we record asset impairment losses when we determine that our estimates of the future undiscounted cash flows from an operation will not be sufficient to recover the carrying value of that asset. During the year ended December 31, 2011, we recorded asset impairment charges of $11.4 million; however, we did not record any such charges during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012. During impairment analyses that we performed as of December 31, 2013, we noted that the projected undiscounted cash flows for one of our amenities assets did not significantly exceed its carrying value of $3.2 million, which could potentially lead to a future impairment charge. We regularly review the value of our land holdings and continue to review our holdings on a periodic basis. If economic or market conditions do not continue to improve, we may impair additional land holdings and projects, write off option deposits (if

applicable), sell homes or land at a loss, and/or hold land or homes in inventory longer than planned. In addition, inventory carrying costs can be significant, particularly if inventory must be held for longer than planned, which can trigger asset impairments in a poorly performing project or market. If, as planned, we significantly increase the amount of land we hold over the next several years, we will also materially increase our exposure to the risks associated with owning land, which means that if economic and market conditions deteriorate, this deterioration would have a significantly greater adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If we are not able to develop our communities successfully and in a timely manner, our revenues, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely impacted.

Before a community generates any revenues, material expenditures are required to acquire land, to obtain or renew permits, development approvals and entitlements and to construct significant portions of project infrastructure, amenities, model homes and sales facilities. There may be a lag between the time we acquire land or options for land for development or developed home sites and the time we can bring the communities to market and sell homes. We can also experience significant delays in obtaining permits, development approvals and entitlements. In addition, we may also have to renew existing permits and there can be no assurances that these permits will be renewed. Lag time varies on a project-by-project basis depending on the complexity of the project, its stage of development when acquired, and the regulatory and community issues involved. Litigation challenging project approvals could also add additional time to the development approval process. As a result of this lag, we face the risk that demand for housing may decline during this period and we will not be able to dispose of developed properties on undeveloped land or home sites acquired for development at expected prices or within anticipated time frames or at all. The market value of home inventories, undeveloped land, options for land and developed home sites can fluctuate significantly because of changing market conditions. In addition, inventory carrying costs (including interest on funds used to acquire land or build homes) can be significant and can adversely affect our performance. Furthermore, after a delay, we may face increased development costs due to prices that exceed our expectations as a result of inflation or other causes.

It generally takes several years for a community development to achieve cumulative positive cash flow. Our inability to develop and market our communities successfully and to generate positive cash flows from these operations in a timely manner would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, if we experience delays that result in a decline in market values of our home inventories, undeveloped land, and options for land and developed home sites, we may be forced to sell homes or other property at a loss or for prices that generate lower profit margins than we anticipate. We may also be required to make material write-downs of the book value of our real estate assets if values decline.

Our business and results of operations are dependent on the availability and skill of subcontractors.

All of our residential construction work is done by third-party subcontractors with us acting as the general contractor. Accordingly, the timing and quality of our construction depend on the availability and skill of our subcontractors. While we anticipate being able to obtain sufficient materials and reliable subcontractors during times of material shortages and believe that our relationships with subcontractors are good, we do not have long-term contractual commitments with any subcontractors, and there can be no assurances that skilled subcontractors will continue to be available at reasonable rates and in the areas in which we conduct our operations. The inability to contract with skilled subcontractors at reasonable costs on a timely basis could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Moreover, despite our quality control efforts, we may discover that our subcontractors were engaging in improper construction practices or installing defective materials in our homes. When we discover these issues, we, generally through our subcontractors, repair the homes in accordance with our new home warranty and as required by law. We typically reserve approximately 0.5% of the selling price of each home we sell to provide customer service to our homebuyers, which is subject to change based on our warranty experience. These reserves are established based on market practices, our historical experiences, and our judgment of the qualitative risks associated with the types of homes built. However, the cost of satisfying our warranty and other legal obligations in these instances may be significantly higher than our warranty reserves, and we may be unable to recover the cost of repair from such subcontractors. Regardless of the steps we take, we can in some instances be subject to fines or other penalties, and our reputation may be injured.

Additionally, although subcontractors are independent of the homebuilders that contract with them under normal management practices and the terms of trade contracts and subcontracts within the homebuilding industry, if regulatory agencies deem the employees of our subcontractors to be our employees, we could be responsible for wage, hour and other employment-related liabilities of our subcontractors.

We are subject to extensive governmental regulation, which may substantially increase our costs of doing business and negatively impact our financial condition and results of operations. Failure to comply with laws and regulations by our employees or representatives may harm us.

Our Homebuilding operations, including land development activities, are subject to extensive federal, state and local statutes, ordinances, rules and regulations, including environmental, zoning and land use, building, employment and worker health and safety regulation. These regulations affect all aspects of the homebuilding process and can substantially delay or increase the costs of homebuilding activities, even on land for which we already have approvals. In addition, larger land parcels are generally undeveloped and may not have all of the governmental approvals necessary to develop and construct homes. If we are unable to obtain these approvals or obtain approvals that restrict our ability to use the land in ways we do not anticipate, the value of the parcel will be negatively impacted. During the development process, we must obtain a number of approvals from various governmental authorities that regulate matters such as:

These government entities often have broad discretion in exercising their approval authority. The approval process can be lengthy and cause significant delays or result in a temporary or permanent halt to the development process. The approval process may involve public input and public hearings and may also be opposed by neighboring landowners, consumer or environmental groups, among others, which in turn can also cause significant delays or permanently halt the development process. Litigation challenging government approvals could also cause significant delays or halt the development process. Delays or a temporary or permanent halt in the development process can cause substantial increases to development costs, delays in constructing and selling homes, or cause us to abandon the project and to sell the affected land at a loss, which in turn could harm our results of operations.

Additionally, new housing developments are often subject to various assessments for schools, parks, streets, highways and other public improvements. The costs of these assessments can be substantial and can cause increases in the effective prices of our homes, which in turn could reduce our sales and/or profitability.

Our projects may also contain water features such as lakes or marinas for boating or other recreational activities. These water features may be subject to governmental regulations that could result in high maintenance costs. Additionally, there is the potential for liability related to recreational use by residents and guests.

As climate change concerns grow, legislation and regulatory activity is expected to continue and become more onerous. Similarly, energy-related initiatives will impact a wide variety of companies throughout the world and because our operations are heavily dependent on significant amounts of raw materials, such as lumber, steel and concrete, these initiatives could have an indirect adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations to the extent the suppliers of our materials are burdened with expensive or onerous energy or environmental-related regulations. Additionally, energy efficiency requirements imposed by government regulations on new housing development could add to building costs, which in turn could reduce profitability.

Our title insurance operations are subject to applicable insurance and other laws and regulations. Failure to comply with these requirements can lead to administrative enforcement actions, the loss of required licenses and other required approvals, claims for monetary damages or demands for loan repurchase from investors, and rescission or voiding of the loan by the homebuyer.

Moreover, Florida has enacted legislation to regulate homeowner associations, which affects the master and condominium associations we manage or control in our communities. Furthermore, we are also subject to state legislation and Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") rulings pertaining to community development districts ("CDDs"). A CDD is a local, special purpose government framework authorized by Florida's Uniform Community Development District Act of 1980, as amended, and provides a mechanism to manage and finance the infrastructure required to develop new communities. CDDs are legal entities with the ability to enter into contracts, own property, sue and be sued, and impose and levy taxes and/or assessments. CDDs are subject to audit and rulings from the IRS with respect to the tax-exempt status of their bonds.

It is possible that individuals acting on our behalf (including our contractors and their subcontractors) could intentionally or unintentionally violate some of the foregoing federal, state and local laws and regulations. Although we endeavor to take immediate action if we become aware of such violations, we may incur fines or penalties as a result of those actions and our reputation with governmental agencies and our buyers may be damaged. Further, other acts of bad judgment may also result in negative financial consequences.

Compliance with applicable environmental laws may substantially increase our costs of doing business, which could negatively impact our financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to various federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations relating to the operation of our properties, which are administered by numerous federal, state and local governmental agencies. Our growth and development opportunities may be limited and more costly as a result of legislative, regulatory or municipal requirements. Compliance with these laws and regulations may also restrict or delay our homebuilding activity. The inability to grow our business or pay these costs could reduce our profitability. Additionally, our operating costs may also be affected by our compliance with, or our being subject to, environmental laws, ordinances and regulations relating to hazardous or toxic substances of, under, or in our properties. These costs could be significant and could result in decreased profitability or the inability to develop our land as originally intended.

Despite our past ability to obtain necessary permits and approvals for our communities, we anticipate that increasingly stringent requirements will be imposed on developers and homebuilders in the future. Although we cannot predict the effect of these requirements, they could result in time-consuming and expensive compliance programs and in substantial expenditures, which could cause delays and increase our cost of operations. We may also become subject to challenges by third-parties, such as environmental groups or neighborhood associations, under environmental laws and regulations to the permits and other approvals for our projects and operations. In those cases where an endangered or threatened species is involved and a related agency rule-making and litigation are ongoing, the outcome of such rule-making and litigation can be unpredictable and can result in unplanned or unforeseeable restrictions on or the prohibition of development and building activity in identified environmentally sensitive areas. In addition, the continued effectiveness of permits already granted or approvals already obtained is dependent upon many factors, some of which are beyond our control, such as changes in policies, rules, and regulations and their interpretation and application. Environmental regulations can also have an adverse impact on the availability and price of certain raw materials such as lumber.

Under various environmental laws, current or former owners or operators of real estate, whether leased or owned, as well as certain other categories of parties, may be required to investigate and clean up hazardous or toxic substances or petroleum product releases, and may be held liable to a governmental entity or to third-parties for related damages, including bodily injury, and investigation and clean-up costs incurred by such parties in connection with the contamination, regardless of whether such contamination or environmental conditions were created by us or a prior owner or tenant, or by a third-party or neighboring property. The costs of any required removal, investigation or remediation of such substances or the costs of defending against environmental claims may be substantial. The presence of such substances, or the failure to remediate such substances properly, may also adversely affect our ability to sell the land or to borrow using the land as security. Although environmental site assessments conducted at our properties have not revealed any environmental liability that we believe would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations, and we are not aware of any material environmental liability or concerns, there can be no assurances that the environmental assessments that we have undertaken have revealed all potential environmental liabilities, or that an environmental condition does not otherwise exist as to any one or more of our properties that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Government entities in regions where we operate have adopted or may adopt slow or no growth initiatives, which could adversely affect our ability to build or timely build in these areas.

Local governments in some of the areas where we operate have approved, and others where we operate or may operate in the future may also approve, various "slow growth" or "no growth" homebuilding initiatives and other ballot measures that could negatively impact the availability of land and building opportunities within those jurisdictions. Approval of "slow growth," "no growth" or similar initiatives (including the effect of these initiatives on existing entitlements and zoning) could adversely affect our ability to build or timely build and sell homes in the affected markets and/or create additional administrative and regulatory requirements and costs, which, in turn, could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Substantial increases in mortgage interest rates or the unavailability of mortgage financing could lead to fewer home sales, which would reduce our revenues.

Our Homebuilding and Real Estate Services businesses depend on the ability of some homebuyers to obtain financing for the purchase of their homes. Since 2009, the mortgage lending industry in the U.S. has experienced significant instability, beginning with increased defaults on subprime loans and other nonconforming loans and compounded by expectations of increasing interest payment requirements and further defaults. This in turn resulted in a decline in the market value of many mortgage loans and related securities. Lenders, regulators and others questioned the adequacy of lending standards and other credit requirements for several loan products and programs offered in recent years. Credit requirements have tightened, and investor demand for mortgage loans and mortgage-backed securities has declined. The deterioration in credit quality during the downturn had caused almost all lenders to stop offering subprime mortgages and most other loan products that do not conform to Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and FHA standards. Fewer loan products, tighter loan qualifications and a reduced willingness of lenders to make loans may continue to make it more difficult for certain buyers to finance the purchase of our homes. These developments may delay the continued improvement in the housing market. If our potential homebuyers, the buyers of our homebuyers' existing homes or other customers of our Real Estate Services businesses cannot obtain suitable financing, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

Additionally, as a result of the turbulence in the credit markets and mortgage finance industry, the federal government has taken on a significant role in supporting mortgage lending through its conservatorship of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, both of which purchase home mortgages and mortgage-backed securities originated by mortgage lenders, and its insurance of mortgages originated by lenders through the FHA. The liquidity provided by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac to the mortgage industry has been very important to the housing market. Several federal government officials have proposed changing the nature of the relationship between Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac and the federal government and even nationalizing or eliminating these entities entirely. If Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac were dissolved or if the federal government determined to stop providing liquidity support to the mortgage market, there would be a reduction in the availability of the financing provided by these institutions. Any such reduction would likely have an adverse effect on interest rates, mortgage availability and the sales of new homes. It is also possible that these entities, as reformed, or the successors to these entities may require changes to the way title insurance is priced or delivered, changes to standard policy terms or other changes, which may make the title insurance business less profitable and adversely affect our title insurance operations.

Moreover, the FHA insures mortgage loans that generally have lower loan payment requirements and qualification standards compared to conventional guidelines, and as a result, can be a source for financing the sale of our homes. In recent years, lenders have taken a more conservative view of FHA guidelines causing significant tightening of borrower eligibility for approval. Availability of condominium financing and minimum credit score benchmarks has reduced opportunity for those buyers. In the near future, further restrictions are expected on FHA-insured loans, including limitations on seller-paid closing costs and concessions. This or any other restriction may negatively affect the availability or affordability of FHA financing, which could adversely affect the volume of homes sold to those buyers seeking FHA financing.

The passage of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the "Dodd-Frank Act") in July 2010 implemented new requirements relating to residential mortgages and mortgage lending practices. These include, among other things, minimum underwriting standards, limitations on certain fees and incentive arrangements, retention of credit risk and remedies for borrowers in foreclosure proceedings. The effect of such provisions may reduce the availability of loans

to borrowers and/or increase the costs to borrowers to obtain such loans. Any such reduction could adversely affect our home sales, financial condition and results of operations.

Our ability to utilize our net operating loss carryforwards is limited as a result of previous "ownership changes" as defined in Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and may become further limited if we experience future ownership changes under Section 382 or if we do not generate enough taxable income in the future.

As of December 31, 2013, we had recorded a deferred tax asset of $125.6 million, which was net of a valuation allowance of $71.0 million. Additionally, at such date, we had net operating loss ("NOL") carryforwards for federal ($302.2 million) and Florida ($276.3 million) income and franchise tax purposes, a portion of which were subject to our deferred tax asset valuation allowance. Under U.S. federal income tax law, we generally can use our NOL carryforwards (and certain related tax credits) to offset ordinary taxable income, thereby reducing our U.S. federal income tax liability, for up to 20 years from the year in which the losses were generated, after which time they will expire. State NOL carryforwards (and certain related tax credits) generally may be used to offset future state taxable income for a period of time ranging from 5 to 20 years from the year in which the losses were generated, depending on the state, after which time they will expire. Moreover, the rate at which we can utilize our federal NOL carryforwards is also limited (which could result in NOL carryforwards expiring prior to their use) each time we experience an "ownership change," as determined under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended ("Section 382"). A Section 382 ownership change generally occurs if one or more shareholders who are each deemed to own at least 5% of our common stock increase their ownership by more than 50 percentage points over their lowest ownership percentage within a rolling three-year period. If an ownership change occurs, Section 382 generally imposes an annual limit on the amount of post-ownership change federal taxable income that may be offset with pre-ownership change federal NOL carryforwards equal to the product of the total value of our outstanding equity immediately prior to the ownership change (reduced by certain items specified in Section 382) and the U.S. federal long-term tax-exempt interest rate in effect at the time of the ownership change. A number of special and complex rules apply in calculating this Section 382 limitation. While the complexity of Section 382 makes it difficult to determine whether and when an ownership change has occurred, we believe that we have previously experienced ownership changes affecting our current federal NOL carryforwards. Most states, including Florida, have statutes or provisions in their tax codes that function similar to the federal rules under Section 382. Moreover, our ability to use our federal and state NOL carryforwards may be limited if we fail to generate enough taxable income in the future before they expire, which may be the result of changes in the markets in which we do business, our profitability and/or general economic conditions. Existing and future limitations under Section 382 and other similar statutes and our inability to generate enough taxable income in the future could result in a substantial portion of our federal and state NOL carryforwards expiring before they are used and, therefore, could reduce the value of our deferred tax assets. If our future results of operations are less than projected or if the timing and jurisdiction of our future taxable income varies from our estimates, an increase in the Company's deferred tax asset valuation allowance may be required at that time, thereby resulting in an increase in our income tax provision for financial reporting purposes. Furthermore, our expectations for our use of our deferred tax assets are based on numerous assumptions and we can give no assurances that these assumptions will be accurate.

We may not be successful in our efforts to identify, complete or integrate acquisitions, which could adversely affect our results of operations and future growth.

A principal component of our business strategy is to continue to grow profitably in a controlled manner, including, where appropriate, through land and other acquisitions. Any future acquisitions would be accompanied by risks such as:

Moreover, acquisitions may require us to incur or assume additional indebtedness, resulting in increased leverage. Any significant acquisition may result in a weakening of our financial condition and an increase in our cost of borrowings. Acquisitions may also require us to issue additional equity, resulting in dilution to existing shareholders.

We cannot guarantee that we will be successful in implementing our acquisition strategy, and growth may not continue at historical levels, or at all. The failure to identify or complete acquisitions, or successfully execute our plans for an acquisition, could adversely affect our future growth. Specifically, any delays or difficulties encountered prior to or after the closing of such acquisitions could increase costs and otherwise affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Additionally, while we typically enter into purchase or option contracts for the acquisition of land, there can be no assurances that even after execution of these contracts we will be able to consummate these acquisitions on the terms included therein or at all, because, but not limited to, of our inability to obtain governmental approvals and entitlements, matters uncovered in due diligence, including environmental and title matters, and other regulatory and community issues. Moreover, in some cases where we do not go forward with an acquisition, we may lose our deposits and/or be unable to recover our due diligence, development and other transaction costs and expenses. When we enter into non-binding letters of intent for land acquisitions, for example, it is also possible that we may choose not to or may be unable to, for reasons beyond our control, enter into binding agreements. Additionally, in any land acquisition, we may underestimate land development costs, which could reduce our profitability.

Even if we overcome these challenges and risks, we may not realize the anticipated benefits of these acquisitions and there may be other unanticipated or unidentified effects. While we would typically seek protection through warranties and indemnities, as applicable, significant liabilities may not be identified in due diligence or come to light after the expiration of any warranty or indemnity periods. Additionally, while we would seek to limit our ongoing exposure, for example, through liability caps and period limits on warranties and indemnities in the case of disposals, some warranties and indemnities may give rise to unexpected and significant liabilities. Any claims arising in the future may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We participate in certain joint ventures where we may be adversely impacted by the failure of the joint venture or the other partners in the joint venture to fulfill their obligations.

We selectively enter into business relationships through partnerships and joint ventures with unrelated third-parties. These partnerships and joint ventures have historically been utilized to acquire, develop, market and operate timeshare, golf course and other amenity projects. Our joint venture operations face all of the inherent risks associated with real estate and construction, such as obtaining permits, complying with applicable federal, state and local laws and regulations, and obtaining financing, that are described elsewhere in this "Risk Factors" section. We face the additional risk that our partners may not meet their financial obligations or could have or develop business interests, policies or objectives that are inconsistent with ours. Therefore, we depend heavily on the other partners in each joint venture to both cooperate and make mutually acceptable decisions regarding the conduct of the business and affairs of the joint venture and ensure that they, and the joint venture, fulfill their respective obligations to us and to third-parties. If the other partners in our joint ventures do not provide such cooperation or fulfill those obligations due to their financial condition, strategic business interests (which may be contrary to ours), or otherwise, we may be required to spend additional resources and suffer losses, each of which could be significant. Moreover, our ability to recoup such expenditures and losses by exercising remedies against such partners may be limited due to potential legal defenses they may have, their respective financial condition and other circumstances. Furthermore, the termination of a joint venture may also give rise to lawsuits and legal costs.

Although our joint ventures do not have outstanding debt, the partners may agree to incur debt to fund partnership and joint venture operations in the future. If our joint ventures incur indebtedness in the future, the lenders may require us and the other partners to provide guarantees and indemnities to the lenders with respect to the joint venture's debt, which may be triggered under certain conditions when the joint venture fails to fulfill its obligations under its loan agreements.

Tax law and interest rate changes could make home ownership more expensive or less attractive.

Tax law changes could make home ownership more expensive or less attractive. Significant expenses of owning a home, including mortgage interest expense and real estate taxes, generally are deductible expenses for an individual's federal and, in some cases, state income taxes subject to various limitations under current tax law. Various proposals have been publicly discussed to limit mortgage interest deductions and the exclusion of gain from the sale of a principal residence. If the federal government or a state government changes its income tax laws, including as some lawmakers have proposed, to eliminate or substantially modify these income tax deductions without offsetting provisions, then the after-tax cost of owning a new home would increase substantially for many of our potential buyers. This could adversely impact demand for and/or selling prices of new homes.

Increases in property tax rates by local governmental authorities, as experienced in response to reduced federal and state funding, could adversely affect the ability of potential buyers to obtain financing or their desire to purchase new homes. Fees imposed on developers to fund schools, open spaces, road improvements, and/or provide low and moderate income housing, could increase our costs and have an adverse effect on our operations.

Additionally, availability of mortgage financing and increases in interest rates as a result of changes to U.S. monetary policies could significantly increase the costs of owning a home by making it more costly or extremely difficult to obtain financing, which in turn would adversely impact demand for and selling prices of homes. Any increases in interest rates could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. As a result, the price of our common stock may decline.

Our sales, revenues, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected by natural disasters.

The Florida climate presents risks of natural disasters. To the extent that hurricanes, severe storms, floods, wildfires, soil subsidence and other weather-related and geological events, including sinkholes, or other natural disasters or similar events occur, our business may be adversely affected by requiring us to delay or halt construction, experience shortages in labor and raw materials, or to perform potentially costly repairs to our projects under construction and unsold homes. There is also the possibility of environmental disasters occurring, such as oil spills in the Gulf of Mexico, which could result in costly repairs to our properties in affected areas and negatively impact the demand for new homes in those areas and otherwise adversely affect our business operations in the affected areas. There is also growing concern from the scientific community that an increase in average temperatures globally due to emissions of greenhouse gases and other human activities will cause significant changes in global weather patterns and, as a result, increase the frequency and severity of natural disasters. In the future, certain losses may not be insurable and a sizable uninsurable loss could materially affect our business. In addition, due to the concentrated nature of our operations, natural disasters affecting more than one of our Florida markets could result in a relatively greater impact on our results of operations than they might have on other companies that have a more diversified portfolio of operations. See "—Our geographic concentration in Florida could adversely affect us if the homebuilding industry in Florida should decline."

We may suffer uninsured losses or suffer material losses in excess of insurance limits.

We could suffer physical damage to property and liabilities resulting in losses that may not be fully compensated by insurance. Additionally, certain types of risks, such as personal injury claims, may be, or may become in the future, either uninsurable or not economically insurable, or may not be currently or in the future covered by our insurance policies. Should an uninsured loss or a loss in excess of insured limits occur, we could sustain financial loss or lose capital invested in the affected property as well as anticipated future income from that property. Moreover, we have a number of properties in Florida that are susceptible to hurricanes and tropical storms. While we generally carry windstorm and flood coverage with respect to these properties, the policies contain per occurrence deductibles and aggregate loss limits and sub-limits that limit the amount of proceeds that we may be able to recover. Additionally, we could be liable to repair damage or meet liabilities caused by uninsured or excluded risks. We may be liable for any debt or other financial obligations related to affected property. Material losses or liabilities in excess of insurance proceeds may occur in the future.

We act as a title agent and are subject to audits and contractual obligations due to our title insurance operations.

We act as a title agent for underwriters through our subsidiary, Watermark Realty, Inc. The title insurance industry is closely regulated by the Florida Department of Financial Services, Office of Insurance Regulation. These regulations impose licensing and other compliance requirements upon our title insurance business and require that we offer title insurance products in accordance with a promulgated rate schedule.

As a result of our position as a title agent, we are subject to regular and routine audits by title insurance underwriters for which we issue title policies. These audits review our compliance and risk management pertaining to escrow procedures, as well as our regulatory and underwriting procedures.

Additionally, we are subject to compliance with the procedures imposed by our agency contracts with the underwriters. Title agencies are subject to liability in the event of any breach thereof arising from deviations from the agency contract requirements, including indemnifying the underwriter for claims.

Our real estate brokerage business is generally subject to intense competition.

We compete with other national real estate organizations, regional independent real estate organizations, discount brokerages, and smaller niche companies competing in local areas. Real estate brokers compete for sales and marketing business primarily on the basis of services offered, reputation, utilization of technology, personal contacts and brokerage commission.

Additionally, the real estate brokerage industry has minimal barriers to entry for new participants, including participants pursuing non-traditional methods of marketing real estate, such as Internet-based brokerage or brokers who discount their commissions. Discount brokers have had varying degrees of success and, while they were negatively impacted by the prolonged downturn in the residential housing market, they may adjust their model and increase their market presence in the future. Listing aggregators and other web-based real estate service providers may also begin to compete for our company-owned brokerage business by establishing relationships with independent real estate agents and/or buyers and sellers of homes.

We also compete for the services of qualified licensed independent real estate agents. Some of the firms competing for real estate agents use a different model of compensating agents, in which agents are compensated for the revenue generated by other agents that they recruit to those firms. This business model may be appealing to certain agents and hinder our ability to attract and retain those agents. The ability of our brokerage offices to retain independent real estate agents is generally subject to numerous factors, including the sales commissions they receive and their perception of brand value. Competition for real estate agents could reduce the commission amounts we retain after giving effect to the split with independent real estate agents, and possibly increase the amounts that we spend on marketing.

Independent real estate agents that work for our real estate brokerage business could take actions that could harm our business.

The real estate agents that work for our real estate brokerage business are independent contractors, and, as such, are not our employees, and we do not exercise control over their day-to-day operations. If these independent real estate agents were to provide diminished quality of service to buyers, our image and reputation may suffer materially and adversely affect our results of operations.

Additionally, independent real estate agents may engage or be accused of engaging in unlawful or tortious acts such as, for example, violating the anti-discrimination requirements of the Fair Housing Act. Such acts or the accusation of such acts could harm our image, reputation and goodwill.

Our real estate brokerage business must comply with the requirements governing the licensing and conduct of real estate brokerage and brokerage-related businesses in the jurisdictions in which we do business.

We are subject to various laws and regulations containing general standards for and limitations on the conduct of real estate brokers and sales associates, including those relating to licensing of brokers and sales associates, administration of escrow funds, collection of commissions, advertising and consumer disclosures. Under Florida state law, real estate brokers have certain duties to supervise and are responsible for the conduct of their brokerage business. Although real estate sales agents historically have been classified as independent contractors, rules and interpretations of state and federal employment laws and regulations could change, including those governing employee classification and wage and hour regulations, and these changes may impact industry practices and our real estate brokerage operations. Florida state law requires real estate brokers to supervise the activities of their sales associates.

Our development, construction and sale of condominiums are subject to state regulation and claims from the homeowners association at each project.

A portion of our business is dedicated to the formation and sale of condominiums and subdivisions. Condominiums in the state of Florida are regulated by the State of Florida Department of Business and Professional Regulation (the "Department"). In connection with our development of condominiums and offering of condominium units for sale, we must submit regulatory filings to the Department, which will respond to and comment on our applications, and we are subject to Florida's Condominium Act. Although we retain control of the condominium associations at a number of our projects, we are required to transfer control of the condominium association's board of directors once we trigger one of several statutory thresholds, with the most likely triggers being tied to the sale of not less than a majority of units to third-party owners. Although we maintain reserves for turnover purposes, transfer of control can result in claims with respect to deficiencies in operating funds and reserves, construction defects and other condominium-related matters by the condominium association and/or the third-party condominium unit owners. Any material claims in these areas in excess of our reserves could negatively affect our reputation in condominium development and ultimately have a material adverse effect on our operations as a whole.

Subdivisions are not regulated by the state of Florida, but there are statutory provisions governing subdivisions and homeowners associations that we must follow. As with condominium associations, although we retain control of the homeowners associations at a number of our projects, we are required to transfer control of the homeowners association's board of directors once we trigger one of several statutory thresholds, with the most likely triggers being tied to the sale of not less than a majority of subdivided home sites to third-party owners. Transfer of control can result in claims with respect to deficiencies in operating funds and reserves (to the extent applicable), construction defects and other subdivision-related matters by the homeowners association and/or the third-party subdivided lot owners. Any material claims in these areas could negatively affect our reputation in subdivision development and ultimately have a material adverse effect on our operations as a whole.

Shortfalls in association revenues leading to increased levels of homeowner association deficit funding could negatively affect our business.

As a developer, we typically deficit fund the homeowner associations we control until the turnover of the association to the residents. If we have insufficient sales of homes in any community, or if the number of delinquencies with respect to the payment of association assessments by the homeowners increases in any of our communities (in each case resulting in shortfalls in association revenues), our deficit funding levels may increase from historical levels, which could have an adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

Increased insurance risk and adverse changes in economic conditions could negatively affect our business.

Insurance and surety companies are continuously re-examining their business risks, and have taken actions including increasing premiums, requiring higher self-insured retentions and deductibles, requiring additional collateral on surety bonds, reducing limits, restricting coverage, imposing exclusions, such as mold damage, sinkholes, sabotage and terrorism, and refusing to underwrite certain risks and classes of business. Any increased premiums, mandated exclusions, change in limits, change in coverage, change in terms and conditions or reductions in the amounts of bonding capacity available may adversely affect our ability to obtain appropriate insurance coverage at reasonable costs, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Warranty, liability and other claims that arise in the ordinary course of business may be costly, which could adversely affect our business.

As a homebuilder, we have been, and continue to be, subject to construction, architectural and design defects, product liability and home warranty claims in the ordinary course of business, including claims related to moisture intrusion and mold. These claims are common to the homebuilding industry and can be costly.

In certain legal proceedings, plaintiffs may seek class action status with potential class sizes that vary from case to case. Class action lawsuits can be costly to defend and, if we were to lose any certified class action suit, could result in substantial potential liability for us. We record reserves, if necessary, for such matters in our consolidated financial statements. With respect to certain general liability exposures, including construction defect, moisture intrusion and related mold claims and product liability, interpretation of underlying current and future trends, assessment of claims and the related liability and reserve estimation process is highly judgmental due to the complex nature of these exposures, with each exposure exhibiting unique circumstances. Furthermore, once claims are asserted for construction defects, it is difficult to determine the extent to which the assertion of these claims will expand geographically.

Although we maintain warranty and other reserves, we obtain insurance for construction defect claims and generally seek to require our subcontractors and design professionals to indemnify us for some portion of liabilities arising from their work. Such policies and reserves may not be available or adequate to cover liability for damages, the cost of repairs, and/or the expense of litigation surrounding current claims. Future claims may also arise out of uninsurable events or circumstances not covered by insurance and not subject to effective indemnification agreements with our subcontractors. In addition, our future results of operations for any particular quarterly or annual period could be materially adversely affected by changes in our estimates and assumptions related to these proceedings, or due to the ultimate resolution of the litigation. Furthermore, one or more of our insurance carriers could become insolvent. Any actual or threatened claim against us, regardless of its merit, may lead to negative publicity, which could adversely affect our reputation, home sales and the price of our common stock.

We may lose or fail to attract and retain key employees and management personnel.

An important aspect of our competitiveness is our ability to attract and retain key employees and management personnel. Our ability to do so is influenced by a variety of factors, including the compensation we award, changes in immigration laws, trends in labor force migration, and other fluctuations in the labor market. If any of our key personnel were to cease employment with us, our operating results could suffer. Our ability to retain our key personnel or to attract suitable replacements should any members of our management team leave is dependent on the competitive nature of the employment market. Furthermore, the process of attracting and retaining suitable replacements for key personnel whose services we may lose would result in transition costs and would divert the attention of other members of our senior management away from our existing operations. In addition, we do not maintain key person insurance in respect of any members of our senior management team. The loss of any of our management members or key personnel could adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

To effectively compete in our industry, we must ensure that the experience and knowledge of our employees is institutionalized and is not lost when personnel leave our company due to retirement, redundancy, or other reasons. Failure to do so would adversely affect our standard of service to our homebuyers and other customers, financial condition and results of operations.

We may be subject to claims that were not discharged in our bankruptcy proceedings, which could have an adverse effect on our results of operations and profitability.

On August 4, 2008, our predecessor company and certain of its subsidiaries (collectively, the "Debtors") filed voluntary petitions for reorganization relief under the provisions of Chapter 11 of Title 11 ("Chapter 11") of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (the "Bankruptcy Code") in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware in Wilmington (the "Bankruptcy Court"). The Chapter 11 cases so commenced are referred to herein as the "Chapter 11 Cases." The Debtors filed an initial joint plan of reorganization and related disclosure statement on June 8, 2009, a first amended joint plan of reorganization and disclosure statement on July 1, 2009 and a second amended joint plan of reorganization and disclosure statement on July 17, 2009 (the "Plan"). The Plan received formal endorsement of both the senior secured creditors and the official committee of unsecured creditors and was confirmed by the Bankruptcy Court on August 26, 2009 (the "Confirmation Order"). The Plan was declared effective on September 3, 2009 (the "Effective Date") and the Debtors emerged from bankruptcy on that date.

Substantially all of the material claims relating to the operation of our business prior to the Effective Date of the Plan were resolved pursuant to the Plan and the Confirmation Order. Additionally, the Bankruptcy Code provides that the confirmation of a plan of reorganization discharges a debtor from substantially all debts arising prior to the date of such confirmation. With a few exceptions, all claims relating to the operation of our business that arose prior to September 3, 2009 are either (i) subject to compromise and/or treatment under the Plan, or (ii) discharged, in accordance with the Bankruptcy Code and terms of the Plan and the Confirmation Order. Circumstances in which claims and other obligations that arose prior to September 3, 2009 were not discharged primarily relate to executory contracts assumed in connection with the Chapter 11 Cases, any liability (if any) that does not fall into the definition of 'claim' under section 101(5) of the Bankruptcy Code, any non-dischargeable liability pursuant to section 1141(d)(6) of the Bankruptcy Code and, potentially, instances where a claimant had inadequate notice of the Chapter 11 Cases. Moreover, although the Plan contains various mechanisms and provisions intended to protect us from any liability for any act or omission occurring prior to September 3, 2009 or a condition in existence as of September 3, 2009, persons have attempted and may continue to attempt to construe claims on account of such acts, omissions, or conditions as arising after September 3, 2009. The ultimate resolution of such claims and other obligations may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and profitability.

Inflation may result in increased costs that we may not be able to recoup if housing demand declines.

Inflation can have an adverse impact on our results of operations because increasing costs of land, materials and labor may require us to increase the selling prices of homes in order to maintain satisfactory margins. If there is a reversal or slowing of the current housing market recovery, we may not be able to increase our home selling prices to help stimulate sales due to competition in the industry. As a result, we may have to decrease home selling prices, which could require us to reduce the carrying value of our land inventory. In such an environment, we may not be able to raise home prices sufficiently to keep up with the rate of inflation and our margins could decrease. Moreover, our cost of capital increases as a result of inflation and the purchasing power of our cash resources declines. Current or future efforts by the government to stimulate the economy may increase the risk of significant inflation and its adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

An increase in home order cancellations could adversely impact our financial condition and results of operations.

During the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, 4.7%, 3.0% and 2.8% of our total home orders were canceled, respectively. These buyers contracted to buy a home but did not close on the transaction whether due to the economic downturn, failure to satisfy contingencies, mutual termination, default by the buyer, or otherwise. An increase in the rate or number of cancellations may adversely impact our home sales revenues and results of operations, as well as our backlog. In cases of cancellations, we remarket the home and usually retain any deposits that we are permitted to retain. These deposits may not cover the additional carrying costs and costs to resell the home.

Real estate investments are relatively illiquid and we may be unable to quickly sell our properties for satisfactory prices in response to adverse changes in economic or financial conditions.

Due to the relative lack of liquidity in real estate investments, we may be limited in our ability to respond to changes in economic or financial conditions by quickly selling our properties. As a result, we would be forced to hold properties that do not generate any revenues. We may have to sell homes or land at a loss and we may have to record impairment charges. In addition, we face the general unpredictability of the real estate market and may not always know whether we can sell homes at the prices we set or how long it may take to find a buyer and to close the sale of a property.

Poor relations with the residents of our communities could negatively impact sales, which could cause our revenues and/or results of operations to decline.

As a community developer, we may be expected by community residents from time to time to resolve any real or perceived issues or disputes that may arise in connection with the operation, development and/or turnover of our communities. Any efforts made by us in resolving these issues or disputes could be deemed unsatisfactory by the affected residents and any subsequent action by these residents could negatively impact sales, which could cause our revenues and/or results of operations to decline. In addition, we could be required to make material expenditures related to the settlement of such issues or disputes or modify our community development plans, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may become subject to litigation, which could materially and adversely affect us.

In the future, we may become subject to litigation, including claims relating to our operations, securities offerings and otherwise in the ordinary course of business. Some of these claims may result in significant defense costs and potentially significant judgments against us, some of which are not, or cannot be, insured against. We cannot be certain of the ultimate outcomes of any claims that may arise in the future. Resolution of these types of matters against us may result in significant fines, judgments or settlements, which, if uninsured, or if the fines, judgments and settlements exceed insured levels, could adversely impact our earnings and cash flows, thereby materially and adversely affecting us. Certain litigation or the resolution of certain litigation may affect the availability or cost of some of our insurance coverage, which could materially and adversely impact us, expose us to increased risks that would be uninsured, and materially and adversely impact our ability to attract directors and officers.

A major health and safety incident could adversely affect our operations, create potential liabilities and harm our reputation.

Construction sites and our Homebuilding operations pose inherent health and safety risks to our employees and others. Due to regulatory requirements and the scale of our business, our health and safety performance is vital for the continued success of our business. A major health and safety incident may cause us to incur penalties and could expose us to liabilities. In addition, we may face significant

negative publicity, which would adversely affect our reputation and relationships with members of the community, regulatory agencies and suppliers or contractors.

Information technology failures and data security breaches could harm our business.

We use information technology and other computer resources to carry out important operational and marketing activities as well as to maintain our business and employee records. Many of these resources are provided to us and/or maintained on our behalf by third-party service providers pursuant to agreements that specify certain security and service level standards. Performance or security failures could expose us to operational and reporting risk and failures, as well as exposure to information security and privacy protection issues.

We may face utility or resource shortages or cost fluctuations, which could have an adverse effect on our operations.

A shortage of utilities or natural resources in geographic areas in which we operate may make it difficult for us to obtain regulatory approvals to begin our projects. Our existing projects may also be delayed, which would impose additional costs and jeopardize our ability to complete construction and meet our contractual obligations. Such shortages could adversely affect our inventories, particularly concrete and drywall, and could reduce demand for our homes and adversely affect our business.

Additionally, municipalities may restrict or place moratoriums on the availability of utilities, such as water and sewer taps. Such actions may cause delays in our projects, increase our costs, or limit our ability to operate in those geographic areas, which could adversely affect our business.

We intend to use leverage in executing our business strategy, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We intend to employ prudent levels of leverage to finance our business, including the acquisition and development of our home sites and construction of our homes. As of December 31, 2013, we had $200.0 million of total debt outstanding. On August 7, 2013, we completed the issuance of the old notes in the aggregate principal amount of $200.0 million. The net proceeds from the offering of the Notes Offering were $195.5 million after deducting fees and expenses payable by us. We used $127.0 million of the net proceeds from the Notes Offering to voluntarily prepay the entire principal amount outstanding of our Senior Secured Term Notes due 2017, of which $125.0 million in aggregate principal amount was outstanding, at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest. Additionally, during August 2013, we entered into the Revolving Credit Facility. As of December 31, 2013, we had $296.4 million of available liquidity from cash and cash equivalents, the Revolving Credit Facility and the Stonegate Loan. See Note 12 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for further discussion of our debt obligations.

Our board of directors (the "Board") will consider a number of factors when evaluating our level of indebtedness and when making decisions regarding the incurrence of new indebtedness, including the purchase price of assets to be acquired with debt financing, the estimated market value of our assets and the ability of particular assets, and our company as a whole, to generate cash flow to cover the expected debt service. As a means of sustaining our long-term financial health and limiting our exposure to unforeseen dislocations in the debt and financing markets, we currently expect to remain conservatively capitalized. However, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws (the "Bylaws") do not contain a limitation on the amount of debt we may incur and our Board may change our target debt levels at any time without the approval of our shareholders, subject to the covenants contained in our existing debt agreements.

Our use of debt capital could subject us to many risks that, if realized, would adversely affect us, including the risk that:

If we do not have sufficient funds to repay our debt at maturity, it may be necessary to refinance our debt through additional debt or equity financings. If, at the time of any refinancing, prevailing interest rates or other factors result in higher interest rates on refinancings, increases in interest expense could adversely affect our cash flows and results of operations. If we are unable to refinance our debt on acceptable terms, we may be forced to dispose of our assets on disadvantageous terms, potentially resulting in losses. To the extent we cannot meet any future debt service obligations, we will risk losing some or all of our assets that may be pledged to secure our obligations to foreclosure. Certain of our debt agreements have, and any additional debt agreements that we enter into in the future may contain, specific cross-default provisions with respect to specified other indebtedness, giving holders of certain debt the right to declare a default if we are in default under other loans in some circumstances. Defaults under our debt agreements could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Moreover, certain of our current debt has, and any additional debt we subsequently incur may have, a floating rate of interest. Higher interest rates could increase debt service requirements on our current floating rate debt and on any floating rate debt we subsequently incur, and could reduce funds available for operations, future business opportunities or other purposes.

If we cannot obtain letters of credit and surety bonds, our ability to operate may be restricted.

We use letters of credit and surety bonds (performance and financial) to secure our performance under various land development and construction agreements, land purchase obligations, escrow agreements, financial guarantees and other arrangements, primarily with governmental authorities. Under Florida law, we also need surety bonds to use homebuyers' escrowed deposits for construction purposes, unless homebuyers waive their escrow rights. As of December 31, 2013, we had $3.8 million of outstanding letters of credit. Performance bonds do not have stated expiration dates; rather, we are released from the bonds as the contractual performance is completed. Our performance and financial bonds, which totaled $15.9 million as of December 31, 2013, are typically outstanding over a period of approximately one to five years or longer depending on, among other things, the pace of development. Our ability to obtain additional letters of credit and surety bonds primarily depends on our credit rating, capitalization, working capital, past performance, management expertise and certain external factors, including the capacity of the markets for such bonds. We must also fully indemnify providers of surety bonds. Letters of credit and surety bond providers consider these factors in addition to our performance and claims record and provider-specific underwriting standards, which may change from time to time. If banks were to decline to issue letters of credit or surety companies were to decline to

issue performance and financial bonds, or if we are required to provide credit enhancement, such as cash deposits, our ability to operate could be significantly restricted and could have an adverse effect on our business, liquidity, financial condition and results of operations.

We may need additional financing to fund our operations or expand our business and if we are unable to obtain sufficient financing or such financing is obtained on adverse terms, we may not be able to operate or expand our business as planned, which could adversely affect our results of operations and future growth.

Our access to additional third-party sources of financing will depend, in part, on:

The homebuilding industry is capital-intensive and we incur significant costs in the early stages of our projects to acquire land parcels and begin development. In addition, if housing markets are not favorable or permitting or development takes longer than anticipated, we may be required to hold our investments in land for extended periods of time. Additionally, domestic financial markets have experienced unusual volatility, uncertainty and a tightening of liquidity in both the debt and equity capital markets. Credit spreads for major sources of capital widened significantly during the U.S. credit crisis as investors demanded a higher risk premium. Given the current volatility in the capital and credit markets, potential lenders may be unwilling or unable to provide us with financing that is attractive to us or may charge us prohibitively high fees to obtain financing. Consequently, there is greater uncertainty regarding our ability to access the credit market in order to attract financing on reasonable terms.

Our ability to make payments on and to refinance our indebtedness and to fund planned expenditures for land acquisitions, development and construction will depend on our ability to generate cash in the future. If our business does not achieve the levels of profitability or generate the amount of cash that we anticipate or if we expand through acquisitions or organic growth faster than anticipated, we may need to seek additional debt or equity financing to operate and expand our business.

Based on our current operations, capital raising activities, and anticipated growth, we believe that we can meet our cash requirements for the year ending December 31, 2014 with existing cash and cash equivalents and cash flow from operations (including sales of our homes and land). To a large extent, though, our ability to generate cash flow from operating activities is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative and regulatory factors and other factors that are beyond our control. We can provide no assurances that our business will generate cash flow from operations in an amount sufficient to enable us to fund our liquidity needs. Further, our capital requirements may vary materially from those currently planned if, for example, our revenues do not reach expected levels or we incur unforeseen capital expenditures and make investments to maintain our competitive position. If this were to be the case, we may seek alternative financing, such as selling additional debt or equity securities or divesting assets or operations. We can provide no assurances that we will be able to consummate any such transactions on favorable terms, if at all. Moreover, if we do raise additional funds through the incurrence of debt, we will incur increased debt service costs and may become

subject to additional restrictive financial and other covenants. We may also choose to raise additional funds through equity, which would result in dilution to existing shareholders. Any inability to generate sufficient cash flow, refinance our debt or incur additional debt on favorable terms could adversely affect our financial condition and could cause us to be unable to service our debt and may delay or prevent the expansion of our business or otherwise require us to forego market opportunities.

Our indebtedness may restrict our ability to pursue our business strategies.

The indenture governing the Notes, dated August 7, 2013 (as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with its terms, the "Indenture"), the credit agreement governing the Revolving Credit Facility and the senior loan agreement governing the Stonegate Loan restrict, and any debt we incur in the future will likely restrict, our ability to take specific actions even if we believe that such actions may be in our best interests. These include, but are not limited to, covenants (financial and otherwise) generally affecting our ability, subject to certain exceptions and exemptions, to:

Additionally, the credit agreement governing the Revolving Credit Facility contains customary affirmative covenants and certain financial maintenance covenants, including a minimum consolidated tangible net worth covenant, a consolidated leverage ratio covenant, and a covenant requiring either minimum liquidity or maintenance of a consolidated interest coverage ratio according to a schedule set forth in such credit agreement.

Our ability to comply with these covenants and restrictions may be affected by events beyond our control. If we breach any of these covenants (financial or otherwise) or restrictions, we could be in default under the Notes, the Revolving Credit Facility, the Stonegate Loan or any other future financing arrangement we enter into. This circumstance would permit the holders of the Notes, the lenders under the Revolving Credit Facility or Stonegate Bank to take certain actions, including declaring the Notes, the Revolving Credit Facility or the Stonegate Loan, as applicable, due and payable, together with accrued and unpaid interest. If the Notes, the Revolving Credit Facility, the Stonegate Loan or any other future financing arrangement that we enter into were to be accelerated, our assets, in particular our liquid assets, may be insufficient to repay our indebtedness. A default could also significantly limit our financing alternatives, which could cause us to curtail our investment activities and/or dispose of assets when we otherwise would not choose to do so. The occurrence of any default could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources."

Because of their significant stock ownership, our principal shareholders have substantial influence over our business, and their interests may differ from our interests or those of our other shareholders.

As of April 23, 2014, Monarch Alternative Capital LP and certain of its affiliates (collectively, "Monarch") and Stonehill Institutional Partners, L.P. and certain of its affiliates (collectively, "Stonehill," and together with Monarch, the "Principal Investors") owned approximately 27.9% and 25.4% of our common stock, respectively. Due to their ownership, the Principal Investors have the power to control us and our subsidiaries, including the power to elect a majority of our directors, agree to sell or otherwise transfer a controlling stake in us and determine the outcome of all actions requiring a majority shareholder approval. Additionally, pursuant to stockholders agreements that we entered into with the Principal Investors in connection with the completion of our Initial Public Offering, for so long as a Principal Investor holds at least 60% of the shares of our common stock held by it at the consummation of our Initial Public Offering, such Principal Investor has the right to nominate two directors to the Board and one director to each board committee (subject to applicable independence requirements of each committee). When a Principal Investor owns less than 60%, but at least 20%, of the shares of our common stock held by it at the consummation of our Initial Public Offering, such Principal Investor is entitled to nominate one director to the Board and each board committee (subject to applicable independence requirements of each committee). As of April 23, 2014, each of the Principal Investors held more than 60% of the shares of our common stock held by it at the consummation of our Initial Public Offering. Under the stockholders agreement, we also agreed to use commercially reasonable efforts to take all necessary and desirable actions within our control to cause the election, removal and replacement of such directors in accordance with the stockholders agreements and applicable law. Each Principal Investor also has agreed to vote for the other's board nominees in accordance with the terms of a separate voting agreement between the Principal Investors.

The interests of our Principal Investors may differ from our interests or those of our other shareholders and the concentration of control in the Principal Investors will limit other shareholders' ability to influence corporate matters. The concentration of ownership and voting power of the Principal Investors may also delay, defer or even prevent an acquisition by a third-party or other change of control of our company and may make some transactions more difficult or impossible without their support, even if such actions are in the best interests of our other shareholders. Therefore, the concentration of voting power among the Principal Investors may have an adverse effect on the price of our common stock. Our company may also take actions that our other shareholders do not view as beneficial, which may adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition and cause the price of our common stock to decline.

We are an emerging growth company and, as a result of the reduced disclosure and governance requirements applicable to emerging growth companies, our common stock may be less attractive to investors.

We are an emerging growth company, as defined in the JOBS Act, and we are eligible to take advantage of exemptions from certain reporting requirements applicable to other public companies, but not to emerging growth companies, including, but not limited to, a requirement to present less than five years of selected financial data, an exemption from the auditor attestation requirement of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure about executive compensation arrangements pursuant to the rules applicable to smaller reporting companies and no requirement to seek non-binding advisory votes on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements. We have elected to adopt these reduced disclosure requirements. We may take advantage of these provisions until we are no longer an emerging growth company. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of our Initial Public Offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenues of at least $1.0 billion or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market

value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700.0 million as of the prior June 30^th, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive as a result of our taking advantage of these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result of our elections, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

The obligations associated with being a public company will require significant resources and management attention.

As a newly public company, we face increased legal, accounting, administrative and other costs and expenses that we did not incur as a private company, particularly after we are no longer an emerging growth company. We are subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), which requires that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and financial condition, and the rules and regulations implemented by the SEC, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Act, the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board and the New York Stock Exchange, each of which imposes additional reporting and other obligations on public companies. As a public company, we are required to:

We expect these rules and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly; however, we are currently unable to estimate these costs with any degree of certainty. A number of these requirements have, and will require us to continue to, carry out activities we have not done previously as a private company and complying with such requirements may divert management's attention from other business concerns, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Additionally, changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure are creating uncertainty for public companies, increasing legal and financial compliance costs and making some activities more time-consuming. These laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. We have invested, and intend to continue to

invest, resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management's time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. If our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations and standards differ from the intentions of regulatory or governing bodies due to ambiguities related to their application and practice, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us and our business may be adversely affected.

These increased costs will require us to divert a significant amount of money that we could otherwise use to expand our business and achieve our strategic objectives. We also expect that it will be difficult and expensive to maintain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. As a result, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our Board or as executive officers. Furthermore, if we are unable to satisfy our obligations as a public company, we could be subject to delisting of our common stock, fines, sanctions and other regulatory action and potentially civil litigation.

Our internal control over financial reporting does not currently meet the standards required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and failure to achieve and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act could have a material adverse effect on our business and stock price.

In the past, as a privately held company, we were not required to maintain internal control over financial reporting in a manner that meets the standards of publicly traded companies required by Section 404(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act ("Section 404(a)"). We anticipate being required to meet these standards in the course of preparing our consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ending December 31, 2014, and our management will be required to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for such year. Additionally, once we are no longer an emerging growth company, our independent registered public accounting firm will be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting on an annual basis. The rules governing the standards that must be met for our management to assess our internal control over financial reporting are complex and require significant documentation, testing and possible remediation.

Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP. We are currently in the process of reviewing, documenting and testing our internal control over financial reporting, but we are not currently in compliance with, and we cannot be certain when we will be able to implement the requirements of Section 404(a). We may encounter problems or delays in implementing any changes necessary to make a favorable assessment of our internal control over financial reporting. In addition, we may encounter problems or delays in completing the implementation of any required improvements and receiving a favorable attestation report in connection with the attestation provided by our independent registered public accounting firm. If we cannot favorably assess the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to provide an unqualified attestation report on our internal controls, investors could lose confidence in our financial information and the price of our common stock could decline.

Additionally, the existence of any material weakness or significant deficiency would require management to devote significant time and incur significant expense to remediate any such material weaknesses or significant deficiencies and management may not be able to remediate any such material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in a timely manner. The existence of any material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting could also result in errors in our consolidated financial statements that could require us to restate such financial statements, cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations and cause shareholders to lose confidence in our reported financial information, all of which could materially and adversely affect us.

Provisions of our charter documents or Delaware law could delay, discourage or prevent an acquisition of our company, even if the acquisition would be beneficial to our shareholders, and could make it more difficult for shareholders to change our management.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and Bylaws may discourage, delay or prevent a merger, acquisition or other change in control that shareholders may consider favorable, including transactions in which shareholders might otherwise receive a premium for their shares of our common stock. In addition, these provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempt by our shareholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult to replace or remove our Board. These provisions include the following:

Additionally, we have opted out of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law ("Section 203"), which regulates corporate takeovers. However, our charter contains provisions that are similar to Section 203. Specifically, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that we may not engage in certain "business combinations" with any "interested stockholder" for a three-year period following the time that the person became an interested stockholder, unless:

Generally, a business combination includes a merger, consolidation, asset or stock sale or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. Subject to certain exceptions, an interested stockholder is a person who, together with that person's affiliates and associates, owns, or within the previous three years owned, 15% or more of our voting stock. However, in our case, the Principal Investors and any of their affiliates and subsidiaries and any of their direct or indirect transferees receiving 15% or more of our voting stock will not be deemed to be interested stockholders regardless of the percentage of our voting stock owned by them, and accordingly will not be subject to such restrictions. This provision could prohibit or delay mergers or other takeover or change in control attempts with respect to us and, accordingly, may discourage attempts to acquire us.

These provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and Bylaws and the Delaware General Corporation Law could limit the price that investors are willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock.

Claims for indemnification by our directors and officers may reduce our available funds to satisfy successful third-party claims against us and may reduce the amount of money available to us.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and Bylaws provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers, in each case to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. In addition, we have entered into and expect to continue to enter into agreements to indemnify our directors, executive officers and other employees, as determined by our Board. Under the terms of such indemnification agreements, we are required to indemnify each of our directors and officers, to the fullest extent permitted by the laws of the state of Delaware, if the basis of the indemnitee's involvement was by reason of the fact that the indemnitee is or was a director, or officer, of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or was serving at the Company's request in an official capacity for another entity. We must indemnify our officers and directors against all reasonable fees, expenses, charges and other costs of any type or nature whatsoever, including any and all expenses and obligations paid or incurred in connection with investigating, defending, being a witness in, participating in (including on appeal), or preparing to defend, be a witness or participate in any completed, actual, pending or threatened action, suit, claim or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, or establishing or enforcing a right to indemnification under the indemnification agreement. The indemnification agreements also require us, if so requested, to advance within 30 days of such request all reasonable fees, expenses, charges and other costs that such director or officer incurred, provided that such person will return any such advance if it is ultimately determined that such person is not entitled to indemnification by us. Our Bylaws also require that such person return any such advance if it is ultimately determined that such person is not entitled to indemnification by us. Any claims for indemnification by our directors and officers may reduce our available funds to satisfy successful third-party claims against us and may reduce the amount of money available to us.

We may not be able to generate sufficient cash to service the Notes or our other indebtedness, and may be forced to take other actions to satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness, which may not be successful.

Our ability to make scheduled payments on and refinance our indebtedness, including the Notes, and to fund our operations will depend on our ability to generate cash in the future. Our historical financial results have been, and our future financial results are expected to be, subject to substantial fluctuations, and will depend upon general economic conditions and financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control. We may not be able to maintain a level of

cash flows from operating activities sufficient to permit us to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes or our other indebtedness when due. If our cash flow and capital resources are insufficient to meet our debt service obligations or fund our other liquidity needs, we may need to refinance all or a portion of our debt, including the Notes, before maturity, seek additional equity capital, reduce or delay scheduled expansions and capital expenditures or sell material assets or operations. We cannot assure you that we will be able to pay our debt or refinance it on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, or to fund our liquidity needs.

Our ability to sell assets or restructure or refinance our indebtedness, including the Notes, will depend on the condition of the capital markets and our financial condition at such time. Any refinancing of any of our debt could be at higher interest rates and may require us to comply with more onerous covenants, which could further restrict our business operations. The terms of existing or future debt instruments, including the Indenture governing the Notes and the credit agreement governing the Revolving Credit Facility, may limit or prevent us from taking any of these actions. In addition, any failure to make scheduled payments of interest and principal on our outstanding indebtedness would likely result in a reduction of our credit rating, which could harm our ability to incur additional indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Our inability to generate sufficient cash flow to satisfy our debt service obligations, or to refinance or restructure our obligations on commercially reasonable terms or at all, could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects, as well as on our ability to satisfy our obligations in respect of the Notes.

We may incur additional indebtedness, which indebtedness might rank equal or effectively senior to the Notes or the guarantees thereof.

Despite our current level of indebtedness, we and our subsidiaries may be able to incur significant additional indebtedness, including secured indebtedness. Although the Indenture governing the Notes contains restrictions on our and our restricted subsidiaries' ability to incur additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to a number of qualifications and exceptions, and, under certain circumstances, the indebtedness incurred in compliance with such restrictions could be substantial and certain of this indebtedness may be secured. If new indebtedness is added to our and our subsidiaries' current debt levels, the related risks that we and the guarantors face would be increased, and we may not be able to meet all our debt obligations, including repayment of the Notes, in whole or in part. If we incur any additional debt that is secured, the holders of that debt will be entitled to share in the proceeds distributed in connection with any enforcement against the collateral or an insolvency, liquidation, reorganization, dissolution or other winding-up of the applicable obligor prior to applying any such proceeds to the notes.

Your right to receive payments on the Notes will be effectively subordinated to the rights of our existing and future secured creditors. Further, the guarantees of these Notes will be effectively subordinated to all of our existing and future guarantors' existing and future secured indebtedness.

Holders of our secured indebtedness and the secured indebtedness of the guarantors will have claims that are prior to your claims as holders of the Notes to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness. The Notes will be effectively subordinated to all of our secured indebtedness to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness. In the event of any distribution or payment of our assets in any foreclosure, dissolution, winding-up, liquidation, reorganization, or other bankruptcy proceeding, holders of secured indebtedness will have a prior claim to those of our assets that constitute their collateral. Holders of the Notes will participate ratably with all holders of our unsecured indebtedness that is deemed to be of the same class as the Notes, and potentially with all of our other general creditors, based upon the respective amounts owed to each holder or creditor, in our remaining assets. In any of the foregoing events, we cannot assure you that

there will be sufficient assets to pay amounts due on the Notes. As a result, holders of the Notes may receive less, ratably, than holders of secured indebtedness.

As of April 23, 2014, there were no amounts drawn on the Stonegate Loan; however, $2.0 million in outstanding letters of credit on such date limited the borrowing capacity under the credit facility to $8.0 million. The Stonegate Loan is secured by a first mortgage on a parcel of land comprising the Pelican Preserve Town Center located in Lee County, Florida. The Stonegate Loan is also secured by the right to certain fees and charges that we are to receive as owner of the Pelican Preserve Town Center.

Your right to receive payments under the Notes is junior to the existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities of our existing and future subsidiaries that are not guarantors and of our joint ventures.

The Notes will not be guaranteed by all of our subsidiaries or any of our current joint ventures. See "Description of the New Notes—Note Guarantees." In the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of any of our non-guarantor subsidiaries or joint ventures, creditors of such subsidiaries or joint ventures, including any trade creditors, joint venture partners, debt holders or any preferred equity holders, will be entitled to payment of their claims from the assets of those subsidiaries or joint ventures before any such assets are made available for distribution to us, except to the extent that we may also have a claim as a creditor. Thus, the Notes will be effectively junior to the claims of creditors of our non-guarantor subsidiaries and of our joint ventures. As of December 31, 2013, the old notes were not junior to any indebtedness. Our non-guarantor subsidiaries are permitted to incur substantial liabilities in the future under the terms of the Indenture and our joint ventures will not be restricted by the covenants contained in the Indenture. As of December 31, 2013, our consolidated non-guarantor subsidiaries had aggregate assets and liabilities of approximately $5.5 million and $0.8 million, respectively, and for the year then ended our consolidated non-guarantor subsidiaries had an aggregate net loss of $0.4 million. As of December 31, 2013, our unconsolidated non-guarantor subsidiary had assets and liabilities of approximately $9.7 million and $1.0 million, respectively.

Our non-guarantor subsidiaries are separate and distinct legal entities and have no obligation, contingent or otherwise, to pay any amounts due pursuant to the Notes, or to make any funds available therefor, whether by dividends, loans, distributions or other payments. Any right that we or the subsidiary guarantors have to receive any assets of any of the non-guarantor subsidiaries upon the liquidation or reorganization of those subsidiaries, and the consequent rights of noteholders to realize proceeds from the sale of any of those subsidiaries' assets, will be structurally subordinated to the claims of those subsidiaries' creditors, including trade creditors and holders of debt of that subsidiary. In addition, the Indenture governing the Notes permits non-guarantor subsidiaries to incur significant additional indebtedness. See "Description of the New Notes."

The instruments governing our debt contain cross default provisions that may cause all of the debt issued under such instruments to become immediately due and payable as a result of a default under an unrelated debt instrument.

The Indenture governing our Notes contains numerous covenants and the credit agreement that governs our Revolving Credit Facility contain numerous covenants and require us to meet certain financial maintenance covenants. Our failure to comply with the obligations contained in the Indenture governing the Notes, the credit agreement governing our Revolving Credit Facility or other instruments governing our indebtedness could result in an event of default under the applicable instrument, which could result in the related debt and the debt issued under other instruments becoming immediately due and payable. In such event, we would need to raise funds from alternative sources, which funds may not be available to us on favorable terms, on a timely basis or at all. Alternatively, such a default could require us to sell our assets and otherwise curtail operations in order to pay our creditors.

Borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility will be at variable rates, which will make us more vulnerable to increases in market interest rates.

Any future borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility or the Stonegate Loan will bear interest at variable rates and expose us to interest rate risk. If interest rates were to increase, our debt service obligations on the variable rate indebtedness would increase even though the amount borrowed remained the same, and our net income and cash flows, including cash available for servicing our indebtedness, will correspondingly decrease. Assuming all loans are fully drawn, a hypothetical one percentage point increase in interest rates on our variable rate debt would increase our annual interest expense by approximately $850,000. If market interest rates increase, variable rate debt will cost more to fund, which could adversely affect our cash flow. While we may enter into agreements to hedge our exposure to interest rate risk, there is no guarantee that we will do so or that such agreements will offer full protection against this risk.

The trading price of the Notes may be volatile and can be directly affected by many factors, including our credit rating.

The trading price of the Notes could be subject to significant fluctuation in response to, among other factors, changes in our operating results, interest rates, the market for non-investment grade securities, general economic conditions and securities analysts' recommendations, if any, regarding our securities.

Credit rating agencies continually revise their ratings for companies they follow, including us. Any ratings downgrade could adversely affect the trading price of the Notes, or the trading market for the Notes, to the extent a trading market for the Notes develops. The condition of the financial and credit markets and prevailing interest rates have fluctuated in the past and are likely to fluctuate in the future and any fluctuation may impact the trading price of the Notes.

Federal and state statutes may allow courts, under specific circumstances, to void the guarantees and require noteholders to return payments received from guarantors.

Under U.S. federal bankruptcy law and comparable provisions of state fraudulent transfer laws, a guarantee could be deemed a fraudulent transfer if the guarantor received less than a reasonably equivalent value in exchange for giving the guarantee and:

A guarantee could also be deemed a fraudulent transfer if it was given with actual intent to hinder, delay or defraud any entity to which the guarantor was or became, on or after the date the guarantee was given, indebted.

The measures of insolvency for purposes of the foregoing considerations will vary depending upon the law applied in any proceeding with respect to the foregoing. Generally, however, a guarantor would be considered insolvent if:

The Indenture governing the Notes contains a "savings clause" intended to limit each subsidiary guarantor's liability under its guarantee to the maximum amount that it could incur without causing the guarantee to be a fraudulent transfer under applicable law. We cannot assure you that this provision will be upheld as intended. In 2009, the U.S. Bankruptcy Court in the Southern District of Florida in Official Committee of Unsecured Creditors of TOUSA, Inc. v. Citicorp N. Am., Inc. found this kind of provision in that case to be ineffective and held the subsidiary guarantees to be fraudulent transfers and voided them in their entirety.

If a guarantee is deemed to be a fraudulent transfer, it could be voided altogether, or it could be subordinated to all other debts of the guarantor. In such case, any payment by the guarantor pursuant to its guarantee could be required to be returned to the guarantor or to a fund for the benefit of the creditors of the guarantor. If a guarantee is voided or held unenforceable for any other reason, holders of the Notes would cease to have a claim against the subsidiary based on the guarantee and would be creditors only of us and any guarantor whose guarantee was not similarly voided or otherwise held unenforceable.

We may not be able to satisfy our obligations to holders of the Notes upon a change of control.

Upon the occurrence of a "change of control," as defined in the Indenture, each holder of the Notes will have the right to require us to purchase the Notes at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount, together with any accrued and unpaid interest, if any. Our failure to purchase, or give notice of purchase of, the Notes would be a default under the Indenture, which would in turn be a default under our Revolving Credit Facility. In addition, a change of control may itself constitute an event of default under our Revolving Credit Facility. A default under our Revolving Credit Facility could result in an event of default under the Indenture if the lenders accelerate the debt under our Revolving Credit Facility.

If a change of control occurs, we may not have enough assets to satisfy all obligations under our Revolving Credit Facility and the Indenture related to the Notes. Upon the occurrence of a change of control, we could seek to refinance the indebtedness under our Revolving Credit Facility and the Notes or obtain a waiver from the lenders or you as a holder of the Notes. We cannot assure you, however, that we would be able to obtain a waiver or refinance our indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. No assurances can be given that any court would enforce the change of control provisions in the indenture governing the Notes as written for the benefit of the holders, or as to how these change of control provisions would be impacted were we to become a debtor in a bankruptcy case.

In addition, the definition of change of control in the Indenture governing the Notes includes the sale of "all or substantially all" of our assets. There is no precise established definition of the phrase "substantially all" under New York law, the law which governs the Indenture. Accordingly, upon a sale

of less than all of our assets, the ability of a holder of Notes to require us to repurchase such Notes may be uncertain.

We could enter into significant transactions that would not constitute a change of control requiring us to repurchase the Notes, but that could adversely affect our risk profile.

We could, in the future, enter into certain transactions, including certain recapitalizations, that would not result in a change of control, but would increase the amount of indebtedness outstanding at such time or otherwise affect our capital structure or credit ratings. Restrictions on our ability to incur additional indebtedness are contained in the covenants described under "Description of the New Notes—Certain Covenants—Limitations on Additional Indebtedness" and "Description of the New Notes—Certain Covenants—Limitations on Liens." Such restrictions in the Indenture governing the Notes are subject to a number of significant exceptions, and in any event can be waived with the consent of the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. Except for the limitations contained in such covenants, however, the Indenture does not contain any covenants or provisions that may afford holders of the Notes protection in the event of a highly-leveraged transaction.

We cannot assure you that an active trading market for the new notes will exist if you desire to sell the new notes.

The new notes are new securities for which there is no established trading market. We do not intend to apply for listing or quotation of the new notes on any securities exchange or stock market. In addition, the liquidity of the trading market in the new notes, and the market price quoted for the new notes, may be adversely affected by changes in the overall market for high yield securities and by changes in our financial performance or prospects or in the prospects for companies in our industry generally. As a result, we cannot assure you that an active trading market will develop for the new notes.

Failure to exchange your old notes for new notes could limit your ability to resell.

The old notes were not registered under the Securities Act or under the securities laws of any state and may not be resold, offered for resale or otherwise transferred unless they are subsequently registered or resold under an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. If you do not exchange your old notes for new notes under the exchange offer, you will not be able to resell, offer to resell or otherwise transfer the old notes unless they are registered under the Securities Act or unless you resell them, offer to resell or otherwise transfer them under an exemption from the registration requirements of, or in a transaction not subject to, the Securities Act. In addition, we will no longer be under any obligation to register the old notes under the Securities Act except in the limited circumstances provided under the registration rights agreement. In addition, if you want to exchange your old notes in the exchange offer for the purpose of participating in the distribution of the new notes, you may be deemed to have received restricted securities, and, if so, will be required to comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction.

The issuance of the new notes may adversely affect the market for the old notes.

To the extent that old notes are tendered for exchange and accepted in the exchange offer, the trading market for the untendered and tendered but unaccepted old notes could be adversely affected.

The trading prices of the Notes will be directly affected by our ratings with major credit rating agencies, the prevailing interest rates being paid by companies similar to us and the overall condition of the financial and credit markets.

The trading prices of the Notes in the secondary market will be directly affected by our ratings with major credit rating agencies, the prevailing interest rates being paid by companies similar to us and the overall condition of the financial and credit markets. It is impossible to predict the prevailing interest rates or the condition of the financial and credit markets. Credit rating agencies continually revise their ratings for companies that they follow, including us. Credit ratings are not recommendations to purchase, hold or sell the Notes. Additionally, credit ratings may not reflect the potential effect of risks relating to the structure or marketing of the Notes. Any ratings downgrade could adversely affect the trading price of the Notes or the trading market for the Notes, to the extent a trading market for the Notes develops. The condition of the financial and credit markets and prevailing interest rates have fluctuated in the past and are likely to fluctuate in the future.

We may redeem your Notes at our option, which may adversely affect your return.

As described under "Description of the New Notes—Optional Redemption," we have the right to redeem the Notes in whole or in part beginning on August 15, 2016. We may choose to exercise this redemption right when prevailing interest rates are relatively low. As a result, you may not be able to reinvest the redemption proceeds in a comparable security at an effective interest rate as high as that of the Notes.

We will not receive any proceeds from the exchange offer. In consideration for issuing the new notes, we will receive in exchange old notes of like principal amount, the terms of which are identical in all material respects to the new notes. The old notes surrendered in exchange for new notes will be retired and cancelled and cannot be reissued. Accordingly, our issuance of the new notes will not result in any increase in our indebtedness. We have agreed to bear the expenses of the exchange offer. No underwriter is being used in connection with the exchange offer.

The net proceeds from the offering of the old notes were approximately $195.5 million after deducting fees and expenses payable by us. We used $127.0 million of the net proceeds from the Notes Offering to voluntarily prepay the entire outstanding principal amount of our 2017 Senior Secured Term Notes, of which $125.0 million in aggregate principal amount was outstanding, at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest. We intend to use the remainder of the net proceeds from the Notes Offering for general corporate purposes, including the acquisition and development of land and home construction.

The following table sets forth our capitalization as of December 31, 2013 on an actual basis. You should read this table in conjunction with the sections captioned "Use of Proceeds," "Selected Consolidated Financial Data," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

	As of December 31, 2013

	(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
Cash and cash equivalents	$	213,352




Debt:
6.875% Senior Notes due 2021	$	200,000
Revolving Credit Facility(1)		—
Stonegate Loan(2)		—


Total debt(3)		200,000


Equity:
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share(4)		—
Common stock, $0.01 par value per share(5)		258
Additional paid-in capital		298,530
Retained earnings		108,984
Treasury stock, at cost, 27,037 shares		(196	)


Total WCI Communities, Inc. shareholders' equity		407,576
Noncontrolling interests in consolidated joint ventures		2,288


Total equity		409,864


Total capitalization	$	609,864

(1): On August 27, 2013, we entered into the Revolving Credit Facility, which allows us to borrow up to $75.0 million on a revolving basis, of which up to $50.0 million may be utilized for letters of credit. As of April 23, 2014, there were no amounts drawn on the Revolving Credit Facility or any limitations on our borrowing capacity, leaving the full amount available to us on such date.
(2): On February 28, 2013, WCI Communities, Inc. and WCI Communities, LLC entered into the Stonegate Loan. As of April 23, 2014, there were no amounts outstanding under the Stonegate Loan; however, $2.0 million in outstanding letters of credit on such date limited the borrowing capacity under the credit facility to $8.0 million. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Stonegate Loan."
(3): Total debt does not include letters of credit. As of December 31, 2013, we had $3.8 million in letters of credit outstanding. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Letters of Credit and Surety Bonds."
(4): 15,000,000 shares authorized and no shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2013.
(5): 150,000,000 shares authorized, 25,795,072 shares issued and 25,768,035 shares outstanding as of December 31, 2013.

The following tables set forth our selected consolidated financial data as of and for the years indicated. The selected consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2011 has been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto that are not included in this prospectus. Our historical results for any prior period are not necessarily indicative of results expected in any future period.

	Years Ended December 31,

	2013			2012			2011
	(in thousands)
Statements of Operations
Revenues
Homebuilding	$	214,016		$	146,926		$	57,101
Real estate services		80,096			73,070			68,185
Amenities		23,237			21,012			18,986


Total revenues		317,349			241,008			144,272


Cost of sales
Homebuilding		149,768			100,786			51,013
Real estate services		76,972			71,675			68,209
Amenities		25,285			24,254			22,510
Asset impairments		—			—			11,422


Total cost of sales		252,025			196,715			153,154


Gross margin		65,324			44,293			(8,882	)


Other income		(2,642	)		(7,493	)		(2,294	)
Selling, general and administrative expenses		39,548			32,129			30,911
Interest expense		2,537			6,978			16,954
Expenses related to early repayment of debt		5,105			16,984			—


		44,548			48,598			45,571


Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes		20,776			(4,305	)		(54,453	)
Income tax benefit from continuing operations		125,709			52,233			6,140


Income (loss) from continuing operations		146,485			47,928			(48,313	)
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax(1)		—			118			1,477
Gain on sale of discontinued operations, net of tax(1)		—			2,588			511


Net income (loss)		146,485			50,634			(46,325	)
Net loss (income) from continuing operations attributable to noncontrolling interests		163			189			(68	)
Net income from discontinued operations attributable to noncontrolling interests		—			—			(732	)


Net income (loss) attributable to WCI Communities, Inc.		146,648			50,823			(47,125	)
Preferred stock dividends		(19,680	)		—			—


Net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders of WCI Communities, Inc.	$	126,968		$	50,823		$	(47,125	)

	Years Ended December 31,

	2013		2012		2011
	(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Earnings (loss) per share attributable to common shareholders of WCI Communities, Inc.:
Basic
Continuing operations	$	5.88	$	3.33	$	(4.90	)
Discontinued operations		—		0.19		0.13


Earnings (loss) per share	$	5.88	$	3.52	$	(4.77	)




Diluted
Continuing operations	$	5.86	$	3.31	$	(4.90	)
Discontinued operations		—		0.19		0.13


Earnings (loss) per share	$	5.86	$	3.50	$	(4.77	)




Weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding:
Basic		21,586		14,445		9,883




Diluted		21,680		14,515		9,883




Net income (loss) attributable to WCI Communities, Inc.:
Income (loss) from continuing operations	$	146,648	$	48,117	$	(48,381	)
Income from discontinued operations		—		2,706		1,256


Net income (loss) attributable to WCI Communities, Inc.	$	146,648	$	50,823	$	(47,125	)

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following in conjunction with the sections of this prospectus entitled "Risk Factors," "Cautionary Note Concerning Forward-Looking Statements," "Selected Consolidated Financial Data" and "Business" and our audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements reflecting current expectations that involve risks and uncertainties. Actual results and the timing of events may differ materially from those indicated in such forward-looking statements. Factors that may cause such differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed in the section entitled "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this prospectus. Many of the amounts and percentages in this discussion have been rounded for convenience of presentation.

During the year ended December 31, 2013, we continued to benefit from the recovery of the housing market. This positive momentum has largely been driven by attractive home affordability, decreasing levels of home inventory in many of the markets that we serve, historically low mortgage rates, increasing consumer confidence levels and an overall improvement in the economy. More recently, on a national level, rising home prices and higher interest rates have begun to moderate the demand for new homes. However, we continue to experience year-over-year improvements in customer traffic and new orders in our active selling neighborhoods. Increased scale in our homebuilding operations has also resulted in a significant increase in home deliveries during the year ended December 31, 2013 when compared to the year ended December 31, 2012. During 2013, we closed on four land acquisitions that are currently planned for approximately 1,900 future home sites within ten new selling neighborhoods. As of December 31, 2013, we are also under contract for a partially developed property planned for approximately 600 future home sites, which is scheduled to close in the second quarter of 2014. Additionally, during October 2013, our real estate brokerage business became one of the first franchisees to operate under the new Berkshire Hathaway HomeServices brand. We believe that this new brand strengthens our ability to take advantage of the improving resale home market as we transition from the Prudential brand.

During the year ended December 31, 2013, we accessed the equity and debt capital markets, which provided us with a long-tenured conservative capital structure with ample liquidity and operational flexibility to support future growth. On July 30, 2013, we completed our Initial Public Offering and issued 6,819,091 shares of common stock at a price to the public of $15.00 per share, which provided us with $90.3 million of net proceeds after deducting underwriting discounts and offering expenses payable by us. The shares trade on the New York Stock Exchange under the ticker symbol "WCIC." On August 7, 2013, we completed the Notes Offering. The net proceeds from the Notes Offering were $195.5 million after deducting fees and expenses payable by us. We used $127.0 million of the net proceeds from the Notes Offering to voluntarily prepay the entire outstanding principal amount of the 2017 Senior Secured Term Notes, of which $125.0 million in aggregate principal amount was outstanding, at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest. Additionally, on August 27, 2013, we entered into the Revolving Credit Facility that allows us to borrow up to $75.0 million on a revolving basis, of which up to $50.0 million may be used for letters of credit. We intend to use our available liquidity for general corporate purposes, including the acquisition and development of land and home construction. For a detailed discussion of our Initial Public Offering and the abovementioned debt transactions, see Notes 1 and 12 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

We continue to capitalize on the improving Florida housing market by differentiating ourselves from our competition by offering luxury lifestyle communities and award-winning homes in most of coastal Florida's highest growth markets. The move-up, second home and active adult buyers that we

target continue to exhibit favorable demographic trends, strong demand indicators and financial stability. Overall, our positive operating results and recent capital markets activity have strengthened our financial position, which was demonstrated by solid improvements in most of our key financial and operating metrics. We believe that our strong balance sheet and significant liquidity position us to take advantage of the improving Florida real estate market both through increasing scale of our existing land holdings and future acquisitions.

We continued to experience strong operating and financial performance during 2013. Total revenues were $317.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2013, increasing 31.7% from $241.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2012, primarily due to an increase in our Homebuilding segment revenues, which was driven by a 40.1% increase in deliveries and a 9.3% increase in average selling price. Additionally, combined revenues from our Real Estate Services and Amenities segments grew 9.8% year-over-year. Total gross margin during the year ended December 31, 2013 was $65.3 million, an increase of $21.0 million, compared to $44.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2012. Such increase was attributable to improvements of $18.1 million, $1.7 million and $1.2 million in our Homebuilding, Real Estate Services and Amenities segments, respectively.

Our income from continuing operations before income taxes was $20.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2013 and the corresponding loss was $4.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2012. The improvement in our 2013 operating results reflected: (i) increased Homebuilding gross margin from the delivery of 141 additional homes during 2013; (ii) improvements in gross margin at both our Real Estate Services and Amenities segments as we more efficiently leveraged our fixed overhead; (iii) less interest expense during 2013, primarily due to a greater portion of our interest incurred being capitalized; and (iv) an $11.9 million reduction in our expenses related to early repayment of debt during 2013 when compared to 2012. Offsetting these favorable items during 2013 were (i) an increase of $7.4 million in selling, general and administrative expenses, primarily due to $4.5 million of incremental stock-based and other non-cash long-term compensation expense recorded in 2013, and (ii) a decline in other income of $4.9 million.

Our net income attributable to common shareholders was $127.0 million and $50.8 million during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. This year-over-year change was primarily due to (i) a reversal of $125.6 million of deferred tax asset valuation allowances during 2013 and (ii) a 2013 reduction of $11.9 million in our expenses related to early repayment of debt. Partially offsetting these items were (i) $19.7 million of preferred stock dividends during 2013 ($19.0 million of which was non-cash and related to the exchange of our Series A preferred stock for common stock) and (ii) a $50.5 million income tax benefit due to the reversal of a tax liability that resulted from the successful completion of an audit by the IRS pertaining to the 2003 to 2008 tax years, which improved our 2012 results.

As of December 31, 2013, our cash and cash equivalents, excluding restricted cash, were $213.4 million, an increase of $132.3 million over our $81.1 million balance as of December 31, 2012. Such increase was primarily due to the net proceeds from our Initial Public Offering, the net proceeds from the Notes Offering after the prepayment of the 2017 Senior Secured Term Notes and cash flow generated by the 493 homes delivered during the year ended December 31, 2013. During 2013, there was a $98.5 million net increase in our real estate inventories, primarily due to $70.7 million of land acquisitions along with land development and home construction spending within our communities. As of December 31, 2013, our net debt was less than zero, which compares to a net debt-to-net book capitalization percentage of 19.8% as of December 31, 2012.

As of December 31, 2013, the value of our backlog was $143.8 million, a 26.0% increase from $114.1 million as of December 31, 2012. We had 293 homes in backlog as of December 31, 2013, an

increase of 38 homes, or 14.9%, from 255 homes as of December 31, 2012. The increase in backlog was primarily due to continued improvement in the housing market, which was evidenced by our increase in new orders, partially offset by increased deliveries during the year ended December 31, 2013. An increase of 9.8% in the average selling price of our backlog units to $491,000 also contributed to the increase in the value of our backlog as of December 31, 2013. Additionally, our cancellation rate as a percent of gross new orders was 4.7% and 3.0% for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Our low cancellation rates reflect a high quality backlog given our move-up, second home, and active adult target buyers.

During 2007, the sub-prime mortgage crisis and tightening of credit markets significantly impacted the homebuilding industry as many potential homebuyers were unable to obtain financing to purchase new homes. Notably, the Florida residential real estate market experienced a deeper contraction than the U.S. average contraction during the recent national economic recession and housing correction. From 2006 through 2011, Florida's total residential homebuilding permits decreased by 79% versus a national decrease of 66%. Sales of single-family homes in Florida declined from 450,205 in 2005 to 341,080 in 2006, a decrease of 24.2%, after four years of continuous growth. As compared to sales of 1,260 single-family homes in 2006, our predecessor company sold only 869 and 394 single-family homes in 2007 and the first half of 2008, respectively, and the average price for its single-family homes declined from $715,540 in 2006 to $494,450 in the first half of 2008. As a result of the decline in business, the Debtors and certain non-Debtor affiliates (together with the Debtors, the "WCI Group") were forced to amend their various credit agreements to improve operating and financial flexibility. However, on June 25, 2008, our predecessor company received notice that certain holders of its 4.0% contingent convertible senior subordinated notes due 2023 (the "Convertible Notes") intended to exercise an option that would require it to repurchase all of the outstanding principal amount of the Convertible Notes. The WCI Group anticipated that it did not have sufficient liquidity to satisfy its obligation to repurchase the outstanding Convertible Notes while still avoiding default under its other debt obligations. The WCI Group was also at risk of its other lenders exercising remedy options that would accelerate substantially all of its outstanding indebtedness. In order to prevent the consequences of default and to restructure the capital of the WCI Group, the Debtors commenced bankruptcy proceedings. On August 4, 2008, the Debtors filed voluntary petitions for reorganization relief under the provisions of Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code in the Bankruptcy Court. The Chapter 11 cases so commenced are referred to herein as the "Chapter 11 Cases."

The Debtors filed an initial joint plan of reorganization and related disclosure statement on June 8, 2009, a first amended joint plan of reorganization and disclosure statement on July 1, 2009 and a second amended joint plan of reorganization and disclosure statement on July 17, 2009 (the "Plan"). The Plan received formal endorsement from both the senior secured creditors and the official committee of unsecured creditors and was confirmed by the Bankruptcy Court on August 26, 2009 (the "Confirmation Order"). The Plan was declared effective on September 3, 2009 (the "Effective Date").

Under the terms of the Plan, on the Effective Date: (i) the holders of the allowed claims under the Debtors' prepetition secured debt received 95% of the new common stock, a $300.0 million senior secured term loan and a $150.0 million senior subordinated secured term loan of the Company; (ii) a creditor trust for the benefit of holders of allowed unsecured claims received 5% of the new common stock, 100% of new Series A preferred stock and $1.0 million in cash to be used for the administration of the trust; (iii) a Chinese drywall trust for the benefit of holders of allowed Chinese drywall claims received 100% of the new Series B preferred stock, insurance coverage actions, insurance recoveries and Chinese drywall actions, and $0.9 million in cash to be used for administration of the trust; and (iv) all other unsecured creditors with allowed claims less than $135,000 received 2% of the amount of

their allowed claim in cash. The Plan did not provide for any value or distribution to the equity holders of our predecessor company.

We emerged from bankruptcy on September 3, 2009 with a $300.0 million senior secured term loan and a $150.0 million senior subordinated secured term loan. In addition, all of our assets and liabilities, including our land portfolio, were reset to then current fair market value.

Given our emergence from bankruptcy in 2009 and the challenges within the homebuilding and real estate industries at that time, a significant part of our business strategy during 2010 and 2011 was focused on selling assets that we deemed non-core to our continuing operations and reducing our general and administrative expenses to maximize our cash position and pay down our outstanding debt. Pursuant to this business strategy, during 2010 and 2011, we sold substantially all of our assets outside of the state of Florida, a majority of our speculative inventory of homes and certain other real estate inventory and amenities assets that we deemed non-core to our continuing operations. Despite the difficult economic environment, we maximized proceeds from such sales and we were able to pay down $331.2 million in aggregate principal amount of our indebtedness prior to its stated maturity, including all of the remaining debt outstanding under our senior secured term loan.

In preparation for our Initial Public Offering, we (i) paid $0.7 million in cash to purchase the one outstanding share of our Series B preferred stock during April 2013 and (ii) exchanged 903,825 shares of our common stock (valued at $19.0 million) for 10,000 outstanding shares of our Series A preferred stock during July 2013. For a detailed discussion of these two transactions, see Note 16 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

On July 22, 2013, we filed with the Secretary of State of the state of Delaware an amendment to our then existing amended and restated certificate of incorporation to effectuate a 10.3 for 1 stock split of our common stock and increase our authorized capital stock to 150,000,000 shares of common stock and 15,000,000 shares of preferred stock. In addition, on July 24, 2013, we filed with the Secretary of State of the state of Delaware a new amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which, among other things, converted all our Series A, B, C, D and E common stock into a single class of common stock.

On July 30, 2013, we completed our Initial Public Offering and issued 6,819,091 shares of common stock at a price to the public of $15.00 per share, which provided us with $90.3 million of net proceeds after deducting underwriting discounts and offering expenses payable by us.

On August 7, 2013, we completed the issuance of the 2021 Notes in a private offering. The net proceeds from the Notes Offering were $195.5 million after deducting fees and expenses payable by us. We used $127.0 million of the net proceeds from the Notes Offering to voluntarily prepay the entire outstanding principal amount of the 2017 Senior Secured Term Notes, of which $125.0 million in aggregate principal amount was outstanding, at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest. As of December 31, 2013, we had $200.0 million of total outstanding debt, all of which pertained to the 2021 Notes.

In addition to the results reported in accordance with GAAP, we have provided information in this prospectus relating to adjusted gross margin from homes delivered, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA (as defined below).

We calculate adjusted gross margin from homes delivered by subtracting the gross margin from land and home sites from Homebuilding gross margin to arrive at gross margin from homes delivered. Adjusted gross margin from homes delivered is calculated by adding asset impairments, if any, and capitalized interest in cost of sales to gross margin from homes delivered. Management uses adjusted gross margin from homes delivered to evaluate operating performance in our Homebuilding segment and in making strategic decisions regarding sales price, construction and development pace, product mix and other operating decisions. We believe adjusted gross margin from homes delivered is relevant and useful to investors and other interested parties for evaluating our comparative operating performance from period to period and among companies within the homebuilding industry as it is reflective of overall profitability during any given reporting period. This measure is considered a non-GAAP financial measure and should be considered in addition to, rather than as a substitute for, the comparable GAAP financial measures when evaluating our operating performance. Although other companies in the homebuilding industry report similar information, the methods used by such companies may differ from our methodology and, therefore, may not be comparable. We urge investors and other interested parties to understand the methods used by other companies in the homebuilding industry to calculate gross margins and any adjustments to such amounts before comparing our measures to those of such other companies.

Adjusted EBITDA measures performance by adjusting net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders of WCI Communities, Inc. to exclude interest expense, capitalized interest in cost of sales, income taxes, depreciation ("EBITDA"), preferred stock dividends, income from discontinued operations, other income, stock-based and other non-cash long-term incentive compensation expense, asset impairments and expenses related to early repayment of debt. We believe that the presentation of Adjusted EBITDA provides useful information to investors and other interested parties regarding our results of operations because it assists those parties and us when analyzing and benchmarking the performance and value of our business. We also believe that Adjusted EBITDA is useful as a measure of comparative operating performance from period to period and among companies in the homebuilding industry as it is reflective of changes in pricing decisions, cost controls and other factors that affect operating performance, and it removes the effect of our capital structure (such as preferred stock dividends and interest expense), asset base (primarily depreciation), items outside of our control (primarily income taxes) and the volatility related to the timing and extent of non-operating activities (such as discontinued operations and asset impairments). Accordingly, we believe that this measure is useful for comparing general operating performance from period to period. Other companies may define Adjusted EBITDA differently and, as a result, our measure of Adjusted EBITDA may not be directly comparable to Adjusted EBITDA of other companies. Although we use Adjusted EBITDA as a financial measure to assess the performance of our business, the use of Adjusted EBITDA is limited because it does not include certain material costs, such as interest and income taxes, necessary to operate our business. Adjusted EBITDA and EBITDA should be considered in addition to, and not as substitutes for, net income (loss) in accordance with GAAP as a measure of performance. Our presentation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA should not be construed as an indication that our future results will be unaffected by unusual or nonrecurring items. Our EBITDA-based measures have limitations as analytical tools and you should not consider them in isolation or as substitutes for analyses of our results as reported under GAAP. Some such limitations are:

Because of these limitations, our EBITDA-based measures are not intended to be alternatives to net income (loss), indicators of our operating performance, alternatives to any other measure of performance in conformity with GAAP or alternatives to cash flow provided by operating activities as measures of liquidity. You should therefore not place undue reliance on our EBITDA-based measures or ratios calculated using those measures. Our GAAP-based measures can be found in our audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

	Years Ended December 31,

	2013			2012			2011
	(in thousands)
Revenues
Homebuilding	$	214,016		$	146,926		$	57,101
Real estate services		80,096			73,070			68,185
Amenities		23,237			21,012			18,986


Total revenues		317,349			241,008			144,272


Cost of sales
Homebuilding		149,768			100,786			51,013
Real estate services		76,972			71,675			68,209
Amenities		25,285			24,254			22,510
Asset impairments		—			—			11,422


Total cost of sales		252,025			196,715			153,154


Gross margin		65,324			44,293			(8,882	)


Other income		(2,642	)		(7,493	)		(2,294	)
Selling, general and administrative expenses		39,548			32,129			30,911
Interest expense		2,537			6,978			16,954
Expenses related to early repayment of debt		5,105			16,984			—


		44,548			48,598			45,571


Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes		20,776			(4,305	)		(54,453	)
Income tax benefit from continuing operations		125,709			52,233			6,140


Income (loss) from continuing operations		146,485			47,928			(48,313	)
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax		—			118			1,477
Gain on sale of discontinued operations, net of tax		—			2,588			511


Net income (loss)		146,485			50,634			(46,325	)
Net loss (income) from continuing operations attributable to noncontrolling interests		163			189			(68	)
Net income from discontinued operations attributable to noncontrolling interests		—			—			(732	)


Net income (loss) attributable to WCI Communities, Inc.		146,648			50,823			(47,125	)
Preferred stock dividends		(19,680	)		—			—


Net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders of WCI Communities, Inc.	$	126,968		$	50,823		$	(47,125	)

	Years Ended December 31,

	2013		2012
	($ in thousands)
Homebuilding revenues	$	214,016	$	146,926
Homes delivered		213,479		139,551
Land and home sites		537		7,375
Homebuilding gross margin		64,248		46,140
Homebuilding gross margin percentage		30.0%		31.4%
Homes delivered (units)		493		352
Average selling price per home delivered	$	433	$	396
New orders for homes (units)(1)		531		453
Contract values of new orders(1)	$	243,196	$	184,381
Average selling price per new order(1)		458		407
Cancellation rate(2)		4.7%		3.0%
Backlog (units)(3)		293		255
Backlog contract values(3)	$	143,819	$	114,063
Average selling price in backlog(3)		491		447
Active selling neighborhoods at year-end		25		20

Total homebuilding revenues for the year ended December 31, 2013 were $214.0 million, an increase of $67.1 million, or 45.7%, from $146.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. Such increase was primarily due to a 141-unit, or 40.1%, increase in homes delivered and a 9.3% increase in the average selling price of homes delivered. The increase in home deliveries is reflective of the continued ramp up in operations as many of our communities were reopened in 2012 and 2011. Additionally, an improved pricing environment and shifting product mix drove the increase in average selling prices of homes delivered. The improvement in revenues from home deliveries was partially offset by a $6.8 million decrease in land and home site revenues due to no non-core parcel sales during 2013.

Homebuilding gross margin for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $64.2 million, an increase of $18.1 million, from $46.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. Homebuilding gross margin as a percent of revenues decreased to 30.0% for the year ended December 31, 2013 from 31.4% for the year ended December 31, 2012, resulting from shifting product mix.

Our homebuilding cost of sales and, therefore, our homebuilding gross margins during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 were positively impacted by the low book value of our land, which was reset to fair value in September 2009 in connection with our restructuring and in accordance with fresh start accounting requirements. During 2013 and 2012, all of our home deliveries were generated

from communities that we owned in September 2009. The favorable impact of fresh start accounting contributed to a home site cost of sales as a percentage of homes delivered revenues of 13.9% and 13.1% during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Fluctuations of the home site cost of sales percentage are primarily due to product mix shifts. We expect that homes delivered from communities we owned in September 2009 will have a gross margin percentage approximately 5% to 10% higher than homes delivered from our more recent land acquisitions.

As of December 31, 2013, we owned approximately 5,900 home sites that benefit from being reset to fair value in September 2009. Due to the longer duration of our master-planned communities, we expect to continue to benefit from our favorable land book value for at least the next several years. However, based on the prices of the land we have purchased more recently, and as we acquire and develop land in the future at then current market prices, we anticipate that the positive impact of our low book value land on our homebuilding gross margin will begin to decline. The low carrying value of our land is also a significant driver of our gross margin from homes delivered of 30.0% and 31.5% during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

We delivered 493 homes during the year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of 141 units, or 40.1%, from the 352 homes delivered during the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase in deliveries during 2013 was primarily due to a larger backlog at December 31, 2012 and more new orders received during the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to the December 31, 2011 backlog and the new orders received during the year ended December 31, 2012, along with having more neighborhoods delivering homes and a greater number of deliveries per neighborhood during 2013 when compared to 2012. Additionally, improved evenflow scheduling was another factor in us generating more deliveries during 2013 compared to 2012. The average selling price per home delivered during 2013 was $433,000, an increase of $37,000, or 9.3%, from $396,000 during 2012. An improved pricing environment and shifting product mix drove the increase in average selling prices of homes delivered.

New orders during the year ended December 31, 2013 were 531 homes, an increase of 78 homes, or 17.2%, from 453 homes during the year ended December 31, 2012. Such increase was primarily due to continued momentum within our active selling neighborhoods, along with an increase in our active selling neighborhood count from 20 at December 31, 2012 to 25 at December 31, 2013. Contract values of new orders during 2013 were $243.2 million, an increase of $58.8 million, or 31.9%, from $184.4 million during 2012, primarily due to the 78-unit increase in new order activity and an improvement in average selling price of new orders to $458,000 during the year ended December 31, 2013 from $407,000 during the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase in our new order average selling prices during 2013 was primarily due to sales mix and strategic price increases as the overall housing market continued to improve.

Our backlog contract value as of December 31, 2013 was $143.8 million, an increase of $29.7 million, or 26.0%, from $114.1 million as of December 31, 2012. An increase in the average selling price of our backlog units from $447,000 to $491,000, or 9.8%, resulted in an increase in the contract values of our backlog at December 31, 2013. Additionally, we had 293 units in backlog as of December 31, 2013, an increase of 38 units, or 14.9%, from 255 units as of December 31, 2012. The increase in backlog was primarily due to continued improvement in the housing market, which was evidenced by our increase in new orders, partially offset by increased deliveries during the year ended December 31, 2013.

Real estate services revenues during the year ended December 31, 2013 were $80.1 million, an increase of $7.0 million, or 9.6%, from $73.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2012. The $7.0 million increase was primarily due to a $6.6 million increase in real estate brokerage revenues resulting from an 8.9% increase in average home selling price on consistent year-over-year closed home sale transactions. Flat closed home sales transactions resulted from a shifting mix as lower-priced, distressed inventory was being replaced with higher-priced homes. Additionally, title services revenues increased by $0.4 million during 2013 as a result of a greater number of captured transactions from our company-owned real estate brokerage and our new home deliveries.

Real estate services gross margin during the year ended December 31, 2013 was $3.1 million, an increase of $1.7 million, or 121.4%, from $1.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2012. The $1.7 million increase was primarily due to the margin associated with higher real estate brokerage revenues, partially offset by a 1.0% increase in real estate brokerage commissions and other variable costs as a percent of revenues to 74.3% in 2013. Such increase related to higher commission splits being paid to our agents during 2013, primarily resulting from our top performers generating a greater percentage of home sales transactions. As a result of incremental revenues covering a greater portion of the fixed operating costs in our real estate brokerage business, our real estate services gross margin percentage increased to 3.9% during the year ended December 31, 2013 from 1.9% during the year ended December 31, 2012.

Total amenities revenues during the year ended December 31, 2013 were $23.2 million, an increase of $2.2 million, or 10.5%, from $21.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2012. Membership and marina slip sales revenues were consistent at $1.2 million during both 2013 and 2012. We generated $9.7 million of membership dues during the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $9.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2012, an increase of $0.7 million. Club operating revenues were $12.3 million during 2013, compared to $10.8 million during 2012, an increase of $1.5 million. The increases in membership dues and club operating revenues were primarily due to a 10% increase in our membership base, which accounted for more food and beverage, golf, tennis, and fitness revenues being generated at our clubs. During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012,

total golf rounds were approximately 184,000 and 172,000, respectively. The membership base increase was driven by both new members from the sale of memberships and marina slips, as well as new members resulting from home deliveries in communities with bundled amenities for which we do not charge an initiation fee.

Total amenities gross margin during the year ended December 31, 2013 was ($2.0) million, representing an improvement of $1.2 million when compared to the year ended December 31, 2012. Such improvement was primarily due to incremental revenues covering a greater portion of the fixed operating and maintenance costs to run our clubs, along with improvements in our variable expenses, such as merchandise and food and beverage costs, as a percent of revenues.

During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, we did not record any impairments on real estate inventories or long-lived assets because (i) those assets meeting the criteria as held for sale had fair values in excess of their carrying values and (ii) those assets classified as held and used had undiscounted cash flows in excess of their carrying values. However, during impairment analyses that we performed as of December 31, 2013, we noted that the projected undiscounted cash flows for one of our amenities assets did not significantly exceed its carrying value of $3.2 million, which could potentially lead to a future impairment charge. We also continue to monitor the values of certain of our land and amenities assets to determine whether to hold them for future development or sell them at current market prices. If we choose to market any of our assets for sale, this action may potentially lead to the recording of impairment charges on those assets.

During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, other income was $2.6 million and $7.5 million, respectively. Other income during 2013 included $2.4 million of net recoveries and reductions in certain accruals related to various legal settlements, along with other miscellaneous items, including $0.2 million of interest income. Other income during 2012 included $3.2 million of net recoveries on various settlements, $1.1 million from sales of prepaid impact fees credits, $1.0 million from the return of escrow funds related to a legal reserve, $0.8 million of interest income, $0.7 million from gains on sales of property and equipment and $0.7 million of other miscellaneous items.

Selling, general and administrative ("SG&A") expenses were $39.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of $7.4 million, or 23.1%, from $32.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2012. Sales and marketing expenses, which pertain to our homebuilding operations and are comprised of commissions paid to our licensed in-house sales personnel and third-party real estate brokers, direct marketing expenses and sales office expenses, increased $1.6 million, or 11.9%, to $15.0 million during 2013, compared to $13.4 million during 2012. This increase was primarily due to an increase in commissions directly related to our increase in home deliveries, partially offset by a reduction in direct marketing expenses. As a percent of revenues from homes delivered, the related commission expense improved to 3.9% during 2013, compared to 4.4% during 2012. General and administrative expenses increased $5.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to the year ended December 31, 2012, primarily due to incremental expense of $4.5 million that we recorded during 2013 related to the stock-based and other long-term incentive compensation plans that we adopted in 2013, along with additional annual compensation expense supporting our growing operations and incremental audit and legal fees as a result of becoming a public company during 2013. As a percent of homebuilding revenues, SG&A expenses declined to 18.5% during 2013 from 21.9% during 2012. If our revenues continue to grow as we anticipate, we expect that our SG&A expenses as a percent of homebuilding revenues will also continue to decline.

Interest expense is comprised of interest incurred on our debt but not capitalized. Interest expense was $2.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2013, a decrease of $4.5 million, or 64.3%, from $7.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2012. Such decrease was primarily due to a greater portion of our interest incurred being capitalized as a result of increased construction and community development spending and lower effective interest rates on our debt arrangements, partially offset by higher weighted average borrowings during 2013.

During August 2013, we completed the Notes Offering. Among other things, we used $127.0 million of the net proceeds from the Notes Offering to voluntarily prepay the entire outstanding principal amount of the 2017 Senior Secured Term Notes, of which $125.0 million in aggregate principal amount was outstanding, at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest. In connection therewith, we recognized $5.1 million of expenses related to early repayment of debt during the year ended December 31, 2013, including the abovementioned prepayment premium and write-offs of unamortized debt discount and deferred financing costs associated with the 2017 Senior Secured Term Notes.

During June 2012, we prepaid our senior subordinated secured term loan, which had an outstanding balance of $162.4 million, with the net proceeds from the issuance of the 2017 Senior Secured Term Notes and $50.0 million of common stock issued to certain of our existing shareholders or their affiliates in an equity rights offering. As a result of these transactions, we wrote-off $17.0 million of unamortized debt discount and deferred financing costs associated with our senior subordinated secured term loan, which were recorded as expenses related to early repayment of debt during the year ended December 31, 2012.

See Notes 12 and 16 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for further discussion of our debt obligations and equity rights offering, respectively.

During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, our income tax benefit from continuing operations was $125.7 million and $52.2 million, respectively, which was primarily due to the reversal of (i) $125.6 million of deferred tax asset valuation allowances during 2013 and (ii) $50.5 million of income tax reserves during 2012 that resulted from the successful completion of an audit by the IRS pertaining to the 2003 to 2008 tax years. Additionally, the income tax benefit from continuing operations during 2012 was offset by income tax expense of $1.8 million related to our discontinued operations. As a result of these items, our effective income tax rates for such years are not meaningful because there is no correlation between such rates and the corresponding income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes. Our income tax provision for both years was otherwise nominal, which was primarily due to changes in our deferred tax asset valuation allowances offsetting any income tax expense.

As of December 31, 2013, we had a deferred tax asset of $125.6 million, which was net of a valuation allowance of $71.0 million. As a result of prior changes in ownership under Section 382, our deferred tax assets are subject to certain limitations and our ability to recognize a tax benefit from certain unrealized built-in losses may be limited depending on, among other things, when, and at what price, we sell the underlying assets. For federal and state income tax purposes, assets with built-in losses sold prior to January 1, 2014 were generally subject to an annual limitation of approximately $85,000 and those sold on or after such date currently will not be subject to limitations. As of December 31, 2013, $116.3 million of our deferred tax assets represents federal and state NOL carryforwards, of which $70.5 million is generally subject to an annual deduction limitation of

approximately $85,000 or deemed unusable and the tax-effected amount thereof is fully reserved by the Company in its valuation allowance. The remaining $45.8 million of such NOL carryforwards is not currently subject to limitations. However, a change in ownership under Section 382, which may occur in the future, would place additional limitations on our ability to use built-in losses and NOL carryforwards that are not currently subject to limitations. See "Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—Our ability to utilize our net operating loss carryforwards is limited as a result of previous "ownership changes" as defined in Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the "Code"), as amended, and may become further limited if we experience future ownership changes under Section 382 or if we do not generate enough taxable income in the future."

See Note 14 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for a further discussion of our income taxes.

We report the operating results of our retained and operated amenities that are classified as assets held for sale as discontinued operations on our consolidated balance sheets and their respective results of operations, including any gain (loss) on sale, in discontinued operations in our consolidated statements of operations. During the year ended December 31, 2012, we sold (i) a sports amenity club for $5.5 million (excluding closing costs) and recorded a pretax profit of $2.3 million and (ii) a sports amenity club for $5.9 million and recorded a pretax profit of $2.0 million. Other than these two dispositions, our 2013 and 2012 activity pertaining to discontinued operations was nominal. See Note 8 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for further discussion of our discontinued operations. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, we did not have any amenities assets held for sale that would be reported on the consolidated balance sheets as discontinued operations. As part of our ongoing operating strategy, we will continue to execute on specific exit plans related to our amenities assets, which may include a sale to the related community homeowners' association or a third-party as such communities and their related amenities mature.

As it pertains to our preferred stock, we (i) exchanged 903,825 shares of our common stock (valued at $19.0 million) for 10,000 outstanding shares of our Series A preferred stock during July 2013 and (ii) paid $0.7 million in cash to purchase the one outstanding share of our Series B preferred stock during April 2013. All such shares of preferred stock, which were carried at a nominal value on our consolidated balance sheets, have been cancelled and retired. In accordance with Accounting Standards Codification 260, Earnings Per Share, paragraph 10-S99-2, any difference between the consideration transferred to our preferred stock shareholders and the corresponding book value has been characterized as a preferred stock dividend in our consolidated statements of operations and deducted from net income to arrive at net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders of WCI Communities, Inc. for purposes of calculating earnings (loss) per share. The preferred stock dividend related to the retirement of our Series A preferred stock did not have an impact on our total equity because the liquidating dividend reduced additional paid-in capital by the same amount as the common stock issued in exchange for the Series A preferred stock.

	Years Ended December 31,

	2012		2011
	($ in thousands)
Homebuilding revenues	$	146,926	$	57,101
Homes delivered		139,551		41,671
Land and home sites		7,375		15,430
Homebuilding gross margin		46,140		6,088
Homebuilding gross margin percentage		31.4%		10.7%
Homes delivered (units)		352		128
Average selling price per home delivered	$	396	$	326
New orders for homes (units)(1)		453		245
Contract values of new orders(1)	$	184,381	$	95,837
Average selling price per new order(1)		407		391
Cancellation rate(2)		3.0%		2.8%
Backlog (units)(3)		255		154
Backlog contract values(3)	$	114,063	$	69,102
Average selling price in backlog(3)		447		449
Active selling neighborhoods at year-end		20		17

Total homebuilding revenues during the year ended December 31, 2012 were $146.9 million, an increase of $89.8 million, or 157.3%, from $57.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase in homebuilding revenues was primarily due to a 224-unit, or 175.0%, increase in homes delivered and a 21.5% increase in the average selling price of homes delivered. The improvement in revenues from home deliveries was partially offset by an $8.1 million decrease in land and home site sales revenues during 2012, primarily due to a decline in the sales of parcels that we deemed non-core to our operations, as a substantial portion of such parcels had been previously been sold off.

Homebuilding gross margin during the year ended December 31, 2012 was $46.1 million, an increase of $40.0 million, from $6.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2011. Homebuilding gross margin as a percentage of revenue increased to 31.4% during 2012 from 10.7% during 2011. The significant improvement in gross margin is primarily due to more deliveries from communities with higher average selling prices and lower relative book values, the increase in the number of deliveries as we continued to open additional neighborhoods that more efficiently leveraged our homebuilding overhead, and our land and home site sales generating $2.2 million of gross margin during the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to a loss of $2.2 million, excluding impairment charges, during the year ended December 31, 2011.

Our homebuilding cost of sales and, therefore, our homebuilding gross margins during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 were positively impacted by the low book value of our land, which was reset to fair value in September 2009 in conjunction with our restructuring and in accordance with

fresh start accounting requirements. During 2012 and 2011, all of our home deliveries were generated from communities that we owned in September 2009. The favorable impact of fresh start accounting contributed to a home site cost of sales as a percentage of homes delivered revenues of 13.1% and 16.0% during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. We expect that homes delivered from communities we owned in September 2009 will have a gross margin percentage approximately 5% to 10% higher than homes delivered from our more recent land acquisitions.

As of December 31, 2012, we owned approximately 6,500 home sites that benefit from being reset to fair value in September 2009. Due to the longer duration of our master-planned communities, we expect to continue to benefit from our favorable land book value for at least the next several years. However, based on the prices of the land we have purchased more recently, and as we acquire and develop land in the future at then current market prices, we anticipate that the positive impact of our low book value land on our homebuilding gross margin will begin to decline. The low carrying value of our land is also a significant driver of our gross margin from homes delivered of 31.5% and 20.0% during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

We delivered 352 homes during the year ended December 31, 2012, an increase of 224 units, or 175.0%, from 128 homes delivered during the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase in deliveries during 2012 was primarily due to a 156-unit, or 140.5%, increase in deliveries in communities where we had deliveries in the prior year and 85 deliveries in four communities that had their first deliveries during 2012, partially offset by deliveries within a few close-out communities during 2011. The average selling price per home delivered during the year ended December 31, 2012 was $396,000, an increase of $70,000, or 21.5%, from $326,000 during the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase in average selling price was primarily due to a greater mix of deliveries from our communities that target primary move-up and second home buyers, which generally have homes with higher average selling prices.

New orders during the year ended December 31, 2012 were 453 homes, an increase of 208 homes, or 84.9%, from 245 homes during the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase was primarily due to an improvement in the overall housing market, the opening of two new communities, more active selling neighborhoods within existing communities and a full year of sales activity in 2012 for communities that opened for sale during 2011. During 2012, we averaged 1.9 monthly new orders per active selling neighborhood, compared to 1.6 monthly new orders per active selling neighborhood during 2011. Contract values of new orders during the year ended December 31, 2012 were $184.4 million, an increase of $88.6 million, or 92.5%, from $95.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2011, primarily due to the 208-unit, or 84.9%, increase in new orders along with an improvement in average selling price of new orders to $407,000 during 2012 from $391,000 during 2011.

We had 255 units in backlog as of December 31, 2012, an increase of 101 units, or 65.6%, from 154 units as of December 31, 2011, primarily due to an overall improvement in the housing market as evidenced by our increase in new orders and additional active selling neighborhoods. The backlog contract value as of December 31, 2012 was $114.1 million, an increase of $45.0 million, or 65.1%, from $69.1 million as of December 31, 2011, due to the 101-unit increase in new orders. While we experienced overall price appreciation on our 2012 new orders activity, the 2012 year-end backlog consisted of a greater mix of multi-family homes that were lower-priced, which resulted in the average selling price in backlog being flat year-over-year.

Real estate services revenues during the year ended December 31, 2012 were $73.1 million, an increase of $4.9 million, or 7.2%, from $68.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2011. The $4.9 million increase consisted of increases in real estate brokerage and title services of $4.2 million, or 6.4%, and $0.7 million, or 25.6%, respectively. The real estate brokerage improvement resulted from a 7.0% increase in average home sale selling price on closed home sale transactions, partially offset by a 1.1% decline in closed home sale transactions. Title services revenues increased due to a 28.6% increase in the number of closing transactions primarily related to an increase in our new home deliveries and improved capture of company-owned real estate brokerage transactions during 2012. In addition to our new home deliveries and company-owned real estate brokerage transactions, title revenues are generated from third-party home sale and refinance transactions.

Real estate services gross margin during the year ended December 31, 2012 was $1.4 million, compared to a loss of $24,000 during the year ended December 31, 2011. This improvement was primarily due to higher average selling prices generating additional real estate brokerage revenues during 2012. After payment of commissions to our independent real estate agents and other variable costs, revenues exceeded our fixed occupancy and overhead costs to a greater extent in 2012 than in 2011. Real estate brokerage commissions and other variable costs were flat year-over-year at 73.3% of revenues. The increase in title services gross margin primarily related to the growth in closing transactions as our overhead costs were consistent during 2011 and 2012.

Total amenities revenues during the year ended December 31, 2012 were $21.0 million, an increase of $2.0 million, or 10.7% from $19.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2011. Membership and marina slip sales revenues were $1.2 million during 2012, compared to $0.4 million during 2011, an increase of $0.8 million. The total number of memberships sold was flat year-over-year; however, a greater mix of higher-priced equity memberships and marina slips were sold during 2012. The sale of more equity memberships and marina slips, where revenue is fully recognized, compared to nonequity memberships which amortize revenue over a 20-year period, was the primary driver of the increase in membership revenues. Fewer sales incentives also contributed to the increase. As a result of a 7% increase in our membership base and increases in annual membership dues pricing at several of our larger clubs, we generated $9.0 million of membership dues during the year ended December 31, 2012,

compared to $8.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2011, an increase of $0.9 million. Club operating revenue also increased to $10.8 million during 2012, compared to $10.5 million during 2011, an increase of $0.3 million.

Due to the impact of the recent national recession on the real estate, golf and marina markets along with many of our amenities operating in the early-to-middle stage of their life cycles, our amenities are currently generating operating losses. Total amenities gross margin during the year ended December 31, 2012 was $(3.2) million, a $0.3 million, or 8.0%, improvement compared to the year ended December 31, 2011, primarily due to the incremental revenues covering a greater portion of the fixed operating and maintenance costs to run our clubs. Variable expenses, such as merchandise and food and beverage cost of sales, were consistent year-over-year as a percent of revenues.

During the year ended December 31, 2012, we did not record any impairments on our real estate inventories or long-lived assets because (i) those assets meeting the criteria as held for sale had fair values in excess of their carrying values and (ii) those assets classified as held and used had undiscounted cash flows in excess of their carrying values.

During the year ended December 31, 2011, we recorded $11.4 million of impairments on non-core assets, which included six land parcels and three amenities assets, resulting in an aggregate fair value after impairment charges of $17.6 million. As of December 31, 2011, the non-core assets for which we recorded impairment charges met the criteria as held for sale. The six land parcels included two properties outside of Florida, where we had previously ceased operations, along with four parcels in Florida entitled for high-rise development. The three amenities assets were marina operations in Florida. As part of the marketing process for these non-core assets, we evaluated: (i) projected cash flows; (ii) our brokers' opinions of value; (iii) recent legitimate offers received; (iv) sales prices for land and amenities in recent comparable sales transactions; and (v) other asset specific qualitative and quantitative factors, if available. Based on these factors, we determined that the carrying values established during our application of fresh start accounting in September 2009 were in excess of their fair values and, therefore, we recorded impairment charges to record those assets at their estimated fair values.

During the year ended December 31, 2011, there were no impairments recorded on assets classified as held and used because their estimated undiscounted cash flows were in excess of their carrying values. While substantially all our properties are located within Florida, the difference in intended uses of these properties was the primary driver in determining whether we would hold them for future development or market them for sale. Based on our marketing of these properties, we believe that high-rise parcels, outside of southeast Florida, and marina operations values have yet to recover from the recent downturn. However, the homebuilding assets that we retained for future development, which were reset to fair value in September 2009, have increased in value as evidenced by our adjusted gross margin from homes delivered as a percentage of revenues from homes delivered of 33.2% during the year ended December 31, 2012.

In addition, during our impairment analysis performed as of December 31, 2012, we noted that the projected undiscounted cash flows for one of our amenities assets did not significantly exceed its $2.2 million carrying value, which could potentially lead to a future impairment charge. We also continue to monitor the values of certain of our land and amenities assets to determine whether to hold them for future development or to sell them at current market prices. If we choose to market any of our assets for sale, this may potentially lead to the recording of impairment charges on those assets.

See Note 5 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for further discussion of our asset impairments.

During the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, other income was $7.5 million and $2.3 million, respectively. Other income during 2012 included $3.2 million of net recoveries on various settlements, $1.1 million from sales of prepaid impact fees credits, $1.0 million from the return of escrow funds related to a legal reserve, $0.8 million of interest income, $0.7 million from gains on sales of property and equipment and $0.7 million of other miscellaneous items. Other income during 2011 included a $2.7 million legal settlement, $0.5 million related to the reversal of a sales tax audit reserve, $0.4 million of income from our joint ventures and $0.5 million of other miscellaneous items, partially offset by $1.8 million of additional legal reserves recorded in 2011.

Selling, general and administrative ("SG&A") expenses were $32.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2012, an increase of $1.2 million, or 3.9%, from $30.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2011. Sales and marketing expenses, which pertain to our homebuilding operations and are comprised of commissions paid to our licensed in-house sales personnel and third-party real estate brokers, direct marketing expenses and sales office expenses, increased $6.0 million, or 81.1%, to $13.4 million during 2012, compared to $7.4 million during 2011. This increase was due to the opening of additional communities and neighborhoods during 2012. The additional sales and marketing expenses were partially offset by a $5.0 million reduction in real estate taxes and homeowners' association deficit funding expenses from $6.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2011 to $1.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2012, as the result of a greater portion of such costs being capitalized in 2012 when compared to 2011. As a percent of homebuilding revenues, SG&A expenses declined to 21.9% during 2012 from 54.1% during 2011. If our revenues continue to grow as we anticipate, we expect that our SG&A expenses as a percent of homebuilding revenues will also continue to decline.

Interest expense is comprised of interest incurred but not capitalized on our debt. Interest expense was $7.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2012, a decrease of $10.0 million, or 58.8%, from $17.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2011. The decrease was primarily related to a greater portion of our interest being capitalized due to increased community development spending during 2012. Increased sales activity resulting from the improving housing market led us to accelerate the development of home sites for future homebuilding operations.

During June 2012, we prepaid our senior subordinated secured term loan, which had an outstanding balance of $162.4 million, with the net proceeds from the issuance of the 2017 Senior Secured Term Notes and $50.0 million in common stock issued to certain of our existing shareholders or their affiliates in an equity rights offering. As a result of these transactions, we wrote-off $17.0 million of unamortized debt discount and deferred financing costs associated with our senior subordinated secured term loan, which were recorded as expenses related to early repayment of debt during the year ended December 31, 2012. See Notes 12 and 16 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for further discussion of our debt obligations and equity rights offering, respectively.

The income tax benefit from continuing operations was $52.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to $6.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2011.

During 2008 and 2009, we recorded reserves related to unrecognized income tax benefits and a related income tax receivable for positions taken on our federal income tax returns. We had substantial authority for the tax positions claimed on the tax returns and the related NOL carrybacks but we did not believe that those positions rose to the "more-likely-than-not" threshold for purposes of financial statement recognition. During the year ended December 31, 2012, we successfully completed an audit by the IRS pertaining to the 2003 to 2008 tax years and, as a result thereof, we recognized a related tax benefit of $50.5 million associated with the underlying tax positions during such year. Additionally, the income tax benefits from continuing operations during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 were offset by income tax expense of $1.8 million and $1.3 million, respectively, related to our discontinued operations. See Note 14 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for further discussion of our income taxes.

We report the operating results of our retained and operated amenities that are classified as assets held for sale as discontinued operations on our consolidated balance sheets and their respective results of operations, including any gain (loss) on sale, in discontinued operations in our consolidated statements of operations. During the year ended December 31, 2012, we sold (i) a sports amenity club for $5.5 million (excluding closing costs) and recorded a pretax profit of $2.3 million and (ii) a sports amenity club for $5.9 million and recorded a pretax profit of $2.0 million. During the year ended December 31, 2011, we sold (i) our 51% investment in a golf amenity club for $11.0 million (excluding closing costs) and recorded a pretax gain of $0.81 million and (ii) a golf amenity club for $4.8 million (excluding closing costs) and recorded a pretax gain of $0.03 million. Other than these dispositions, our 2012 and 2011 activity pertaining to discontinued operations was not considered material to our consolidated operations and cash flows. See Note 8 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for further discussion of our discontinued operations.

We rely on our ability to finance our operations by generating cash flows, accessing the debt and equity capital markets and independently obtaining letters of credit and surety bonds to finance our projects and provide financial guarantees. Our principal uses of capital are for home construction, land acquisition and development and operating expenses. Our working capital needs depend on proceeds from home deliveries and land and home site sales, fees generated from our Real Estate Services businesses, sales of amenities memberships and related annual dues and club operations. We remain focused on generating positive margins in our Homebuilding operations and acquiring desirable land positions that will keep us positioned for future growth.

Cash flows for each of our communities depend on their stage in the development cycle and can differ substantially from reported earnings. Early stages of development or expansion require significant cash outlays for land acquisitions, entitlements and other approvals, and construction of model homes, roads, utilities, general landscaping and other amenities. Because these costs are a component of our inventory and are not recognized in our statement of operations until a home is delivered, we incur significant cash outlays prior to our recognition of earnings. In the later stages of community development, cash inflows may significantly exceed earnings reported for financial statement purposes because the cash outflow associated with home and land construction was previously incurred.

We are actively acquiring and developing land in our markets to maintain and grow our supply of home sites. As a result, we expect that cash outlays for land purchases and land development will exceed our cash generated by operating activities. During the year ended December 31, 2013, we generated cash by delivering 493 homes, and spent $70.7 million to purchase approximately 1,900 home

sites, invested $24.4 million on land development and started construction of 564 homes. During the year ended December 31, 2012, we generated cash by delivering 352 homes, and spent $3.0 million to purchase 22 home sites, invested $14.9 million on land development and started construction of 509 homes. The opportunity to purchase substantially finished home sites in desirable locations is becoming increasingly limited and more competitive. As a result, we are spending, and plan to spend more, on land development, as we expect to purchase more undeveloped land and partially finished home sites.

We exercise strict controls, including those related to cash outlays for land and inventory acquisition and development, and we believe that we have a prudent strategy for company-wide cash management. We require multiple party account control and authorization for payments. We competitively bid each phase of the development and construction process and closely manage production schedules and payments. Land acquisition decisions are reviewed and analyzed by our executive management team and are ultimately approved by the land committee of our Board or our full Board, depending on the size of the investment. As of December 31, 2013, we had $213.4 million of cash and cash equivalents, excluding restricted cash, a $132.3 million increase from December 31, 2012, primarily as a result of the debt and equity transactions described below and cash flow from home deliveries, partially offset by $70.7 million in land acquisition spending, along with land development and home construction spending. We intend to generate cash from sales of our real estate inventories but we intend to redeploy the net cash generated from such sales to acquire and develop strategic and well-positioned home sites that represent opportunities to generate desired margins, as well as for other operating purposes.

We intend to employ both debt and equity as part of our ongoing financing strategies, coupled with redeployment of cash flows from continuing operating activities, to provide ourselves with the financial flexibility to access capital on the best terms available. In that regard, we expect to employ prudent levels of leverage to finance the acquisition and development of home sites and the construction of homes. Our primary sources of liquidity for operations during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 have been cash flow from operations, the sale of non-core assets and both debt and equity financing. Subject to the covenants contained in the agreements governing our existing indebtedness, we may, from time to time, repurchase or refinance all or a portion of our existing indebtedness and/or access the debt and equity capital markets.

During the year ended December 31, 2013, we accessed the equity and debt capital markets, which provided us with a long-tenured conservative capital structure with ample liquidity and operational flexibility to support future growth. On July 30, 2013, we completed our Initial Public Offering and issued 6,819,091 shares of common stock at a price to the public of $15.00 per share, which provided us with $90.3 million of net proceeds after deducting underwriting discounts and offering expenses payable by us. The shares trade on the New York Stock Exchange under the ticker symbol "WCIC." On August 7, 2013, we completed the Notes Offering. The net proceeds from the Notes Offering were $195.5 million after deducting fees and expenses payable by us. We used $127.0 million of the net proceeds from the Notes Offering to voluntarily prepay the entire outstanding principal amount of the 2017 Senior Secured Term Notes, of which $125.0 million in aggregate principal amount was outstanding, at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest. Additionally, on August 27, 2013, we entered into a four-year senior unsecured revolving credit facility that allows us to borrow up to $75.0 million on a revolving basis, of which up to $50.0 million may be used for letters of credit. As of April 23, 2014, there were no amounts drawn on the new revolving credit facility or any limitations on our borrowing capacity, leaving the full amount available to us on such date. We intend to use our available liquidity for general corporate purposes, including the acquisition and development of land and home construction. For a more detailed discussion of our

Initial Public Offering and debt obligations, see Notes 1 and 12, respectively, to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

After giving effect to these recent capital market transactions and based on our current operations and anticipated growth, we believe that we can meet our cash requirements for the year ending December 31, 2014 with existing cash and cash equivalents and cash flow from operating activities (including sales of homes and land). To a large extent, though, our ability to generate cash flow from operating activities is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative and regulatory factors and other factors that are beyond our control. We can provide no assurances that our business will generate cash flow from operating activities in an amount sufficient to enable us to fund our liquidity needs. Further, our capital requirements may vary materially from those currently planned if, for example, our revenues do not reach expected levels or we incur unforeseen capital expenditures and/or make investments to maintain our competitive position. Accordingly, as necessary, we may seek alternative financing, such as selling additional debt or equity securities or divesting assets or operations. We can provide no assurances that we will be able to consummate any such transactions on favorable terms, if at all. Any inability to generate sufficient cash flow, refinance our debt or incur additional debt on favorable terms could adversely affect our financial condition and could cause us to be unable to service our debt and may delay or prevent the expansion of our business or otherwise require us to forego market opportunities. See "Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Indebtedness—We may need additional financing to fund our operations or expand our business and if we are unable to obtain sufficient financing or such financing is obtained on adverse terms, we may not be able to operate or expand our business as planned, which could adversely affect our results of operations and future growth."

We intend to maintain adequate liquidity and a strong balance sheet and we will continue to evaluate opportunities to access the capital markets as they become available.

During February 2013, WCI Communities, Inc. and WCI Communities, LLC (collectively, the "WCI Parties") entered into the Stonegate Loan secured by a first mortgage on a parcel of land and related amenity facilities comprising the Pelican Preserve Town Center in Fort Myers, Florida. The loan is also secured by the rights to certain fees and charges that the WCI Parties are to receive as the owners of the Pelican Preserve Town Center.

During its initial 36 months, the loan is structured as a revolving credit facility with interest paid quarterly at a variable rate per annum equal to the bank's prime rate, as published in the Wall Street Journal, plus 100 basis points, subject to a minimum interest rate floor of 4.0%. During the subsequent 24 months, the loan converts to a term loan with principal and interest to be paid monthly at a fixed rate equal to the ask yield of the corresponding U.S. Treasury Bond for a term of five years, plus 300 basis points, subject to a minimum interest rate floor of 5.0%. During the initial 36 months of the loan, the WCI Parties also have the ability to request standby letters of credit up to an aggregate amount of $5.0 million at any given time. Each outstanding letter of credit will reduce the availability under the revolving credit facility dollar for dollar and the WCI Parties will pay 0.75% of the face amount of each letter of credit and customary issuance and renewal fees associated with letters of credit. The loan matures in February 2018.

As of April 23, 2014, there were no amounts drawn on the Stonegate Loan; however, $2.0 million of outstanding letters of credit on such date limited the borrowing capacity thereunder to $8.0 million.

$3.8 million of outstanding letters of credit. Performance bonds do not have stated expiration dates; rather, we are released from the bonds as the contractual performance is completed. Our performance and financial bonds, which totaled $15.9 million as of December 31, 2013, are typically outstanding over a period of approximately one to five years or longer, depending on, among other things, the pace of development. If banks were to decline to issue letters of credit or surety companies were to decline to issue performance and financial bonds, our ability to operate could be significantly restricted and that circumstance could have an adverse effect on our business, liquidity and results of operations. Information about risk factors that have the potential to affect us is contained under the caption "Risk Factors."

The table below summarizes our cash flows as reported in our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

During the year ended December 31, 2013, net cash used in operating activities was $22.6 million, compared to net cash provided by operating activities of $22.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2012. The $44.6 million increase in cash used in operating activities during 2013 was primarily due to a $75.1 million year-over-year net increase in real estate inventories spending, including $70.7 million for land acquisition and $24.4 million for land development, which was partially offset by (i) a $10.4 million improvement in net income after giving effect to certain non-cash adjustments; (ii) receipt of a $16.8 million federal income tax refund; and (iii) a $2.6 million favorable change in other assets and liabilities.

During the year ended December 31, 2011, net cash used in operating activities was $19.7 million. The improvement of $41.7 million in net cash provided by operating activities during the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to the year ended December 31, 2011, was primarily due to a $50.1 million improvement in our loss from continuing operations before income taxes.

Net cash used in investing activities during the year ended December 31, 2013 was $2.0 million, compared to net cash provided by investing activities of $11.6 million and $14.0 million during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. During 2013, we had $2.6 million of additions to property and equipment, which was partially offset by a $0.6 million distribution of capital from our unconsolidated joint venture. During 2012, we received; (i) $10.1 million in proceeds from the sales of discontinued operations as we continued to divest our legacy non-core amenities assets; (ii) a $1.9 million distribution of capital from our unconsolidated joint venture; and (iii) $0.7 million of proceeds from sales of property and equipment. These items were partially offset by $1.1 million of additions to property and equipment in 2012. During 2011, we received $15.3 million in proceeds from the sales of discontinued operations, which was partially offset by $1.3 million of additions to property and equipment.

Net cash provided by financing activities was $156.8 million and $4.1 million during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, compared to net cash used in financing activities of $3.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2011. Net cash provided by financing activities during 2013 consisted of the proceeds from our issuance of the 2021 Notes ($200.0 million in aggregate principal amount) and 6,819,091 shares of common stock during our Initial Public Offering (net proceeds of $90.3 million after deducting underwriting discounts and offering expenses payable by us). Those items were partially offset by: (i) the repayment of the 2017 Senior Secured Term Notes ($126.3 million); (ii) $5.7 million of debt issuance costs related to the 2021 Notes, our new senior unsecured revolving credit facility and the Stonegate Loan; (iii) payments of $0.8 million on community development district obligations; and (iv) a $0.7 million payment that we made in April 2013 to purchase the one outstanding share of our Series B preferred stock. Net cash provided by financing activities during 2012 primarily consisted of the proceeds from (i) the issuance of the 2017 Senior Secured Term Notes in the aggregate principal amount of $125.0 million, net of a $2.5 million discount, and $50.0 million of our common stock, net of $1.7 million of issuance costs, and (ii) the exercise of $0.5 million in stock options. Those items were partially offset by: (i) the repayment of $162.4 million on our senior subordinated secured term loan; (ii) payments of $3.5 million of debt issuance costs; and (iii) payments of $1.2 million on community development district obligations. Net cash used in financing activities during 2011 primarily related to distributions of $2.2 million to noncontrolling interests in our joint ventures and payments of $0.7 million on community development district obligations.

We selectively enter into business relationships in the form of partnerships and joint ventures with unrelated parties. These partnerships and joint ventures are used to acquire, develop, market and operate homebuilding, amenities and real estate projects. In connection with the operation of these partnerships and joint ventures, the partners may agree to make additional cash contributions to the partnerships pursuant to the partnership agreements. We believe that future contributions, if required, will not have a significant impact on our liquidity or financial condition. Should we fail to make required contributions, if any, we may lose some or all of our interest in such partnerships or joint ventures.

In the normal course of business, we may enter into contractual arrangements to acquire developed and/or undeveloped land parcels and home sites. We are subject to customary obligations associated with entering into contracts for the purchase of land and improved home sites. These purchase contracts typically require a cash deposit and the purchase of properties under these contracts is generally contingent upon satisfaction of certain requirements by the sellers, including obtaining applicable property and development entitlements. We also use option contracts with land sellers as a method of acquiring land in staged takedowns to help us manage the financial and market risk associated with land holdings and to reduce the use of funds from our corporate financing sources. Option contracts generally require a non-refundable deposit for the right to acquire home sites over a specified period of time at pre-determined prices. We generally have the right, at our sole discretion, to terminate our obligations under both purchase and option contracts by forfeiting our cash deposit with no further financial responsibility to the land seller. As of December 31, 2013, we had aggregate purchase and option contracts of approximately $29.2 million, which controlled approximately 700 planned home sites. As of such date, we made non-refundable deposits aggregating $0.6 million for those contracts.

Our utilization of land option contracts is dependent on, among other things, the availability and willingness of sellers to enter into option takedown arrangements, the availability of capital to financial intermediaries to finance the development of optioned home sites, general housing market conditions

and local market dynamics. Options may be more difficult to procure from land sellers in strong housing markets.

As of December 31, 2013, contractual obligations for the next five years and thereafter, including principal and interest on our debt obligations, are summarized in the table below. We excluded $7.3 million of community development district obligations from the table because of the uncertainty of the amounts that will ultimately be paid by us and the timing of any such payments. For a detailed description of such obligations, see below and Note 10 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

As of December 31, 2013, we had no outstanding borrowings under our variable-rate debt arrangements. Moreover, as of such date, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements, other than the letters of credit and surety bonds discussed in Note 15 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

In connection with the development of certain of our communities, community development or improvement districts may use bond financing to fund construction or acquisition of certain on-site and off-site infrastructure improvements, at or near those communities. We utilize two primary types of bonds issued by the district, type "A" and "B," which are used to reimburse us for construction or acquisition of certain infrastructure improvements. The "A" bond is the portion of a bond offering that is ultimately intended to be assumed by the end-user (homeowner) and the "B" bond is our obligation. The obligation to pay principal and interest on the bonds issued by the districts is assigned to each parcel within the district and the district has a lien on each parcel at the time the district adopts its fees and assessments for the applicable fiscal year. If the owner of the parcel does not pay this obligation, the district can foreclose on the lien. The bonds, including interest and redemption premiums, if any, and the associated lien on the property are typically payable, secured and satisfied by revenues, fees or assessments levied on the property benefited. The total amount of community development district and improvement district bond obligations issued and outstanding with respect to

our communities was $33.0 million and $35.2 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Bond obligations as of December 31, 2013 have maturity dates ranging from 2014 to 2034. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, we have recorded $7.3 million and $9.7 million, respectively, net of debt discounts of $1.4 million and $2.3 million, respectively, which represents the estimated amount of bond obligations that we may be required to pay based on our proportionate share of property owned within our communities. For a detailed description of our community development district obligations, see Note 10 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

During April 2013, we acquired property, which was secured by an existing CDD obligation, and the related $24.0 million of CDD bonds issued and outstanding. Therefore, we are both an owner of property subject to a CDD obligation, as well as the holder of the related CDD bonds. In accordance with Accounting Standards Codification Subtopic 405-20, Extinguishments of Liabilities, we accounted for the existing CDD obligation as a debt extinguishment to the extent of our obligation to repay the related CDD bond obligations. As a result, $23.6 million of the $24.0 million existing CDD obligation, which relates to the property owned by us, is not recorded as a CDD obligation on our consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2013. We intend to reissue and sell, all or a portion of, the $24.0 million of CDD bonds in the future and will record our proportionate share of the related CDD obligation at that time.

We and the homebuilding industry may be adversely affected by inflation, primarily as it relates to increased costs to finance our land acquisitions, make land improvements, purchase raw materials and pay subcontractor labor. If we are unable to recover these increased costs through higher selling prices to homebuyers, our gross margins could be adversely impacted. Because the selling prices of our homes in backlog are fixed at the time a buyer enters into a contract to acquire a home, any inflation in the costs of raw materials and labor costs greater than those anticipated may result in lower gross margins. Over the past three years, the impact of inflation has not been material to our results of operations.

Increases in home mortgage interest rates may also make it more difficult for our buyers to qualify for home mortgage loans, potentially decreasing our home sales.

We have historically experienced, and in the future expect to continue to experience, variability in our operating results on a quarterly basis, primarily due to our Homebuilding segment. Because many of our Florida homebuyers prefer to close on their home purchases before the winter, the fourth quarter of each calendar year often produces a disproportionately large portion of our revenues, income (loss) and cash flows. Accordingly, our revenues may fluctuate significantly on a quarterly basis and we must maintain sufficient liquidity to meet short-term operating requirements.

As a result of seasonal activity, our results of operations during any given quarter are not necessarily representative of the results that we expect for the full calendar year or subsequent quarterly reporting periods. We expect this seasonal pattern to continue, although it may be affected by economic conditions in the homebuilding industry.

In contrast to our typical seasonal results, weakness in U.S. homebuilding market conditions during recent years has mitigated our historical seasonal variations. Although we may experience our typical historical seasonal pattern in the future, we can make no assurances as to when or whether this pattern will recur. See "Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—Our quarterly operating results may fluctuate because of the seasonal nature of our business and other factors."

A comprehensive enumeration of our significant accounting policies is presented in Note 2 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company are based on its consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in conformity with GAAP. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Management bases its estimates and judgments on historical experience and various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making determinations about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Management evaluates such estimates and judgments on an ongoing basis and makes changes and modifications as deemed necessary. Actual results could significantly differ from those estimates and judgments if conditions in the future are different than initially anticipated. Moreover, using different assumptions, projections and forecasts in our critical accounting estimates could have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. We consider the critical accounting policies described below to be those that require management to make significant estimates and judgments when preparing the Company's consolidated financial statements.

Real estate inventories consist of land and land improvements, homes under construction or completed and investments in amenities. Total land and common development costs are apportioned to each home, lot, amenity or parcel using the relative sales value method, while site-specific development costs are allocated directly to the benefited land. Investments in amenities include costs associated with the construction of clubhouses, golf courses, marinas, tennis courts and various other recreational facilities, which we intend to recover through equity membership and marina slip sales.

All of our real estate inventories are reviewed for recoverability on a quarterly basis, as our inventory is considered "long-lived" in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") 360, Property, Plant, and Equipment ("ASC 360"). Impairment charges are recorded to write down an asset to its estimated fair value if the undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset are lower than its carrying amount. Our determination of fair value is based on projections and estimates. Changes in these expectations may lead to a change in the outcome of our impairment analysis, and actual results may also differ from our assumptions. Each community or land parcel is evaluated individually. For those assets deemed to be impaired, the recognized impairment is measured as the amount by which the assets' carrying amount exceeds their fair value. Further discussion of asset impairments is included in Note 5 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

We construct amenities in conjunction with the development of certain planned communities and account for the related costs in accordance with ASC 330, Inventories. Our amenities are transferred to common interest realty associations ("CIRAs"), sold as equity membership clubs, sold separately or retained and operated by us. The cost of amenities conveyed to a CIRA is classified as a common cost of the community and included in real estate inventories. This cost is allocated to cost of sales on the basis of the relative sales value of the homes sold. The cost of amenities sold as equity membership clubs is included in real estate inventories, classified as investments in amenities (See Note 3 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus). Costs of amenities retained and operated by us are accounted for as property and equipment.

homes under construction, we include the underlying developed land costs and in-process homebuilding costs in our determination of capitalized interest. Capitalization ceases upon substantial completion of a home, with the related capitalized interest being charged to cost of sales when the home is delivered.

Interest incurred relating to the construction of amenities is capitalized to real estate inventories for equity membership clubs or property and equipment for clubs to be retained and operated by us. Interest capitalized to real estate inventories is charged to cost of sales as related homes, home sites, amenity memberships and parcels are delivered. Interest capitalized to property and equipment is depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets.

Included in our property and equipment are recreational amenity assets that are considered held and used. With respect to these assets, if events or changes in circumstances, such as a significant decline in membership or membership pricing, significant increases in operating costs or changes in use, indicate that their carrying values may be impaired, an impairment analysis is performed in accordance with ASC 360. Our analysis consists of determining whether the asset's carrying amount will be recovered from its undiscounted estimated future cash flows, including estimated residual cash flows, such as the sale of the asset. These cash flows are estimated based on various assumptions that are subject to economic and market uncertainties, including, among other things, demand for golf memberships, competition within the market, changes in membership pricing and costs to operate each property. If the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the sum of its undiscounted future operating and residual cash flows, an impairment charge is recorded for the difference between estimated fair value of the asset and the net carrying amount. We estimate the fair value by using discounted cash flow analyses. There were no impairment charges recorded during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 related to property and equipment.

Goodwill represents the excess of the estimated fair value of a business over its identifiable tangible and intangible net assets. ASC 350, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other ("ASC 350"), provides guidance on accounting for intangible assets and eliminates the amortization of goodwill and certain identifiable intangible assets. Pursuant to the provisions of ASC 350, goodwill is tested for impairment, at a minimum, once a year. Evaluating goodwill for impairment is a two-step process that involves the determination of the fair value and the carrying value of our reporting units that have goodwill. A reporting unit is a component of an operating segment for which discrete financial information is available and reviewed by our management on a regular basis. All of our goodwill is related to reporting units included in our Real Estate Services reportable segment.

During September 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Accounting Standards Update 2011-08, Testing Goodwill for Impairment ("ASU 2011-08"), which amended the guidance in ASC 350. Pursuant to the provisions of ASU 2011-08, entities have the option of performing a qualitative assessment before calculating the fair value of a reporting unit when testing goodwill for impairment. If the fair value of the reporting unit is determined, based on qualitative factors, to be "more-likely-than-not" less than the carrying amount of the reporting unit, then entities are required to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test. We adopted ASU 2011-08 during the year ended December 31, 2012; however, it did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements or goodwill impairment testing.

test. The income approach establishes fair value by methods that discount or capitalize revenues, earnings and/or cash flows using a discount or capitalization rate that reflects market rate of return expectations, market conditions and the risks of the relative investment. If the estimated fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value, then the second step of the goodwill impairment test is performed to measure the amount of the impairment charge, if any. The impairment charge is determined by comparing the implied fair value of the reporting unit's goodwill to the corresponding carrying value. The implied fair value of goodwill represents the excess of the fair value of the reporting unit over amounts assigned to its net assets.

We review goodwill annually (or whenever qualitative indicators of impairment exist) for impairment. There were no goodwill impairment charges recorded during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

We generally provide our single- and multi-family homebuyers with a limited one to three-year warranty, respectively, for all material and labor and a 10-year warranty for certain structural defects. Warranty reserves have been established by charging cost of sales and crediting a warranty liability for each home delivered. The amounts charged are estimated by management to be adequate to cover expected warranty-related costs for all unexpired warranty obligation periods. Our warranty reserves are based on historical warranty cost experience and are adjusted, as appropriate, to reflect qualitative risks associated with the homes constructed. Our actual costs and expenditures under our various warranty programs could significantly differ from the estimates used to estimate the warranty reserves recorded in the Company's consolidated balance sheets (See Note 11 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus).

Homebuilding revenues and related profits are recognized in accordance with ASC 360 at the time of delivery under the full accrual method for single- and multi-family homes. Under the full accrual method, revenues and related profits are recognized when collectability of the sales price is reasonably assured and the earnings process is substantially complete. When a sale does not meet the requirements for income recognition, profit is deferred until such requirements are met and the related sold inventory is classified as completed inventory.

Real estate services revenues, which include real estate brokerage and title services operations, are recognized upon the closing of a sales contract.

Revenues from amenity operations include the sale of equity memberships and marina slips, nonequity memberships, billed membership dues and fees for services provided. Equity memberships entitle buyers to a future ownership interest in the amenity facility upon turnover of the club to the membership in addition to the right to use the facilities in accordance with the terms of the membership agreement. Nonequity memberships only entitle buyers with the right to use the amenity facilities in accordance with the terms of the membership agreement. Equity membership and marina slip sales are recognized at the time of closing. Equity membership sales and the related cost of sales are initially recorded under the deposit or cost recovery method. Revenue recognition for each equity club program is reevaluated on a periodic basis based on changes in circumstances. If we can demonstrate that it is likely that we will recover proceeds in excess of the remaining carrying value and no material contingencies exist, such as a developer rescission clause, the full accrual method is then applied. Nonrefundable nonequity memberships entitle buyers to the right to use the respective amenity facility over its useful life and are sold separately from homes within our communities. Nonequity membership initiation fees are deferred and amortized to amenities revenues over 20 years, representing the membership period, which is based on the estimated average depreciable life of the

amenities facilities. This treatment most closely matches revenues with the expenses of operating the club over the membership period. Both equity and nonequity memberships require members to pay membership dues that are billed in advance on either an annual or quarterly basis and are recorded as deferred revenue and then recognized as revenues ratably over the term of the membership period. Revenues for services are recorded when the service is provided.

Revenues and related profits from land sales, which are included in homebuilding revenues in the Company's consolidated statements of operations, are recognized at the time of closing. Revenues and related profits are recognized in full when collectability of the sales price is reasonably assured and the earnings process is substantially complete. When a sale does not meet the requirements for income recognition, profit is deferred under the deposit method and the related inventory is classified as completed inventory. The deferred income is recognized when our involvement is completed.

Sales incentives, such as reductions in listed sales prices of homes, golf club memberships and marina slips, are treated as a reduction of revenues. Sales incentives, such as free products or services, are classified as cost of sales.

Cost of home deliveries includes direct home construction costs, land acquisition, land development and related costs, both incurred and estimated to be incurred, warranty costs, closing costs, development period interest and common costs. We use the specific identification method for the purpose of accumulating home construction costs. Land acquisition and land development costs are allocated to each lot within a subdivision based on the relative fair value of the lots prior to home construction. We recognize all home cost of sales when a home is delivered on a house-by-house basis.

Real estate brokerage revenues primarily consist of the gross commission income that we receive on real estate transactions for which we acted as the broker. We pay a portion of the commission received to the independent real estate agents that work with our real estate brokerage operations. These commissions are a direct cost of real estate brokerage revenues and are included in real estate services cost of sales in the Company's consolidated statements of operations.

We account for income taxes in accordance with ASC 740, Income Taxes ("ASC 740"), which requires the recognition of income taxes currently payable or receivable, as well as deferred tax assets and liabilities resulting from temporary differences between the amounts reported for financial statement purposes and the amounts reported for income tax purposes at each balance sheet date using enacted statutory tax rates for the years in which taxes are expected to be paid, recovered or settled. Changes in tax rates are recognized in earnings in the period in which the changes are enacted.

ASC 740 requires that companies assess whether deferred tax asset valuation allowances should be established based on consideration of all of the available evidence using a "more-likely-than-not" standard. A valuation allowance must be established when it is more-likely-than-not that some or all of a company's deferred tax assets will not be realized. We assess our deferred tax assets on a quarterly basis to determine if valuation allowances are required. When making a determination as to the adequacy of our deferred tax asset valuation allowance, we consider all of the available objectively verifiable positive and negative evidence, including, among other things, whether the Company is in a cumulative loss position, projected future taxable income by taxing jurisdiction, statutory limitations on the Company's tax carryforwards and credits, tax planning strategies, recent financial operations, scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, and the macroeconomic environment and the homebuilding industry. If we determine that the Company will not be able to realize some or all of its

deferred tax assets in the future, a valuation allowance will be recorded though the provision for income taxes.

Significant judgment is applied in assessing whether deferred tax assets will be realized in the future. Ultimately, such realization depends on the existence of sufficient taxable income in the appropriate taxing jurisdiction in either the carryback or carryforward periods under existing tax laws. Forming a conclusion that a valuation allowance is not needed is difficult when there is negative evidence such as cumulative losses in recent years. In that circumstance our valuation assessment emphasizes, among other things, the nature, frequency and magnitude of current and cumulative income and losses, forecasts of future profitability, the duration of statutory carryback or carryforward periods, our experience with NOL and tax credit carryforwards being used before their expiration and, if necessary, tax planning alternatives. Our assessment of the need for a deferred tax asset valuation allowance also includes assessing the likely future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the Company's consolidated financial statements and its tax returns. Changes in existing tax laws or rates could affect our actual tax results and future business results may affect the amount of the Company's deferred tax liabilities or the deferred tax asset valuation allowance. Our accounting for deferred tax assets represents our best estimate of future events. Due to uncertainties in the estimation process, particularly with respect to changes in facts and circumstances in future reporting periods, including carryforward period assumptions, actual results could differ from our estimates. Our assumptions require significant judgment because the homebuilding industry is cyclical and highly sensitive to changes in economic conditions. If the Company's future results of operations are less than projected or if the timing and jurisdiction of its future taxable income varies from our estimates, there may be insufficient objectively verifiable positive evidence to support a more-likely-than-not assessment of the Company's deferred tax assets and an increase to our valuation allowance may be required at that time for some or all of such deferred tax assets.

ASC 740 defines the methodology for recognizing the benefits of tax return positions as well as guidance regarding the measurement of the resulting tax benefits. ASC 740 requires an enterprise to recognize the financial statement effects of a tax position when it is "more-likely-than-not" (defined as a likelihood of more than 50%), based solely on the technical merits, that the position will be sustained upon examination. A tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold is measured to determine the amount of benefit to be recognized in the financial statements based upon the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement with a taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information. If a tax position does not meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold, despite our belief that its filing position is supportable, the benefit of that tax position is not recognized in the Company's consolidated financial statements and we are required to accrue potential interest and penalties until the uncertainty is resolved. The evaluation of whether a tax position meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold requires a substantial degree of judgment by us based on the individual facts and circumstances. Actual results could differ from our estimates. ASC 740 also provides guidance for income tax accounting regarding derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition.

We qualify as an emerging growth company as defined in the JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting and other burdens that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. Among other things, these provisions include:

We may take advantage of the provisions under the JOBS Act until we are no longer an emerging growth company. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (i) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of our Initial Public Offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenues of at least $1.0 billion or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700.0 million as of the prior June 30^th, and (ii) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period. We may choose to take advantage of some but not all of these reduced burdens.

We are exposed to market risks related to fluctuations in interest rates on our outstanding variable-rate debt, including future borrowings, if any, under the Stonegate Loan and our new unsecured revolving credit facility. As of December 31, 2013, we had no borrowings outstanding under such revolving credit facilities. However, assuming that (i) the Stonegate Loan and our new unsecured revolving credit facility were to be fully drawn at December 31, 2013 (i.e., $10.0 million and $75.0 million, respectively) and (ii) no interest expense is capitalized, a hypothetical 100 basis point increase in interest rates on our variable-rate debt would increase our annual interest expense by approximately $850,000.

For variable-rate debt, interest rate changes generally do not affect the fair value of the debt instrument but do impact future earnings and cash flows, assuming other factors are held constant. We did not use swaps, forward or option contracts on interest rates or commodities, or other types of derivative financial instruments during the year ended December 31, 2013. We have not entered into, and currently do not hold, derivatives for trading or speculative purposes.

We have no principal debt maturities on our fixed-rate debt until the year ending December 31, 2021, at which time the entire $200.0 million outstanding balance under the Notes will be due and payable. As of December 31, 2013, the estimated fair value and carrying amount of such indebtedness were $199.0 million and $200.0 million, respectively.

WCI Communities, Inc. was incorporated in Delaware in 2009 and our predecessor company was founded in 1998. As further discussed below under "Our Restructuring," our predecessor company and certain of its subsidiaries emerged from bankruptcy on September 3, 2009 and operated as a privately held company until July 2013. On July 30, 2013, we completed the Initial Public Offering of our common stock and issued 6,819,091 shares of common stock at a price to the public of $15.00 per share, which provided us with $90.3 million of net proceeds after deducting underwriting discounts and offering expenses payable by us. Shares of our common stock trade on the New York Stock Exchange under the ticker symbol "WCIC."

Our business is organized into three operating segments: Homebuilding, Real Estate Services, and Amenities. Our Homebuilding segment accounted for 67.4%, 61.0% and 39.6% of our total revenues for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, and substantially all of our total gross margin during those years.

The U.S. housing market continues to improve from the cyclical low points reached during the 2008 to 2009 national recession. Between the 2005 market peak and the 2011 trough, new single-family housing sales declined 76%, according to data compiled by the U.S. Census Bureau, and median resale home prices declined 34%, as measured by the CoreLogic Case-Shiller Index. During 2011, early signs of a recovery began to materialize in many markets around the country as a result of an improving macroeconomic backdrop and a historically high level of housing affordability. During the year ended December 31, 2013, total homebuilding permits increased 17.7% when compared to the year ended December 31, 2012. Data compiled by the U.S. Census Bureau indicates that new single-family home sales during 2013 have rebounded almost 40% from the 2011 trough; however, as of December 31, 2013, such new home sales still remain 67% below their peak levels.

On August 4, 2008, our predecessor company and certain of its subsidiaries filed voluntary petitions for reorganization relief under the provisions of Chapter 11 of Title 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware in Wilmington. The bankruptcy filings were the result of a highly leveraged balance sheet, the global recession and a severe housing downturn. We emerged from bankruptcy on September 3, 2009 with a $300.0 million senior secured term loan and a $150.0 million senior subordinated secured term loan. In addition, all of our assets and liabilities, including our land portfolio, were reset to their then-current fair market values.

Given our emergence from bankruptcy in 2009 and the challenges within the homebuilding and real estate industries at that time, a significant part of our business strategy during 2010 and 2011 was focused on selling assets that we deemed non-core to our continuing operations and reducing our general and administrative expenses to maximize our cash position and pay down our outstanding debt. Pursuant to this business strategy, during 2010 and 2011, we sold substantially all of our assets outside of the state of Florida, a majority of our speculative inventory of homes and certain other real estate inventory and amenities assets that we deemed non-core to our continuing operations. Despite the difficult economic environment, we maximized the proceeds from such sales in 2010 and 2011 and, as a result, we were able to pay down $331.2 million in aggregate principal amount of our indebtedness prior to its stated maturity, including all of the remaining debt outstanding under our senior secured term loan.

During 2012, we used the net proceeds from the issuance of $50.0 million in common stock issued to certain of our existing shareholders or their affiliates in a rights offering and $125.0 million of our Senior Secured Term Notes due 2017 issued to certain of our existing shareholders or their affiliates to repay the remaining $162.4 million outstanding under our senior subordinated secured term loan. For additional information regarding our restructuring, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation—Our Restructuring"

We are a luxury homebuilder with a focus on creating an outstanding buyer experience and providing a high-quality product. Our core operating philosophy is to provide our homebuyers a positive, memorable experience from the time they walk into our sales office until well after we have delivered their home. We actively engage buyers in every aspect of the building process, from tailoring our product to their lifestyle needs, with attractive design selections, to providing them updates on the entire construction process up to the point of delivering their home. Additionally, we believe that we attract buyers to purchase homes in our master-planned communities because of their prime locations and the amenity offerings that we create. As a result, our selling process focuses on the quality of our amenities and the lifestyle they provide, in addition to the excellent design and construction of our homes. Collectively, we believe that our processes and products lead to a more satisfied homeowner and increase the number of potential buyers referred to our communities by existing homeowners.

The luxury lifestyle communities that we develop are distinguished by many sought-after attributes and amenities. The homes that we design, sell and build are across a broad range of price points and sizes. To meet the varying needs and desires of our target homebuyers, we maintain the expertise to deliver a variety of new home product lines, which gives us an opportunity to increase our market share. Throughout our history, we have successfully delivered homes across a broad spectrum of product offerings, ranging from homes targeting move-up buyers in smaller communities to luxury homes in well-amenitized communities. Our expertise allows for a diversified product strategy that enables us to better serve a wide range of buyers, adapt quickly to changing market conditions and optimize performance and returns while strategically reducing portfolio risk. In conjunction with our land acquisition process, we determine the profile of buyers to target and design neighborhoods and homes with the specific needs of those buyers in mind. Our Homebuilding operation has the flexibility to efficiently deliver an extensive range of single- and multi-family homes to target both buyers that may be looking for value-oriented product, as well as those desiring the most luxurious of homes.

Amenities at our communities are typically owned by us and eventually either turned over to community residents or sold. Within our communities, we offer award-winning single- and multi-family homes targeting move-up, second home and active adult buyers. We believe that our strong brand reputation, well-amenitized communities and luxury product offerings allow us to offer our new homes at premium average selling prices relative to our peers. Furthermore, we believe that many of our targeted homebuyers are more likely to value and pay for the quality of lifestyle, construction and amenities for which we are known.

We evaluate land opportunities using a comprehensive business model, which is focused on, among other things, demographic, macroeconomic and micro-market trends, to determine the appropriate positioning in the market and probability of success. We believe that we continue to obtain the "first look" at many quality land opportunities in our existing and target markets due to our relationships with local land sellers, brokers and investors. We also believe that our land development expertise enhances our Homebuilding operations by enabling us to acquire and create larger, well-amenitized master-planned communities, control the timing of home site delivery and capture the opportunity to

drive higher margins. We also have the experience and internal expertise to entitle, reposition and/or rezone potential land acquisitions that we believe will help us achieve attractive returns in the future.

We benefit from a significant and well-located existing land inventory in most of coastal Florida's highest growth and largest markets, in which we own or control approximately 8,500 home sites as of December 31, 2013. The majority of our land holdings are within mature, well-amenitized, developed communities that have an established demand for homes. We own or control the home sites for all of our current expected home deliveries through 2014. Our significant land inventory allows us to be opportunistic in identifying and pursuing new land acquisitions and protects us against potential land shortages in the majority of our markets that exhibit land supply constraints. Capitalizing on our longstanding relationships with local land sellers, brokers and investors, as well as our extensive knowledge of Florida markets, we intend to selectively acquire future home sites in other locations to complement our already attractive land portfolio. We believe that our brand strength and reputation as a homebuilder and developer of land provides land brokers and sellers with confidence that they can close transactions with us on a timely basis and with minimal execution risk. Additionally, our focus on larger tracts of land for developing multi-phase, master-planned communities provides us with the opportunity to use our land development expertise, which can add value through re-entitlements, repositioning and/or possible land sales to third-parties. We intend to opportunistically open neighborhoods from within our existing land holdings, as they contain significant capacity for additional development.

We generally begin a master-planned community by purchasing undeveloped or partially developed real estate. We then commence infrastructure improvements and build complementary amenities in accordance with the development permits. Construction is managed by our employees but the labor, materials and equipment are provided by third-party subcontractors. Depending on the size of the community, infrastructure improvements and amenity construction are sometimes completed in phases, limiting the upfront capital that is needed. Upon completion of the initial phases of community improvements, we sell and build single- and multi-family homes targeting move-up, second home and active adult buyers.

Homes are designed to meet our target buyers' tastes and desires and to be cost effective and efficient to construct, while complying with zoning requirements and building codes, including Florida's stringent hurricane and energy efficiency regulations. We have a core product line, which we use across multiple communities, where applicable, to maximize efficiency. We engage nationally recognized independent architects and consultants to create and modify new designs. Additionally, we regularly collect buyer feedback, including feedback from focus groups and buyer surveys, and incorporate that information into new home and community designs to help ensure our products reflect current market preferences.

In our neighborhoods, we typically offer a variety of floor plans. The exterior of most plans may be modified with a different elevation, including, but not limited to, varying the type of materials used, placement of windows, and roof line and garage orientation. Our buyers also have the ability to customize their homes through a wide selection of options and upgrades available at our design centers. We maintain design centers staffed with professional designers, where many of the options are displayed and demonstrated to assist a buyer's selection process. These options add additional revenues and typically improve the margins on the homes that include them.

We act as the general contractor in the construction of our homes. Our employees provide the purchasing, construction management and quality assurance for the homes that we build, while third-party subcontractors provide the material and labor components of our homes. Our construction managers oversee the construction of our homes, coordinate the activities of subcontractors and suppliers, review the work of subcontractors for quality and cost controls and monitor compliance with zoning and building codes. At all stages of production, they coordinate the activities of subcontractors

to meet our production schedules and quality standards. We typically do not maintain significant inventories of construction materials, except for work in progress materials for homes under construction. We compete with other homebuilders for qualified subcontractors, raw materials and home sites in the markets where we operate. Our construction times range from approximately four to 12 months for our single- and multi-family homes and will typically vary based on several factors, including the size and complexity of a home's design, the availability of labor, materials and supplies, and weather conditions.

We hire experienced subcontractors to supply the trade labor and to procure some or all of the building materials required for production activities. As is typical in the homebuilding industry, we generally do not have long-term contractual commitments with our subcontractors, suppliers or laborers. However, we maintain longstanding mutually beneficial relationships with many of our subcontractors. We leverage our size and extensive relationships to maximize efficiencies, achieve cost savings and ensure consistent practices with our subcontractors.

Our contracts with subcontractors require that they comply with all federal, state and local laws, rules, regulations and ordinances that are applicable to their work. We also require that our subcontractors meet performance standards, maintain general liability insurance and worker's compensation insurance and hold or acquire all necessary licenses, permits and approvals before they begin work. Our contracts generally require subcontractors to indemnify us, our subsidiaries, affiliates, directors, officers, employees and other agents against all actions, suits, proceedings, claims, demands, losses and expenses arising from or related to acts or omissions by or on behalf of the subcontractors in connection with their work, as well as for any violation of or failure to comply with legal requirements. Upon commencement of a project, subcontractors are responsible for any damage or loss that occurs at the work site until we give final acceptance. While we contract with an Occupational Health and Safety Administration ("OSHA") certified safety trainer to inspect all of our jobsites and maintain a comprehensive safety program across all of our projects to ensure our subcontractors comply with required safety standards, the subcontractors are ultimately responsible for managing the safety of their own employees.

Our sales and marketing program employs a multi-faceted approach to attract and source potential homebuyers. We market our communities through our website and traditional media and advertising outlets, among other marketing initiatives. We also leverage our extensive homebuyer database to develop strategically targeted electronic and direct marketing campaigns. The amenities in our communities enhance our brand and drive awareness through events such as the annual Franklin Templeton Shark Shootout, a PGA-sponsored event in our Tiburón community. We regularly conduct local community focus groups with our homebuyers, people actively looking for a home and local realtors to better understand our customers and the critical factors in their buying decision. We also develop communications and promotions targeted specifically for our extensive real estate broker network, as they are integral to our marketing process and impact our sales activities in many of our communities.

Our sales efforts are typically supported by sales centers with community scale models and displays. The sales centers are staffed with our licensed in-house commissioned sales personnel, armed with in-depth knowledge of our products and communities. We also maintain professionally decorated model homes demonstrating the features of our homes and the community lifestyle. These models are decorated based on the lifestyle of the targeted homebuyer. We believe that model homes play an integral role in the home buying process for a homebuyer and we will typically offer at least one fully decorated model per neighborhood.

Home construction is not typically started without a binding sales agreement; however, we employ a limited speculative homebuilding program, where we construct a home without an associated new order. While we continually monitor our speculative home needs based on market demand, this program is typically limited to four homes per neighborhood in various stages of construction. We typically sell our speculative homes while they are under construction or shortly after completion. As of December 31, 2013, we had an aggregate of 19 completed speculative homes and 81 speculative homes under construction.

To purchase a home, a potential homebuyer will enter into a sales agreement and, in the case of a single-family home, provide us with a non-refundable earnest money cash deposit. In the case of sales of some of our multi-family homes that are considered condominium units under Florida law, the sales agreement and cash deposit are subject to a short rescission period, after which period lapses, the agreement becomes binding on both parties and the cash deposit becomes non-refundable, subject to Florida law. Generally, the deposit requirement for a single- or multi-family home is approximately 10% to 20% of the total purchase price. Furthermore, homebuyers are generally required to make additional deposits when they select options or upgrade features for their homes. Our sales contracts stipulate that when homebuyers cancel their contracts with us (after any cure period), we have the right to retain their earnest money and option deposits, subject to Florida law. Reported new orders include the number and value of contracts net of any cancellations occurring during the reporting period. Only outstanding sales agreements that have been signed by both the homebuyer and us are reported and included in our backlog.

Our sales agreements are generally not conditioned on the buyer securing financing. Given our target buyer demographics, on average, our homebuyers tend to rely less on mortgage financing for their purchases and typically provide higher deposits and down payments, compared to homebuyers nationally. During the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, approximately 44%, 44% and 50%, respectively, of our homebuyers were all-cash buyers, compared to approximately 16% of total new home closings nationally during 2012. This favorable trend was a contributing factor to our low cancellation rates of 4.7%, 3.0% and 2.8% of our gross orders during 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, which rates are below those of most other public homebuilders in the U.S. during such years. We believe that our homes and communities will continue to be sought after as the U.S. population continues to age and seek second home and retirement lifestyle communities, particularly now that they are increasingly able to sell their primary or current homes, given the improving national housing market. Between 2010 and 2030, the number of Florida residents who are 55 years old and over is expected to grow approximately 50% and we believe that we are well-positioned to capitalize on this trend.

The table below sets forth summary information about our Florida-based communities.

	As of December 31, 2013								Year Ended December 31, 2013				Year Ended December 31, 2012

					Backlog				Year Ended December 31, 2013				Year Ended December 31, 2012
	Remaining Home Sites Owned and Controlled(1)				Backlog						Average Delivered Price ($ in thousands)				Average Delivered Price ($ in thousands)
Community (City)	Remaining Home Sites Owned and Controlled(1)		Active Selling Neighborhoods		Units		Contract Value ($ in thousands)		Homes Delivered		Average Delivered Price ($ in thousands)		Homes Delivered		Average Delivered Price ($ in thousands)
Active Communities(2):
Heron Bay (Parkland)		226		2		50	$	33,457		109	$	573		70	$	506
Master-Planned Parcel (Parkland)		514		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Tiburón (Naples)		77		2		46		37,702		35		896		31		847
Raffia Preserve (Naples)		363		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Talis Park (Naples)(3)(4)		18		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
The Colony Golf & Bay Club (Bonita Springs)		518		2		21		13,331		8		590		—		—
Pelican Preserve (Fort Myers)		1,146		5		71		21,651		110		306		102		265
Hampton Park (Fort Myers)		398		2		20		6,354		36		328		2		324
Miromar Lakes (Fort Myers)(3)(5)		7		1		2		1,032		—		—		—		—
Shadow Wood Preserve (Fort Myers)(3)		19		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Single-Family Parcel (Fort Myers)		43		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Venetian Golf & River Club (Venice)		309		3		28		9,524		63		354		33		311
Sarasota National (Venice)		1,552		4		4		1,352		—		—		—		—
Tidewater Preserve (Bradenton)		421		4		51		19,416		60		380		29		351
Westshore Yacht Club (Tampa)		214		—		—		—		36		331		23		457


Total Active Communities		5,825		25		293	$	143,819		457				290




Total Closed-Out Communities										36		346		62		311


Total Homes Delivered										493		433		352		396




Other Communities(6):
Multi-Family Parcel (Fort Myers)		236
Multi-Family Parcel (Fort Myers)		48
Master-Planned Parcel (Fort Myers)		180
Hammock Bay (Naples)		232
Hammock Dunes (Palm Coast)(3)		56
Lost Key Marina & Yacht Club (Pensacola)		70
Lost Key Golf & Beach Club (Perdido Key)		1,184


Total Other Communities		2,006


Total Communities		7,831
Total Controlled Home Sites(7)		676


Total Owned and Controlled Home Sites		8,507

(1): Amounts are approximate and include home sites in our backlog. Such amounts are subject to change based on, among other things, future site planning, as well as zoning and permit changes. Existing entitlements are equal to or greater than our planned home sites.
(2): Represents communities and land positions in which we are actively selling homes or developing home sites.
(3): Represents home sites in a master-planned community in which we were not the developer.
(4): During December 2013, we entered into an option contract for the purchase of 84 home sites. As of December 31, 2013, we had purchased and closed on 18 home sites and controlled the remaining 66 home sites.
(5): During January 2013, we entered into an option contract for the purchase of 22 home sites. As of December 31, 2013, we had purchased and closed on seven home sites and controlled the remaining 15 home sites.
(6): Represents communities and land positions in which we do not have active Homebuilding operations as of December 31, 2013 (the aggregate book value thereof on such date was $17.0 million). These communities are in various states of entitlements, product planning or market analysis and represent planned communities that will increase neighborhood and order counts going forward.
(7): Represents home sites under lot option contracts or land purchase contracts. There can be no assurances that we will acquire any of these home sites on the terms or within the timing anticipated, or at all, or that we will proceed to sell and build homes on any of the land we own, control or acquire. See "Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—We may not be successful in our efforts to identify, complete or integrate acquisitions, which could adversely affect our results of operations and future growth."

The table below sets forth summary information about the development status of our home sites as of December 31, 2013 (amounts are approximate and are subject to change based on, among other things, future site planning, as well as zoning and permit changes).

We generally provide our single- and multi-family homebuyers with a one to three-year limited warranty for all material and labor and a ten-year warranty for certain structural defects. Warranty reserves are established by charging cost of sales and establishing a warranty liability upon each home delivery. The amounts charged are estimated by us to be adequate to cover expected warranty-related costs under all unexpired warranty obligation periods. Our warranty reserves are based upon historical warranty cost experience and are adjusted as appropriate to reflect qualitative risks associated with the homes constructed.

We require our subcontractors to meet performance standards and maintain adequate insurance coverage to protect us against construction defects and bodily injury claims. As a result, claims relating to workmanship and materials are generally the primary responsibility of our subcontractors.

We operate a full-service real estate brokerage business under the Berkshire Hathaway HomeServices brand in most of the largest metropolitan areas in Florida through our wholly owned subsidiary Watermark Realty, Inc. ("Watermark"). We currently have 43 brokerage offices. Our real estate brokerage business positions us to benefit from the recovery in Florida resale home prices, supplementing our ability to capitalize on new home sales through our Homebuilding segment. As distressed home sales as a percent of total home sales continue to drop and new home sales as a percent of total sales continue to increase, we expect the average selling price of homes across Florida to appreciate, driving margin growth in our real estate brokerage business. As our real estate brokerage business is highly scalable, we believe that there are opportunities to further improve our profitability by growing our geographic footprint organically, through opportunistic acquisitions and "roll-in" brokerages. Watermark also helps provide valuable real-time insight into market trends, buyer preferences and demand for different products and locations, which we will continue to use to evaluate land opportunities, community and amenity plans and home designs in our Homebuilding operations. This insight is gained by, among other things, using focus groups comprised of our knowledgeable and local real estate agents, as well as analyzing data derived from our information systems.

We compete with other national independent real estate organizations, other national real estate franchisors, franchisees of local and regional real estate franchisors, regional independent real estate organizations, discount brokerages and smaller niche companies competing in local areas. We also compete with those entities when hiring and retaining qualified licensed independent sales agents. Generally, we enter into independent contractor agreements with qualified licensed independent real estate agents to retain their professional services for soliciting buyers, tenants, sellers and landlords of residential properties. Pursuant to such agreements, we do not have an employer-employee relationship with these real estate agents and, as a result, we do not control the manner and means by which these real estate agents operate, and are not obligated to withhold income taxes, social security taxes, disability, workers compensation or unemployment insurance payments, unless required by law. We also do not provide for any minimum salary payment, sick pay, vacation pay, health insurance or any other benefits. Our contracts require that the real estate agents comply with all applicable laws, rules, regulations and codes of ethics and maintain all necessary licenses. Our agents negotiate all of the terms and conditions of commissions charged to clients and we are not liable to the agents for commission payments until transactions are fully closed and full funding to Watermark has occurred.

We manage the inherent risks involved with our collective real estate transactions through Watermark's Professional Liability Risk Management Program. Through this program, we assess and apply our resources to reduce and finance any identified professional liability loss exposure. To finance and limit the impact of such exposure, we maintain professional liability insurance policies to cover losses due to errors or omissions committed for or on behalf of our operations in Florida. We otherwise require that the real estate agents maintain automobile liability insurance and indemnify Watermark, us, our subsidiaries, affiliates, shareholders, directors, officers, employees and other representatives from any liability caused by the agent's negligence, fraud or omissions, as well as any claims arising out of the agent's personal activities.

Watermark currently does business as Berkshire Hathaway HomeServices Florida Realty pursuant to a franchise agreement with BHH Affiliates, LLC (the "Berkshire Agreement") that became effective in October 2013 and made us one of the first franchisees to operate under the new Berkshire Hathaway HomeServices brand name. We believe that this new brand strengthens our ability to take advantage of the improving resale home market as we transition from the Prudential brand, which we had operated under from June 1999 to September 2013.

Pursuant to the Berkshire Agreement, we have the exclusive right to provide real estate brokerage services using the brand name in Broward, Lee and Martin Counties, and in portions of Collier, Miami-Dade, Palm Beach and Saint Lucie Counties, all of which are in Florida. We will pay annual and monthly royalties and fees based on gross revenues. Under the Berkshire Agreement, we must comply with operating standards and terms and conditions imposed by the franchisor and must obtain its consent to open new operating locations or operate other businesses within the insurance or real estate brokerage industries. The Berkshire Agreement also permits the franchisor to terminate the agreement in certain cases, such as a failure to meet certain obligations under the Berkshire Agreement, bankruptcy, abandonment of the franchise, assignment of the franchise without the franchisor's consent or material violations of any federal, state or local laws and regulations. If the Berkshire Agreement terminates due to our failure to comply with its terms and conditions, we may be liable for a termination payment.

In a majority of real estate transactions, a buyer will choose, or will be required, to purchase title insurance that will protect the buyer and/or the mortgage lender against loss or damage in the event that title is not properly transferred and to ensure free and clear ownership of the property by the buyer. Our title and settlement services business, which we operate as Florida Title & Guarantee, assists with the closing of a real estate transaction by providing full-service title and settlement (i.e., closing and escrow) services to individuals, real estate companies, including our company-owned real estate brokerage and relocation services businesses, and independent mortgage lenders. Our title business also allows us to better manage the closing process for our new home deliveries by providing a level of visibility and control over the home closing process in situations where homebuyers choose to use our title services. During the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, approximately 76%, 82% and 79%, respectively, of our home deliveries were settled by Florida Title & Guarantee, and our Homebuilding and brokerage businesses provided for approximately 92%, 88% and 87%, respectively, of Florida Title & Guarantee's total title services revenues. As part of our title services, we also act as a title agent for a variety of large national underwriters and derive revenues from commissions on title insurance premiums and closing services in respect of our homebuyers, third-party residential closings and commercial closings.

Our recreational amenities, including championship golf courses with clubhouses, fitness, spa, tennis and recreational facilities, walking trails, resort style pools, marinas, movie theaters, town centers, and a variety of restaurants, are central to our mission of delivering luxury lifestyle experiences to our homebuyers. Our Amenities operations derive revenues primarily from the sale of club memberships, membership dues, and golf and restaurant operations. Amenities at our communities are owned by either community residents or non-residents in equity membership programs, unaffiliated third-parties, community homeowners' associations, or retained by us. As of December 31, 2013, we had approximately 5,200 members across all of our owned and managed clubs. As we plan the development of new communities, the ownership of the amenities is structured to cater to the preferences and expectations of community residents, and provide us with a specific exit plan, which may include a sale to the community homeowners association or a third-party as communities and their related amenities mature.

Amenities offer our homebuyers a luxury lifestyle experience, enabling us to enhance the marketability and sales value of the homes we deliver, as compared to non-amenitized communities. The amenities in our communities enhance our brand and drive awareness through events such as the annual Franklin Templeton Shark Shootout, a PGA-sponsored event in our Tiburón community. We

continue to re-invest in our community amenities to adapt to changing demographics and homebuyer preferences to ensure they maintain their luxury appeal.

We selectively enter into business relationships through partnerships and joint ventures with unrelated parties. These partnerships and joint ventures will typically acquire, develop, market and operate homebuilding, timeshare, amenities, and/or real estate services projects.

We are the general partner and a limited partner in Pelican Landing Golf Resort Ventures Limited Partnership (the "Golf Resort"), with Hyatt Equities, L.L.C. as another limited partner. The Golf Resort, a certified Audubon International Golf Signature Sanctuary, was formed in 1998 as a Delaware limited partnership for the purpose of owning, developing and operating an 18-hole, Raymond Floyd-designed, public golf course, known as Raptor Bay Golf Club, in Bonita Springs, Florida, which commenced operations in 2001. Net income and losses are allocated to the partners on the basis of ownership interests. The Golf Resort entered into a management agreement with us to manage the golf facilities and provide human resources and personnel services.

We are a limited partner in Pelican Landing Timeshare Ventures Limited Partnership (the "Timeshare Venture"), with an affiliate of Hyatt Hotels Corporation, as the general partner and a limited partner. The Timeshare Venture was formed in 1998 as a Delaware limited partnership for the purpose of acquiring, developing, constructing and operating a vacation ownership condominium complex in Bonita Springs, Florida, known as Hyatt Coconut Plantation (the "Resort"). We also acted as the general contractor for construction of the Resort. The Timeshare Venture also entered into various agreements with Hyatt Vacation Ownership, Inc. and other Hyatt-affiliated entities, whereby such entities provide administrative and sales and marketing services, as well as use of the Hyatt brand and trademarks. Income and losses of the limited partnership are allocated according to the limited partnership agreement.

The Timeshare Venture sells vacation ownership intervals at the Resort by conveying fee title to buyers subject to a time-share plan. Upon acquisition of a vacation ownership interval, buyers become club members in the Hyatt Vacation Club (the "Club"), a multi-site time-share plan, that allows members to reserve accommodations at all of the Club's affiliated facilities. The Resort currently consists of 72 condominium units.

As of December 31, 2013, we owned approximately 271,000 square feet of amenity space and 54,000 square feet of sales office space throughout Florida. In addition, we lease approximately 26,000 square feet of office space in Bonita Springs, Florida, which serves as our corporate headquarters, and approximately 171,000 aggregate square feet of office space in other locations throughout Florida, which serve as branch office space for our related Real Estate Services businesses.

The principal raw materials used in the construction of our homes are concrete and forest products. In addition, we use a variety of other construction materials in the homebuilding process, including drywall, plumbing and electrical items. Typically, all the raw materials and most of the components used in our business are readily available in the United States. Most of our standard items are carried by major suppliers. We attempt to enhance the efficiency of our operations by using, where practical, standardized materials that are commercially available on competitive terms from a variety of sources. Moreover, our purchasing programs for certain building materials, appliances, fixtures and other items allow us to benefit from large quantity purchase discounts and, where available, manufacturer or supplier rebates. We continue to monitor the supply markets to achieve the best prices available. However, a rapid increase in the number of homes started could cause shortages in the availability of such materials, thereby leading to delays in the delivery of homes under construction. See "Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—Labor and raw materials and building supply shortages and price fluctuations and other problems in the construction of our communities could delay or increase the cost of home construction and adversely affect our operating results."

We compete in each of our markets with other local, regional and national homebuilders. We not only compete for homebuyers, but also for desirable land assets, financing, building materials, skilled management talent and trade labor. We also compete with other housing alternatives, such as existing home sales (including lender-owned homes acquired through foreclosure or short sales) and rental housing. We believe that we have a competitive advantage in attracting many of our targeted homebuyers, as they are more likely to value and pay for the quality of lifestyle, construction and amenities in the well-amenitized, master-planned communities for which we are known. Finally, we also believe that our focus and expertise in the higher priced move-up and second home market segments gives us an advantage in our markets, as small private builders, which have typically targeted these segments, either have ceased homebuilding operations in our markets as a result of the housing downturn or have limited access to financing.

Certain of our homebuilding competitors, including larger public companies, may have long-standing relationships with local labor, materials suppliers or land sellers in certain areas, which may provide them an advantage in their respective regions or local markets. They may also have longer operating histories, better relationships with suppliers and subcontractors and may have more resources or lower cost of capital than us. These competitive conditions may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations by decreasing our revenues, impairing our ability to successfully execute our land acquisition and land asset management strategies, increasing our costs and/or diminishing growth in our Homebuilding segment.

Our real estate brokerage business also competes with other national real estate organizations, regional independent real estate organizations, discount brokerages and smaller niche companies competing in local areas. Real estate brokers compete for sales and marketing business primarily on the basis of services offered, reputation, utilization of technology, personal contacts and brokerage commission. In addition, the real estate brokerage industry has minimal barriers to entry for new participants, including participants pursuing non-traditional methods of marketing real estate, such as Internet-based brokerage or brokers who discount their commissions.

Our Homebuilding operations, including land development activities, are subject to extensive federal, state and local statutes, ordinances, rules and regulations, zoning and land use, building, employment and worker health and safety regulation. These regulations affect all aspects of the homebuilding process and can substantially delay or increase the costs of Homebuilding activities, even on land for which we already have approvals. In addition, larger land parcels are generally undeveloped and may not have all of the governmental approvals necessary to develop and construct homes. If we are unable to obtain these approvals or obtain approvals that restrict our ability to use the land in ways we do not anticipate, the value of the parcel will be negatively impacted. During the development process, we must obtain a number of approvals from various governmental authorities that regulate matters such as: permitted land uses, levels of density and architectural designs; the level of energy efficiency our homes are required to achieve; the building of roadways and creation of traffic control mechanisms and the installation of utility services, such as water, sewage and waste disposal, drainage and storm water control, electricity and natural gas; the dedication of acreage for open space, parks, schools and other community services; and the preservation of habitat for endangered species and wetlands, storm water control and other environmental matters. These government entities often have broad discretion in exercising their approval authority. The approval process can be lengthy and cause significant delays or permanently halt the development process. The approval process may also be opposed by neighboring landowners, consumer or environmental groups, among others, and that in turn can cause significant delays or permanently halt the development process. In addition, new housing developments are often subject to various assessments for schools, parks, streets, highways and other public improvements. Our projects may also contain water features such as lakes or marinas for boating or other recreational activities. These water features may be subject to governmental regulations that could result in high maintenance costs. Additionally, local governments in some of the areas where we operate have approved, and others where we operate or may operate in the future may also approve, various "slow growth" or "no growth" homebuilding initiatives and other ballot measures that could negatively impact the availability of land and building opportunities within those jurisdictions.

The title insurance industry is closely regulated by the Florida Department of Financial Services, Office of Insurance Regulation, which, among other things, issues regulations that impose licensing and other compliance requirements on our title insurance business and require that we offer title insurance products in accordance with a promulgated rate schedule.

Our condominiums in Florida are also subject to Florida administrative regulations, which, among other things, cover the requirements for gaining approval of our projects and funding reserves for each condominium. In connection with our development of condominiums and offering of condominium units for sale, we must submit regulatory filings and we are subject to Florida's Condominium Act.

Furthermore, we are also subject to state legislation and IRS rulings pertaining to CDDs. A CDD is a local, special purpose government framework authorized by Florida's Uniform Community Development District Act of 1980, as amended, and provides a mechanism to manage and finance the infrastructure required to develop new communities. CDDs are legal entities with the ability to enter

into contracts, own property, sue and be sued, and impose and levy taxes and/or assessments. CDDs are subject to audit and rulings from the IRS with respect to the tax-exempt status of their bonds.

Finally, we are subject to various laws and regulations containing general standards for and limitations on the conduct of real estate brokers and sales associates, including those relating to licensing of brokers and sales associates, administration of escrow funds, collection of commissions, advertising and consumer disclosures. Under Florida state law, our real estate brokers have certain duties to supervise and are responsible for the conduct of their brokerage business. Although real estate sales agents historically have been classified as independent contractors, rules and interpretations of state and federal employment laws and regulations could change, including those governing employee classification and wage and hour regulations, and these changes may impact industry practices and our real estate brokerage operations. Our brokerage practices are also subject to regulation by the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau.

Although we believe that our operations are in full compliance in all material respects with applicable federal, state and local requirements, our operations may be materially impacted and our growth and development opportunities may be limited and more costly as a result of legislative, regulatory or municipal requirements. See "Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—We are subject to extensive governmental regulation, which may substantially increase our costs of doing business and negatively impact our financial condition and results of operations. Failure to comply with laws and regulations by our employees or representatives may harm us."

We consider health, safety and accident prevention to be of primary importance in all phases of our Homebuilding operation and administration. To comply with the provisions of OSHA, we have established and implemented a health and safety program. This program includes informing employees of our health and safety policies and procedures, conducting documented safety inspections and meetings, and applying corrective action for failure to comply with applicable laws and standards. We contract with a trainer who performs OSHA and certified CPR and First Aid training and monitors and inspects our jobsites. Our subcontractors are required to maintain health and safety programs that meet all applicable laws and standards, and provide competent persons on our jobsites who are able to conduct adequate health and safety training, and ensure that tools and equipment are in a safe condition.

We are also subject to various federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations relating to the operation of our properties, which are administered by numerous federal, state and local governmental agencies. We expect that increasingly stringent laws and regulations will be imposed on homebuilders in the future. As climate change concerns grow, legislation and regulatory activity of this nature is expected to continue and become more onerous. Additionally, environmental and energy efficiency requirements imposed by government regulations could add to building costs and have an adverse impact on the availability and price of certain raw materials such as lumber, which in turn could reduce our profitability.

From time to time, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency and similar federal or state agencies conduct inspections of our properties for compliance with these environmental laws and a failure to strictly comply may result in an assessment of fines and penalties and an obligation to undertake corrective actions. Any such enforcement actions may increase our costs. See "Risk Factors—Risks Related to our Business—Compliance with applicable environmental laws may substantially increase our costs of doing business, which could negatively impact our financial condition and results of operations."

Under various environmental laws, current or former owners or operators of real estate whether leased or owned, as well as other categories of parties, may be required to investigate and clean up hazardous or toxic substances or petroleum product releases, and may be held liable to a governmental entity or to third-parties for related damages, including bodily injury, and investigation and clean-up costs incurred by such parties in connection with the contamination, regardless of whether such contamination or environmental conditions were created by us or a prior owner or tenant, or by a third-party or neighboring party. The costs of any required removal, investigation or remediation of such substances or the costs of defending against environmental claims may be substantial. The presence of such substances, or the failure to remediate such substances properly, may also adversely affect our ability to sell the land or to borrow using the land as security. Although environmental site assessments conducted at our properties have not revealed any environmental liability that we believe would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations, nor are we aware of any material environmental liability or concerns, there can be no assurances that the environmental assessments that we have undertaken have revealed all potential environmental liabilities, or that an environmental condition does not otherwise exist as to any one or more of our properties that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

As of December 31, 2013, we had 598 full-time year-round employees, of which 145 were Homebuilding and corporate employees, 126 were Real Estate Services employees and 327 were Amenities employees. While our Homebuilding and corporate employees oversee our Homebuilding operations, we hire experienced third-party subcontractors to supply the trade labor and to procure some or all of the building materials required for all production activities. Moreover, as of December 31, 2013, we had exclusive relationships with approximately 1,500 independent licensed real estate agents through our real estate brokerage business.

We own certain logos and trademarks that are important to our overall branding and sales strategy. As of December 31, 2013, we owned over 40 registered trademarks and over 80 domain names.

We maintain insurance through third-party commercial insurers, subject to deductibles and self-insured amounts, to protect against various risks associated with our activities, including, among others, general liability, property, workers' compensation, automobile and employee fidelity and management liability. Litigation is managed by our legal department with assistance from our risk management team on insurance coverage matters and other division personnel as required. We are focused on claim prevention through training, standardized documentation and centralized processes.

On August 4, 2008, the Debtors filed voluntary petitions for reorganization relief under the provisions of Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (the "Bankruptcy Code") in the Bankruptcy Court. The Chapter 11 cases so commenced are referred to herein as the "Chapter 11 Cases." The Debtors filed an initial joint plan of reorganization and related disclosure statement on June 8, 2009, a first amended joint plan of reorganization and disclosure statement on July 1, 2009 and a second amended joint plan of reorganization and disclosure statement on July 17, 2009 (the "Plan"). The Plan received formal endorsement of both the senior secured creditors and the official committee of unsecured creditors and was confirmed by the Bankruptcy Court on August 26, 2009 (the "Confirmation Order"). The Plan was declared effective on September 3, 2009 (the "Effective Date") and the Debtors emerged from bankruptcy on that date.

WCI is responsible to satisfy only those claims against the Debtors as specified in the Plan and the Confirmation Order. WCI satisfied claims by the Debtors' primary financial creditors against the Debtors with the issuance to such holders on September 3, 2009 of (a) the senior secured term loan, (b) the senior subordinated secured term loan and (c) 95% of the shares of common stock issued under the Plan (without accounting for certain shares reserved for issuance or issuable on account of preferred shares issued under the Plan). In addition, the Plan and the Confirmation Order required WCI to satisfy the following claims against the Debtors: (a) certain "Allowed" claims that are entitled to priority status under section 507(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, by payment in full; (b) certain "Allowed" secured claims, by payment in full; and (c) certain unsecured claims that are "Allowed" in an amount of $135,000 or less, by payment at a rate of 2% of the amount of the claim. In order for a claim to be "Allowed" under the terms of the Plan, among other things, it must (a) have been (i) timely asserted against, or (ii) formally acknowledged by, the Debtors in the Chapter 11 Cases, and (b) be liquidated, non-contingent, and undisputed. WCI has resolved and satisfied substantially all of the claims asserted to date against the Debtors in the Chapter 11 Cases for which it is responsible under the Plan and the Confirmation Order.

The Plan and the Confirmation Order provide that, other than as provided therein, and as generally described above, neither WCI nor any of its subsidiaries is responsible for any obligation of the Debtors arising prior to September 3, 2009. The Plan and the Confirmation Order further provide that all persons are precluded from and forever barred against asserting any claim against WCI, any of its subsidiaries, or any of their respective assets, based on any act, omission, transaction or other activity of any kind or nature that occurred or came into existence prior to September 3, 2009, whether or not the facts of or legal bases were known or existed prior to the Effective Date.

Notwithstanding the provisions of the Plan and the Confirmation Order, WCI and certain of its subsidiaries have been subject to actions for certain alleged acts, omissions, transactions, or other activities of certain of the Debtors that occurred or came into existence prior to September 3, 2009. It is our policy to vigorously oppose such actions. WCI and certain of its subsidiaries are presently party to litigation wherein we have asserted that the action is being prosecuted in contravention of the Plan and the Confirmation Order. However, certain factual and legal issues remain unresolved and, therefore, there exists a risk that such issues could be resolved against WCI. In such an event, WCI could be liable to satisfy in full any final judgment entered in favor of the plaintiff therein.

The Watermark Condominium Residences Association, Inc. (the "Watermark Association") administers and manages a luxury condominium tower in Hudson County, New Jersey, known as "The

Watermark." Debtor WCI Towers Northeast USA, Inc. ("WCI Towers") was the sponsor and developer of The Watermark, construction of which was completed in 2008. The Watermark Association filed a proof of claim in the Chapter 11 Cases on February 5, 2009 in an unliquidated amount. Following the Effective Date, WCI reached a settlement in the state court litigation it had commenced in the Superior Court of New Jersey, Hudson County, whereby the general contractor for The Watermark agreed to pay $1.4 million to WCI. The Watermark Association moved to impose a constructive trust on the proceeds of that settlement. The settlement was funded and the $1.4 million settlement was placed in escrow pending the resolution of the Watermark Association's constructive trust motion. During August 2013, the New Jersey state court denied the motion and the $1.4 million was released to the Company in 2013. This matter is now resolved.

Additionally, the Watermark Association sued WCI, WCI Towers and several former WCI employees and subcontractors in a separate lawsuit in the Superior Court of New Jersey, Hudson County, to recover damages arising from certain alleged construction defects at The Watermark. WCI and WCI Towers moved to dismiss the Watermark Association's complaint on the basis that, among other things, the claims asserted therein arose prior to the Effective Date of the Plan and were therefore subject to the treatment provided under the Plan. During November 2013, the Bankruptcy Court approved a settlement between the parties. This matter is now resolved.

The Lesina at Hammock Bay Condominium Association, Inc. (the "Lesina Association") administers and manages a luxury condominium tower in Collier County, Florida, which was built and developed by one of the Debtors. The Lesina Association filed a proof of claim in the Chapter 11 Cases on February 2, 2009 in an unliquidated amount. On April 11, 2012, the Lesina Association filed a motion in the Bankruptcy Court requesting a declaration from the Bankruptcy Court that its claims arose after the Effective Date of the Plan and that the Lesina Association is therefore entitled to commence a state court action for warranty claims against WCI. WCI opposed this motion. During May 2013, the Bankruptcy Court granted the Lesina Association's motion and determined that the Plan does not bar the Lesina Association from pursuing its statutory warranty claims and assessment claims against WCI. During May 2013, WCI filed a Notice of Appeal of the decision with the U.S. District Court for the District of Delaware and, in July 2013, the Lesina Association filed its state court action in the Circuit Court of the Twentieth Judicial Circuit in and for Collier County, Florida. We dispute the allegations made in this action and are vigorously defending this action.

We are subject to various other claims, complaints and other legal actions arising in the normal course of business. These matters are subject to many uncertainties and the outcomes of these matters are not within our control and may not be known for prolonged periods of time. Nevertheless, we believe that the outcome of any of these currently existing proceedings, even if determined adversely, will not have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Set forth below are the names, ages (as of April 23, 2014) and positions of our directors and executive officers.

Name		Position(s) held

Keith E. Bass	49	President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Russell Devendorf	41	Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Vivien N. Hastings	62	Senior Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel
Paul J. Erhardt	45	Senior Vice President of Homebuilding and Development; President, South Region
David T. Ivin	55	Senior Vice President of Homebuilding and Development; President, North Region
Reinaldo L. Mesa	52	Senior Vice President of Real Estate Services; President and Chief Executive Officer, Watermark Realty, Inc.
John B. McGoldrick	47	Senior Vice President of Human Resources
Stephen D. Plavin	54	Chairman of the Board of Directors
Patrick J. Bartels, Jr.	38	Director
Michelle MacKay	47	Director
Darius G. Nevin	56	Director
Charles C. Reardon	57	Director
Christopher E. Wilson	51	Director

The following is a summary of certain biographical information concerning directors serving on our Board and our executive officers. Vivien N. Hastings and Reinaldo L. Mesa were executive officers of WCI's predecessor company at and from the time it filed voluntary petitions for reorganization relief under the provisions of Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code on August 4, 2008 through its emergence from bankruptcy.

Keith E. Bass has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer since December 2012 and as a member of our Board since March 2012. Mr. Bass has over 25 years of homebuilding experience and, prior to joining the Company, held a number of senior executive leadership positions at national homebuilding and development companies. Before becoming our Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Bass was President of Pinnacle Land Advisers from 2011 to November 2012. From 2003 to 2011, he was an executive with The Ryland Group ("Ryland"), with his most recent position (from 2008 to 2011) as Senior Vice President of Ryland and President of Ryland's South U.S. Region (covering Florida, Georgia, North Carolina, South Carolina and Texas). From 2003 to 2008, he held the various titles of SE U.S. Region President, Orlando Division President and Vice President, Land Resources—SE U.S. Region. Prior to Ryland, Mr. Bass was President of the Florida Region of Taylor Woodrow from 1997 to 2003. Mr. Bass holds a bachelor's degree in business administration from North Carolina Wesleyan College and is a licensed general contractor and a licensed real estate broker in the state of Florida. We believe his experience in the real estate industry and leadership in management make Mr. Bass well-qualified to serve on our Board.

Russell Devendorf has served as our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since November 2008 and is responsible for the Company's accounting, finance, tax, risk management and information technology systems. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Devendorf held positions as Vice President—Finance of Meritage Homes Corporation from May 2008 to November 2008 and from March 2002 to May 2008 served in several senior level finance roles with TOUSA, Inc., a national homebuilding company, including most recently as Vice President, Treasurer and Secretary. He also served as an auditor at Ernst & Young, LLP in their real estate practice and is a Certified Public Accountant and Certified Treasury Professional. Mr. Devendorf received both a B.S. and Master of Accounting with a tax concentration from The Florida State University.

Vivien N. Hastings has served as our Senior Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel since 1998. Ms. Hastings joined the Company in 1990 and held various positions in its legal department prior to becoming General Counsel. From 1982 to 1989, Ms. Hastings served as Vice President and Co-General Counsel of Merrill Lynch Hubbard, Inc., a real estate division of Merrill Lynch & Co. Prior to her tenure with Merrill Lynch, she was an associate with the law firm of Winston & Strawn LLP. Ms. Hastings holds a B.A. from the University of Connecticut and a J.D. from Washington University School of Law.

Paul J. Erhardt, Senior Vice President of Homebuilding and Development; President, South Region

Paul J. Erhardt has served as our Senior Vice President of Homebuilding and Development and President of our South Region since November 2013. He is responsible for overseeing homebuilding operations, community planning, entitlements and land development for our South Region. From March 2013 until November 2013, Mr. Erhardt served as our Senior Vice President of Homebuilding and Development where he was responsible for overseeing our company-wide homebuilding operations, as well as community planning, entitlements and land development. Mr. Erhardt joined the Company as a Project Manager in 2004 and was named Senior Project Manager in 2005, Vice President in 2009 and Senior Vice President of Community Development and Operations in 2011, the last of which positions he held until his current role. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Erhardt led supply chain improvement programs as Director of Operations Programs for World Kitchen, Inc. from 2001 to 2003. Prior to joining World Kitchen, Inc., Mr. Erhardt was a management consultant with Booz Allen & Hamilton from 1996 to 2001 and a practicing Certified Public Accountant with Arthur Andersen & Company from 1990 to 1995. He currently sits on multiple homeowner, condominium and community development district boards on behalf of the Company. Mr. Erhardt holds both a B.B.A. and M.B.A. from the University of Michigan with a Concentration in Corporate Strategy and Operations.

David T. Ivin, Senior Vice President of Homebuilding and Development; President, North Region

David T. Ivin has served as our Senior Vice President of Homebuilding and Development and President of our North Region since he joined the Company in November 2013. He is responsible for overseeing homebuilding operations, community planning, entitlements and land development for our North Region. Mr. Ivin has over 30 years of professional homebuilding experience, holding various senior executive leadership positions at national homebuilding and development companies. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Ivin served as Asset Manager with Starwood Land Ventures, managing all of its communities in West Florida from 2010 to 2013. Prior to joining Starwood Land Ventures, Mr. Ivin was a Division President at Centex Homes from 2004 to 2008, covering all of its Tampa, Florida operations, and from 1994 to 2004 he was the Regional Director in West Florida for Taylor Woodrow Communities. From 1991 to 1994 Mr. Ivin served as Division President of Ryland Homes (Charleston, South Carolina) and prior to that he held various construction and sales positions at Ryan Homes in

Virginia. Mr. Ivin holds an M.B.A. from the University of North Carolina and a B.S. in Civil Engineering from Cornell University.

Reinaldo L. Mesa, Senior Vice President of Real Estate Services; President and Chief Executive Officer, Watermark Realty, Inc.

Reinaldo L. Mesa has served as our Senior Vice President of Real Estate Services since September 2009 and as President and Chief Executive Officer of Watermark Realty, Inc. since January 2010. Previously, Mr. Mesa served as President of Prudential Florida Realty, beginning in March 2005, and has held various other positions at Prudential Florida Realty since he joined the Company in 1999. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Mesa served as Miami-Dade District Manager with Coldwell Banker Residential Real Estate. He previously owned his own real estate brokerage that he ultimately sold in 1997 to NRT LLC, which operates Coldwell Banker Residential Real Estate. Mr. Mesa is a certified real estate broker and a certified residential specialist. Mr. Mesa also serves as a National Association of Realtors® ("NAR") Director and serves on the NAR Executive Committee, Large Residential Firms Advisory & Involvement Board and 2014 NAR Liaison Committee to Second Century Ventures. Mr. Mesa also previously served as a Director of the National Association of Hispanic Real Estate Professionals. Mr. Mesa has been in the real estate industry since 1981.

John B. McGoldrick has served as our Senior Vice President of Human Resources since August 2013. Mr. McGoldrick oversees all aspects of the Company's human resources and corporate services functions, including recruiting, human resources administration, compensation and benefits, payroll, organization development, training and corporate services/facilities activities. Mr. McGoldrick joined the Company in 2002 and held various positions in WCI's Human Resources department prior to becoming Senior Vice President in August 2013. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. McGoldrick was Director of Human Resources, Compensation & Benefits from 2001 to 2002 for Orius Telecom Services, Inc., a private company in the telecommunications industry. He was Senior Manager of Human Resources Administration for Ocwen Financial Corporation, a publicly traded global financial services provider, from 1994 to 2001. Mr. McGoldrick holds a bachelor's degree from Villanova University.

Stephen D. Plavin has served as Chairman of our Board since August 2009. Mr. Plavin has been a Senior Managing Director of the Blackstone Group since December 2012 and the Chief Executive Officer and a director of Blackstone Mortgage Trust, a New York City-based mortgage Real Estate Investment Trust ("REIT") that is managed by Blackstone and was formerly named Capital Trust, Inc., of which he has served as Chief Executive Officer since 2009. From 1998 until 2009, Mr. Plavin was Chief Operating Officer of Capital Trust and was responsible for all of the lending, investing and portfolio management activities of Capital Trust, Inc. Prior to that time, Mr. Plavin was employed for 14 years with Chase Manhattan Bank and its securities affiliate, Chase Securities Inc. Mr. Plavin held various positions within the real estate finance unit of Chase, and its predecessor, Chemical Bank, and in 1997 he became co-head of global real estate for Chase. Mr. Plavin is also a director of Omega Healthcare Investors, a REIT that owns skilled nursing and other healthcare facilities. Mr. Plavin holds a B.A. in English from Tufts University and an M.B.A. from the J.L. Kellogg Graduate School of Management of Northwestern University. Mr. Plavin brings to our Board management experience in the banking and real estate debt investment management sectors, as well as significant experience in and knowledge of the real estate industry and related capital markets transactions, which we believe makes him well-qualified to serve on our Board.

Patrick J. Bartels, Jr. has served as a director on our Board since August 2009 and is a Managing Principal at Monarch Alternative Capital LP, which focuses on investing in stressed and distressed companies across various industries and geographies. Prior to joining Monarch Alternative Capital LP in 2002, he was a high-yield investments analyst at Invesco, where he performed fundamental company, ratio and relative value analysis for a variety of companies in many industries. He began his career at PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, where he analyzed company financial statements, systems, controls and operations in order to provide business development and internal control recommendations to clients. He holds the Chartered Financial Analyst designation. Mr. Bartels received a B.S. in accounting, with a concentration in finance, from Bucknell University. We believe his experience with and extensive knowledge of the capital markets, accounting principles and financial reporting make Mr. Bartels well-qualified to serve on our Board.

Michelle MacKay has served as a director on our Board since August 2009. Since February 2003, Ms. MacKay has been an Executive Vice President of Investments and Head of Capital Markets at iStar Financial, a publicly traded REIT. She is also a member of iStar Financial's Senior Management Committee. Ms. MacKay has more than 20 years of experience in the real estate industry. Her background includes investing in real estate through financings, direct ownership and structured products. Ms. MacKay has also held positions at Chase Bank and UBS. Ms. MacKay holds a B.A. in political science from the University of Connecticut and an M.B.A. from the University of Hartford. We believe her extensive knowledge of the real estate industry, background in the capital markets, as well as leadership experience, make Ms. MacKay well-qualified to serve on our Board.

Darius G. Nevin has served as a director on our Board since our Initial Public Offering. Mr. Nevin is a member of G3 Capital Partners, LLC, an investment company and expert advisor to private equity firms regarding the security industry. Prior to founding G3 Capital Partners, LLC in October 2010, Mr. Nevin served as Chief Financial Officer of Protection One, Inc., a public company, from 2001 until June 2010. He played significant roles in the company's financial restructuring, acquisitions and debt financings. Mr. Nevin is also a Director of Veritas Financial Partners, an affiliate of Monarch Alternative Capital LP. Mr. Nevin earned an A.B. from Harvard College and an M.B.A. from the University of Chicago Booth School of Business. We believe his expertise in developing and executing the operating and financing strategies of public and private companies, his background in public company financial reporting and internal controls, and his leadership experience make Mr. Nevin well-qualified to serve on our Board.

Charles C. Reardon has served as a director on our Board since our Initial Public Offering. Mr. Reardon is the Senior Managing Director of Asgaard Capital LLC, a boutique advisory firm focused on serving middle market companies and their owners, as well as a Financial Industry Regulatory Authority ("FINRA") registered general securities representative with Chessicap Securities, Inc. since November 2011, a FINRA licensed broker dealer. Mr. Reardon has more than 25 years of experience in directing operational and financial restructurings, healthy and distressed mergers and acquisitions, debt and equity capital financings and real estate development. Prior to founding Asgaard Capital in August 2011, Mr. Reardon was a partner in the investment banking affiliates of Carl Marks & Co., a middle-market merchant bank headquartered in New York, from June 2009 to August 2011. Before that, from January 2002 to June 2009 he held various positions at Houlihan Lokey and was a member of its globally recognized Financial Restructuring Group.

Mr. Reardon holds a B.A. with highest distinction from the University of Virginia and a J.D. from Yale Law School. We believe his extensive knowledge of real estate development, background in financial services, and his leadership experience make Mr. Reardon well-qualified to serve on our Board.

Christopher E. Wilson has served as a director on our Board since July 2012 and since 1995 has been a Partner of Stonehill Capital Management LLC, a financial investment advisory firm specializing in stressed, distressed and other opportunistic investments. In addition to his primary role as a portfolio manager, he also helps manage Stonehill's operations as one of its most senior principals. Mr. Wilson began his career at GE Capital's Corporate Finance Group and then joined RP Companies, a private equity firm specializing in the cable television and media fields. Mr. Wilson holds a B.A. in government from the University of Notre Dame. We believe Mr. Wilson's extensive background in corporate strategy, finance, business analysis and acquisitions make him well-qualified to serve on our Board.

There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

Our Board currently consists of seven members. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the Board and that, so long as either Monarch or Stonehill has the right to nominate two directors or the Principal Investors own, in the aggregate, at least 20% of our shares of common stock outstanding, the Board will not increase its size without the consent of the nominee(s) of such Principal Investor(s). Our directors hold office until their successors have been elected and qualified or appointed, or the earlier of their death, resignation or removal. Vacancies on the Board are filled by a majority of the directors then in office, and not by the stockholders. Vacancies caused by loss of a Principal Investor nominee (such nomination rights described further below) will be filled at the direction of such Principal Investor. Each of our directors is elected annually. Directors may be removed with or without cause by a majority vote of the shares of our common stock then outstanding. See "Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Organization—Provisions of our charter documents or Delaware law could delay, discourage or prevent an acquisition of our Company, even if the acquisition would be beneficial to our shareholders, and could make it more difficult for shareholders to change our management."

All members of our Board, except Mr. Bass, have been determined by the Board to be independent under the rules of the New York Stock Exchange. In making this determination, the Board has affirmed that each of the independent directors meets the objective requirements for independence set forth by the New York Stock Exchange. The independent directors are Patrick J. Bartels, Jr., Michelle MacKay, Darius G. Nevin, Stephen D. Plavin, Charles C. Reardon and Christopher E. Wilson. Mr. Bass is not independent because he is the Company's Chief Executive Officer.

In evaluating and determining the independence of the directors, the Board considered that the Company may have certain relationships with its directors. Specifically, the Board considered that Mr. Bartels is an affiliate of Monarch, which owns approximately 27.9% of our outstanding common stock as of April 23, 2014. The Board determined that this relationship does not impair Mr. Bartels' independence. The Board also considered that Mr. Wilson is an affiliate of Stonehill, which owns approximately 25.4% of our outstanding common stock as of April 23, 2014. The Board determined that this relationship does not impair Mr. Wilson's independence.

On July 24, 2013, in connection with our Initial Public Offering, we entered into stockholders agreements with the Principal Investors, pursuant to which for so long as a Principal Investor holds at least 60% of the shares of our common stock held by it at the consummation of our Initial Public Offering, such Principal Investor will have the right to nominate two directors to the Board and one director to each Board committee (subject to applicable independence requirements of each committee). When a Principal Investor owns less than 60%, but at least 20%, of the shares of our common stock held by it at the consummation of our Initial Public Offering, such Principal Investor will be entitled to nominate one director to the Board and each Board committee (subject to applicable independence requirements of each committee). As of April 23, 2014, each of the Principal Investors held more than 60% of the shares of our common stock held by it at the consummation of our Initial Public Offering. In addition, we have agreed to use commercially reasonable efforts to take all necessary and desirable actions within our control to cause the election, removal and replacement of such directors in accordance with the stockholders agreements and applicable law. Each Principal Investor has agreed to vote for the other's Board nominees in accordance with the terms of a separate voting agreement between the Principal Investors. See "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Stockholders Agreements."

Monarch nominated Mr. Nevin and Mr. Bartels to serve on the Board and Stonehill nominated Mr. Reardon and Mr. Wilson to serve on the Board.

The positions of Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer are presently separate and have historically been separate at the Company. We believe that separating these positions allows our Chief Executive Officer to focus on our day-to-day business, while allowing the Chairman of the Board to lead the Board in its fundamental role of providing advice to and independent oversight of management. Our Board recognizes the time, effort and energy that the Chief Executive Officer is required to devote to his position in the current business environment, as well as the commitment required to serve as our Chairman, particularly as the Board's oversight responsibilities continue to grow. While our Bylaws and Corporate Governance Guidelines do not require that our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer positions be separate, our Board believes that having separate positions is the appropriate leadership structure for us at this time and demonstrates our commitment to good corporate governance.

Risk assessment and oversight are an integral part of our governance and management processes. Our Board encourages management to promote a culture that incorporates risk management into our corporate strategy and day-to-day business operations. Management discusses strategic and operational risks at regular management meetings, and conducts specific strategic planning and review sessions during the year that include a focused discussion and analysis of the risks facing us. Throughout the year, senior management reviews these risks with the Board at regular Board meetings as part of management presentations that focus on particular business functions, operations or strategies, and presents the steps taken by management to mitigate or eliminate such risks. Our Board does not have a standing risk management committee, but rather administers this oversight function directly through our Board as a whole, as well as through various standing committees of our Board that address risks inherent in their respective areas of oversight. In particular, our Board is responsible for monitoring and assessing strategic risk exposure, our Audit Committee is responsible for overseeing our major financial risk exposures and the steps our management has taken to monitor and control these exposures and our Compensation Committee assesses and monitors whether any of our compensation policies and programs has the potential to encourage unnecessary risk-taking. In addition, our Audit Committee oversees the performance of our internal audit function and considers and approves or

disapproves any related party transactions and our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee monitors the effectiveness of our Corporate Governance Guidelines.

The standing committees of our Board consist of the Audit Committee, Compensation Committee, Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and Land Sub-Committee (the "Land Committee"). In connection with our Initial Public Offering, the Board adopted amended written charters for the Audit Committee, Compensation Committee and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, which are available on our website. From time to time, special committees may be established under the direction of our Board when necessary to address specific issues. The information contained in, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference and is not a part of this prospectus.

Pursuant to the stockholders agreements described above and subject to applicable rules and regulations of the New York Stock Exchange, the Principal Investors will each have the right to appoint a member to each committee of the Board so long as such Principal Investor holds at least 20% of the shares of our common stock held by it at the consummation of our Initial Public Offering.

All members of the Audit Committee, Compensation Committee and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee are independent directors. The table below sets forth the membership of the Board's standing committees.

The Board and the Audit Committee, Compensation Committee and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee met as follows during the year ended December 31, 2013:

During 2013, each Director attended at least 75% of the aggregate of all meetings of the Board and meetings of the committees on which the Director served during the period in which he or she served as a Director.

The independent directors meet in regularly scheduled executive sessions without management. Mr. Plavin, as the independent Chairman of the Board, presides over all executive sessions at which he is present. Currently, we do not maintain a formal policy regarding director attendance at the annual meeting; however, we encourage our directors to attend the meeting absent compelling circumstances.

Our Audit Committee consists of Mr. Nevin, who serves as chair of the committee, Ms. MacKay and Mr. Reardon. Monarch and Stonehill nominated Mr. Nevin and Mr. Reardon, respectively, to serve on our Audit Committee. All members of our Audit Committee meet the requirements for financial literacy under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange. Our Board has determined that Mr. Nevin is an "audit committee financial expert" as defined under the applicable rules of the SEC and has the requisite financial sophistication as defined under the applicable rules and regulations of the New York Stock Exchange. Under the rules of the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange, members of the Audit Committee must also meet independence standards under Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act. Each member of the Audit Committee is an independent director under the rules of the New York Stock Exchange relating to Audit Committee independence.

Our Compensation Committee consists of Mr. Wilson, who serves as chair of the committee, Mr. Bartels and Mr. Plavin. Monarch and Stonehill nominated Mr. Bartels and Mr. Wilson, respectively, to serve on our Compensation Committee. Each of the members of our Compensation Committee is an independent director under the rules of the New York Stock Exchange and a "non-employee director" as defined in Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act.

Our Compensation Committee reviews and recommends policies relating to compensation and benefits of our officers, directors and employees. The Compensation Committee is responsible for, among other things:

Our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee consists of Ms. MacKay, who serves as chair of the committee, Mr. Bartels and Mr. Reardon. Monarch and Stonehill nominated Mr. Bartels and Mr. Reardon, respectively, to serve on our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. Each of the members of our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee are independent directors under the rules of the New York Stock Exchange.

The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee is responsible for, among other things:

Under our stockholders agreements, for so long as a Principal Investor holds at least 60% of the shares of our common stock held by it at the consummation of our Initial Public Offering, such Principal Investor is entitled to nominate two directors for election to the Board, and for so long as a Principal Investor holds less than 60% but at least 20% of the shares of our common stock held by it at the consummation of our Initial Public Offering, such Principal Investor is entitled to nominate one director for election to the Board. Vacancies caused by loss of a Principal Investor nominee will be filled at the direction of such Principal Investor.

Apart from any directors nominated by the Principal Investors, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee is responsible for searching for qualified director candidates for election to the Board and filling vacancies on the Board. To facilitate the search process, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee may solicit current directors and executives of the Company for the names of potentially qualified candidates or ask directors and executives to pursue their own business contacts for the names of potentially qualified candidates. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee may also consult with outside advisors or retain search firms to assist in the search for qualified candidates, or consider director candidates recommended by our stockholders. Once potential candidates are identified, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee reviews the backgrounds of those candidates, evaluates candidates' independence from the Company and potential conflicts of interest and determines if candidates meet the qualifications desired by the committee of candidates for election as director.

The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee is responsible for reviewing with the Board, on an annual basis, the appropriate characteristics, skills and experience required for the Board as a whole and its individual members. In evaluating the suitability of individual candidates (both new candidates and current members), the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, in recommending candidates for election, will take into account many factors, including the following:

Apart from the right of each Principal Investor to nominate one or two directors to the Board, as the case may be, director candidates recommended by our stockholders will be considered in the same manner as recommendations by directors, executives, outside advisors or search firms, except that the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee may consider, as one of the factors in its evaluation of stockholder recommended nominees, the size and duration of the interest of the recommending stockholder or stockholder group in the equity of the Company.

Our Land Committee consists of Mr. Bass, who serves as chair of the committee, Mr. Bartels, Mr. Nevin and Mr. Wilson. Monarch and Stonehill nominated Mr. Bartels and Mr. Wilson, respectively, to serve on our Land Committee.

In July 2012, the Board established a Land Committee, which directly reports to the Board. The Land Committee meets to review potential land acquisitions. Land acquisitions require the approval of the Company's Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, the Land Committee and/or the Board, depending on maximum investment thresholds and estimated project duration. For investments of $10.0 million or less and estimated project duration of five years or less, we require the approval of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer. For investments greater than $10.0 million and less than or equal to $25.0 million and estimated project duration of seven years or less, we require the approval of our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and the Land Committee. For investments that are greater than $25.0 million and any joint venture, regardless of project duration, we require the approval of our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and the full Board. The Land Committee is intended to function as an additional governance and approval mechanism for executive management's land acquisition policies and procedures.

Our Compensation Committee consists of Mr. Wilson, who serves as chair, Mr. Bartels and Mr. Plavin. Ms. MacKay served on the Compensation Committee in 2013 prior to the consummation of our Initial Public Offering. None of the members of our Compensation Committee has been one of our officers or employees. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past fiscal year has served, as a member of the Board or Compensation Committee, or other committee serving an equivalent function, of any entity that has one or more executive officers who serve as members of our Board or our Compensation Committee. We have entered into an indemnification agreement with each of our directors, including Mr. Wilson, Mr. Bartels, and Mr. Plavin, who comprise our current Compensation Committee. See "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Indemnification Agreements."

We have adopted a written Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to all of our employees, officers and directors, including those officers responsible for financial reporting. Our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is available on our website. We intend to satisfy any disclosure requirements pursuant to Item 5.05 of Form 8-K and New York Stock Exchange rules regarding any amendment to, or a waiver from, certain provisions of our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics by posting such information on our website. The information contained in, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference and is not a part of this prospectus.

Unless specifically set forth in this section captioned "Director Compensation," the tabular and other disclosure herein regarding director compensation (including, without limitation, the number of shares and share price for equity awards related to periods prior to the consummation of our Initial Public Offering) give effect to the 10.3 for 1 stock split that occurred on July 22, 2013.

The following table sets forth information for the year ended December 31, 2013 regarding the compensation awarded to, or earned by, our non-employee directors who served on our Board during 2013.

(1): Represents quarterly payments of an annual retainer for board membership, quarterly payments of an annual retainer for services as chair of the audit committee, quarterly payments of a retainer fee for Land Committee membership through the date of our Initial Public Offering, and attendance fees for board and committee meetings. Such fees are paid directly to Monarch Alternative Capital LP and not to the director individually. During 2013, Mr. Bartels served as a managing principal at Monarch Alternative Capital LP, an investment advisor to certain funds that hold our common stock.
(2): Represents quarterly payments of an annual retainer for board membership, quarterly payments of a prorated annual retainer for service as chair of the nominating and corporate governance committee and attendance fees for board and committee meetings.
(3): The amounts reported in the Stock Awards column represent the aggregate modification date fair value of the WCI Communities, Inc. 2013 Director Long Term Incentive Plan (the "Director LTIP") award granted during February 2013 and amended in June 2013 (effective the day immediately following our Initial Public Offering) computed in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification 718 ("FASB ASC 718"), disregarding our estimate of forfeitures. These amounts may not correspond to the actual value that will be realized by the non-employee director with respect to such awards. The assumptions used in the valuation of this modified award are set forth in Note 17 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

As described below under "—Narrative Disclosure Relating to the 2013 Director Compensation Table—Long-Term Incentive Plan," awards granted under the Director LTIP vested 25% on July 25, 2013 and will vest 18.75% on December 31 of each of 2014 through 2017, subject to accelerated vesting upon a change in control or termination of service if the participant is not nominated for reelection or is otherwise involuntarily removed by us from our Board (and such failure to nominate or involuntary removal was without cause). As of December 31, 2013, Mr. Plavin held 12 vested Director LTIP awards (all of which represent a vested right to receive 13,087 shares of common stock upon settlement) and 36 unvested Director LTIP awards (all of which represent an unvested right to receive 39,261 shares of common stock upon settlement). As of December 31, 2013, Ms. MacKay held eight vested Director LTIP awards (all of which represent a vested right to receive 8,725 shares of common stock upon settlement) and 24 unvested Director LTIP awards (all of which represent an unvested right to receive 26,173 shares of common stock upon settlement). Other than such unvested Director LTIP awards held by Mr. Plavin and Ms. MacKay, there are no unvested stock or unexercised option awards held as of December 31, 2013 by the non-employee directors.

(4): Represents quarterly payments of a prorated annual retainer for board membership, a quarterly payment of a prorated annual retainer for services as chair of the audit committee, and attendance fees for board and committee meetings.
(5): Represents quarterly payments of an annual retainer for board membership, quarterly payments of an annual retainer for service as Chairman of the Board, and attendance fees for board and committee meetings.
(6): Represents quarterly payments of a prorated annual retainer for board membership and attendance fees for board and committee meetings.
(7): Represents quarterly payments of an annual retainer for board membership, quarterly payments of a prorated annual retainer for services as chair of the compensation committee, quarterly payments of a retainer for Land Committee membership through the date of our Initial Public Offering and attendance fees for board and committee meetings. Such fees were paid directly to either Stonehill Institutional Partners, L.P. or Stonehill Capital Management LLC and not to the director individually. During 2013, Mr. Wilson served as a partner of Stonehill Capital Management LLC, which, by contract, is the investment advisor for our stockholder, Stonehill Institutional Partners, L.P.

In 2013, each of our non-employee directors received an annual cash retainer fee of $50,000, paid quarterly in equal installments of $12,500, for his or her services as a director, in some cases, pro-rated to the extent any director did not serve a full quarter. Each of our non-employee directors received a board meeting fee of $1,000 for each meeting attended. The directors serving in the capacity of the Chairman of our Board, chair of our Audit Committee, chair of our Compensation Committee and chair of our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee were each entitled to an additional $10,000 annual retainer fee, paid quarterly in equal installments of $2,500, for such services, pro-rated to the extent any chair did not serve a full year term. Additionally, each member of the Audit Committee and Compensation Committee received a committee meeting fee of $500 for each committee meeting attended. Further, through the date of our Initial Public Offering, each member of the Land Committee received a retainer fee, paid quarterly in equal installments of $2,500, pro-rated to the extent any member did not serve the full applicable period. Following the date of our Initial Public Offering, each member of the Land Committee no longer received a retainer fee and instead received

a committee meeting fee of $500 for each committee meeting at which the Land Committee took action by a vote of its members regarding or otherwise related to any land acquisition. In addition, in connection with our Initial Public Offering, we established a pricing committee and each member of the pricing committee received a committee meeting fee of $500 for each committee meeting attended.

On February 5, 2013, the Company adopted a long-term incentive plan for non-employee directors, the WCI Communities, Inc. Director LTIP and, on June 14, 2013, the Company amended the Director LTIP, effective as of the day immediately following our Initial Public Offering, to further its long term incentive compensation goals. Such long-term incentive plan is designed to provide the participants with the ability to participate in the increase in the value of the Company through payments based on equity value. The Director LTIP provides selected non-employee directors with the opportunity to receive a payment on the earlier of a change in control and the fifth anniversary of the effective date of the Director LTIP. Under the Director LTIP, each vested Director LTIP award will generally be entitled to receive approximately 1,090.6 shares of our common stock upon settlement (or, if settled upon a change in control, the same form of consideration that the Company's stockholders receive in relation thereto). Awards granted under the Director LTIP vested 25% on July 25, 2013 and will vest 18.75% on December 31 of each of 2014 through 2017, subject to accelerated vesting (as described below) upon a change in control or termination of service if the participant is not nominated for reelection or is otherwise involuntarily removed by us from our Board (and such failure to nominate or involuntary removal was without cause). Upon a change of control, 100% of the outstanding awards will vest. Upon termination of a participant's services due to such participant not being nominated for reelection or being otherwise involuntarily removed by us from our Board (and such failure to nominate or involuntary removal was without cause), a prorated portion of unvested Director LTIP awards that would have otherwise vested on the immediately subsequent vesting date following termination of service will vest (based on months of service in the year of termination) and thereafter such participant will be entitled to retain the vested portion of his or her award under the Director LTIP and the remaining unvested portion will be forfeited; provided that, in the event of a change in control within six (6) months of such a termination, such participant will also be entitled to retain all unvested portions of his or her award that would have otherwise been forfeited. Upon termination of a participant's services by the participant due to voluntary resignation or a voluntary decision not to stand for reelection, such participant will be entitled to retain the vested portion of his or her award under the Director LTIP and the unvested portion will be forfeited. Upon termination of a participant's services for cause, such participant will forfeit his or her entire award under the Director LTIP. Upon termination of a participant's services for any reason not described above, such participant will be entitled to retain the vested portion of his or her award under the Director LTIP and the unvested portion will be forfeited; provided that, in the event of a change in control within six (6) months of such a termination, such participant will also be entitled to retain all unvested portions of his or her award that would have otherwise been forfeited.

On February 5, 2013, the Company awarded 48 Director LTIP awards to Mr. Plavin and 32 Director LTIP awards to Ms. MacKay, and, prior to our Initial Public Offering, the Company amended such awards, effective as of the day immediately following our Initial Public Offering, to reflect the terms and conditions described herein. No other awards have been granted under the Director LTIP.

The discussion below includes a review of our compensation decisions with respect to 2013 for our "named executive officers," including our principal executive officer and our two other most highly compensated executive officers.

Unless specifically set forth in this section captioned "Executive Compensation," the discussion herein regarding executive compensation (including, without limitation, the number of shares and share price for equity awards related to periods prior to the consummation of our Initial Public Offering) give effect to a 10.3 for 1 stock split that occurred on July 22, 2013.

The following table shows information regarding the compensation of our named executive officers for services performed in the year ended December 31, 2013.

Name and Principal Position

Keith E. Bass	2013	440,000	344,384	(1)	7,651,022	(2)	792,000	(3)	87,825	(4)	9,315,231
President and Chief	2012	108,313	—		487,500		—		1,500		597,313
Executive Officer
Russell Devendorf	2013	275,000	124,500	(1)	2,040,272	(2)	198,000	(3)	1,547		2,639,319
Senior Vice President	2012	275,000	134,500		—		188,698		3,313		601,511
and Chief Financial
Officer
Paul J. Erhardt	2013	220,833	60,000	(1)	2,040,272	(2)	240,000	(3)	2,759		2,563,864
Senior Vice President	2012	200,000	55,000		—		171,544		2,012		428,556
of Homebuilding and
Development;
President, South
Region

(1): Amount shown represents the annual cash incentives with respect to the subjective component of the 2013 MICP (as defined below) for the applicable named executive officer and an additional discretionary bonus for each of Mr. Bass and Mr. Devendorf. For a discussion of the bases for the determination of these amounts, please read "Annual Cash Incentives" below.
(2): Amount shown represents the aggregate modification date fair value of the WCI Communities, Inc. 2013 Long Term Incentive Plan (the "Employee LTIP") award granted during January 2013 and amended in June 2013 (effective the day immediately following our Initial Public Offering) computed in accordance with FASB ASC 718, disregarding our estimate of forfeitures. This amount may not correspond to the actual value that will be realized by the named executive officer with respect to such award. The assumptions used in the valuation of this modified award are set forth in Note 17 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. As described below under "—Narrative Disclosure Relating to the 2013 Summary Compensation Table—Elements of Compensation—Long-Term Equity Incentives," awards granted under the Employee LTIP (i) vested 25% on July 25, 2013 and 15% on December 31, 2013 (subject to

In 2013, we compensated our named executive officers through a combination of base salary, annual cash incentives, long-term equity incentives in the form of awards under the Employee LTIP, and other perquisites and benefits as described below.

The named executive officers receive a base salary to compensate them for services rendered to the Company. The base salary payable to each named executive officer is intended to provide a fixed component of compensation reflecting the executive's skill set, experience, role and responsibilities.

In 2013, the Company sponsored the 2013 WCI Management Incentive Compensation Plan (the "2013 MICP"). Under the 2013 MICP, key executives, including the named executive officers, were eligible to receive a bonus consisting of two components: (1) an objective component based on Company performance goals (consisting of 80% of the bonus potential) and (2) a subjective component based on individual performance goals (consisting of 20% of the bonus potential). The objective component for each named executive officer is based on two financial objectives: (1) 2013 EBITDA Financial Objective (75% of the objective component) and (2) 2013 Land Acquisition Financial Objective (25% of the objective component). The target bonuses under the 2013 MICP for Mr. Bass, Mr. Devendorf and Mr. Erhardt were $660,000, $165,000 and $200,000, respectively.

Each named executive officer was eligible to receive payout of a certain portion of the 2013 MICP related to each financial objective upon the attainment of a specified performance level with respect to such objective (provided that a specified payout based on land acquisitions could be obtained if one of the two specified performance levels related thereto was exceeded and the other was not obtained). The performance levels and payout amounts with respect to each financial objective under the 2013 MICP are summarized in the table below.

Based on 2013 performance relative to each financial objective, our Compensation Committee approved the Company's payouts at 150% of target bonus for such objectives. Specifically, 2013 performance with respect to each financial performance objective is summarized in the table below.

(1)

EBITDA is not a measure determined in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of the calculation of the actual performance level under the 2013 MICP, EBITDA included certain adjustments for unique items with respect to 2013, which were approved by our Compensation Committee.

EBITDA calculated for such purpose, which we refer to herein as the 2013 MICP EBITDA, measures performance by adjusting net income attributable to common shareholders of WCI Communities, Inc. to exclude interest expense, capitalized interest in cost of sales, income taxes and depreciation, as well as preferred stock dividends, expenses related to early repayment of debt, certain stock-based and other non-cash long-term incentive compensation expense and certain incremental incentive compensation expense. We believe that the presentation of the 2013 MICP EBITDA provides useful information to investors and other interested parties because it assists those parties and us when analyzing the performance and compensation of our named executive officers. We also believe that the 2013 MICP EBITDA is useful as a measure of comparative operating performance from period to period for purposes of determining incentive compensation as it is reflective of changes in pricing decisions, cost controls and other factors that affect operating performance, and it removes the effect of our capital structure (such as preferred stock dividends and interest expense), asset base (primarily depreciation), items outside of our control (primarily income taxes) and the volatility related to the timing and extent of non-operating activities. Accordingly, we believe that this measure is useful for comparing general operating performance from period to period. Although we use the 2013 MICP EBITDA as a financial measure to assess the performance of our named executive officers, its use is limited because it does not include (a) certain material costs, such as interest and income taxes, necessary to operate our business, or (b) certain unique costs incurred during the year ended December 31, 2013, including expenses related to our Initial Public Offering. The 2013 MICP EBITDA should be considered in addition to, and not as a substitute for, net income (loss) in accordance with GAAP as a measure of performance. Our presentation of the 2013 MICP EBITDA should not be construed as an indication that our future results will be unaffected by unusual or nonrecurring items or that the 2013 MICP EBITDA or any similar financial measure will be calculated in the same manner as set forth herein for purposes of any future bonus or other compensation-related evaluation. The 2013 MICP EBITDA measure has limitations as an analytical tool and investors and other interested parties should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analyses of our results as reported under GAAP. Some such limitations are:

•: it does not reflect the impact of earnings or charges resulting from matters that we consider not to be indicative of our ongoing operations;
•: it is not adjusted for all non-cash income or expense items that are reflected in our consolidated statements of cash flows;
•: it does not reflect the interest expense necessary to service our debt; and

With respect to the objective components of the 2013 MICP, Mr. Bass, Mr. Devendorf and Mr. Erhardt received bonus payments equal to $792,000, $198,000 and $240,000, respectively.

In addition to such payments, the Board approved the payment of bonuses under the subjective component of the 2013 MICP based on individual performance and, as a result, Mr. Bass, Mr. Devendorf and Mr. Erhardt received bonus payments under the subjective component of the 2013 MICP of $198,000, $49,500 and $60,000, respectively. The subjective component for the CEO was based on the Board's discretionary determination of the CEO's individual performance during 2013. The subjective component for each named executive officer, other than the CEO, was based on the Board's discretionary determination of such named executive officer's individual performance during 2013, after receiving and taking into account recommendations from the CEO. The Board also awarded Mr. Bass and Mr. Devendorf discretionary bonuses in respect of 2013 in amounts equal to $146,384 and $75,000, respectively.

The named executive officers generally must have been employed through December 31, 2013 to receive payments under the 2013 MICP. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, the named executive officers could have been entitled to earlier payment upon termination following a change in control (at the greater of target bonus and bonus based on actual performance) and could have been entitled to a pro-rated payment following termination due to death or disability, or as otherwise set forth in any applicable employment agreement.

On June 14, 2013, we adopted, the WCI Communities, Inc. Senior Executive Incentive Bonus Plan (the "Executive Bonus Plan"), effective as of the day immediately prior to our Initial Public Offering. The Executive Bonus Plan is designed to (a) provide an incentive for superior work and to motivate covered key executives toward even greater achievement and business results, (b) tie key executives' goals and interests to those of us and our stockholders and (c) enable us to attract and retain highly qualified executives. The Executive Bonus Plan is an incentive bonus plan under which certain key executives, including our named executive officers, may be eligible to receive bonus payments with respect to a specified period (for example, our fiscal year). Bonuses will generally be payable under the Executive Bonus Plan upon the attainment of pre-established performance goals. Notwithstanding the foregoing, we may pay bonuses (including, without limitation, bonuses based on non-pre-established performance goals and discretionary bonuses) to participants under the Executive Bonus Plan based upon such other terms and conditions as our Compensation Committee may in its discretion determine (including under a sub-plan of the Executive Bonus Plan). No awards were made to any named executive officer under the Executive Bonus Plan in 2013, but the named executive officers will be eligible to receive certain bonuses under the Executive Bonus Plan (or a sub-plan thereof) with respect to 2014.

On January 16, 2013, the Company adopted a long-term incentive plan for employees, the Employee LTIP, and on June 14, 2013, the Company amended the Employee LTIP, effective as of the day immediately following our Initial Public Offering, to further its long term incentive compensation goals. Such long-term incentive plan is designed to provide the participants with the ability to participate in the increase in the value of the Company through payment of bonuses based on equity value. The Employee LTIP provides certain employees with the eligibility to receive a payment on the earlier of a change in control and the fifth anniversary of the effective date of the Employee LTIP. Under the Employee LTIP, each vested Employee LTIP award will generally be entitled to receive approximately 1,090.6 shares of our common stock upon settlement (or, if settled upon a change in control, the same form of consideration that the Company's stockholders receive in relation thereto). Awards granted under the Employee LTIP vested 25% on July 25, 2013 and 15% on December 31, 2013 (subject to forfeiture as described below) and will vest 15% on December 31 of each of 2014 through 2017, subject to accelerated vesting (as described below) upon a change in control or a termination of employment by the Company without cause or by the participant for good reason. Upon a change of control, 100% of the outstanding awards will vest. Upon termination of a participant's employment by the Company without cause or by the participant for good reason, 50% of the unvested portion of his award will vest and thereafter such participant will be entitled to retain the vested portion of his award and the remaining unvested portion will be forfeited; provided that, in the event of a change in control within six (6) months of such a termination, such participant will also be entitled to retain all unvested portions of his award that would have otherwise been forfeited. Upon termination of a participant's employment as a result of death or disability, such participant will be entitled to retain the vested portion of his award under the Employee LTIP and the unvested portion will be forfeited; provided that, in the event of a change in control within six (6) months of such a termination, such participant will also be entitled to retain all unvested portions of his award that would have otherwise been forfeited. Upon termination of a participant's employment for cause, such participant will forfeit his entire award under the Employee LTIP. Upon a termination of participant's employment for any reason not described above, such participant will retain the vested portion of his award under the Employee LTIP (other than the portion of his award that vested on December 31, 2013) and the portion of his award that vested on December 31, 2013 and any other unvested portion will be forfeited.

On January 16, 2013, the Company awarded 450 Employee LTIP awards to Mr. Bass, 120 Employee LTIP awards to Mr. Devendorf and 120 Employee LTIP awards to Mr. Erhardt, and, prior to our Initial Public Offering, the Company amended such awards, effective as of the day immediately following our Initial Public Offering, to reflect the terms and conditions described herein. No other awards have been granted under the Employee LTIP to our named executive officers.

On June 26, 2013, we adopted the WCI Communities, Inc. 2013 Incentive Award Plan (the "2013 Equity Plan"), effective as of June 28, 2013. The principal purpose of the 2013 Equity Plan is to attract, retain and motivate selected employees, consultants and directors through the granting of stock-based compensation awards and cash-based performance bonus awards. The 2013 Equity Plan is also designed to permit us to make equity-based awards and cash-based awards intended to qualify as "performance-based compensation" under Section 162(m) of the Code. The 2013 Equity Plan provides for the grant of, among other things, stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, deferred stock, deferred stock units, stock appreciation rights (or "SARs"), dividend equivalents, performance awards and stock payments. While certain awards under the 2013 Equity Plan were granted to employees, we did not grant awards under the 2013 Equity Plan to any named executive officer in 2013.

The Company currently also sponsors another equity incentive plan, the WCI Communities, Inc. Long Term Equity Incentive Plan (the "2010 Equity Plan"). No named executive officers received equity awards in 2013 under the 2010 Equity Plan and, given the Company's adoption of the 2013 Equity Plan, we do not expect to make any further grants under the 2010 Equity Plan.

The Company currently provides Mr. Bass with a monthly automobile, apartment and living allowance of up to $7,000 per month. In 2013, Mr. Bass received a total of $18,000 for the automobile allowance and a total of $66,000 for the apartment and living allowance.

The Company currently provides our named executive officers the opportunity to participate in an Executive Physical Program paid for by the Company. In 2013, no named executive officer participated in this program.

Our named executive officers may participate in the WCI Communities, Inc. 401(k) and Retirement Plan (the "401(k) Plan"). The 401(k) Plan currently provides for a matching contribution of 25% of the first 6% of each of the participant's elected deferrals during the year. In 2013, Mr. Bass, Mr. Devendorf and Mr. Erhardt participated in the 401(k) Plan, each receiving matching contributions in the amounts of $3,825, $1,547 and $2,759, respectively.

Our compensation program does not include any other material benefits or perquisites for our named executive officers, other than participation in benefit programs that are generally available to our employees.

As of December 31, 2013, we were a party to employment agreements with Mr. Bass (dated November 29, 2012), Mr. Devendorf (dated August 29, 2012) and Mr. Erhardt (dated August 22, 2012), each of which is described directly below.

The initial term of employment of each of Mr. Bass, Mr. Devendorf and Mr. Erhardt under their respective employment agreements is three years from the effective date thereof, and is automatically extended for successive one-year periods, unless either party gives notice of non-extension to the other party no later than 60 days prior to the expiration of the then-applicable term.

Pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. Bass is entitled to an initial base salary of $440,000 and is eligible for an annual performance-based bonus, with a target bonus opportunity of 150% of base salary. Pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. Devendorf is entitled to an initial base salary of $275,000 and is eligible for an annual performance-based bonus. Pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. Erhardt is entitled to an initial base salary of $200,000 (which, for 2013, was increased to $220,833) and is eligible for an annual performance-based bonus. In addition, Mr. Bass' employment agreement provides for an automobile allowance and apartment and living expenses at a rate of up to $7,000 per month.

Mr. Bass' employment agreement also provides for certain equity and long-term incentive awards under the Employee LTIP and the 2010 Equity Plan. For a further description of any such awards that were granted in 2013, see above under "—Narrative Disclosure Relating to the 2013 Summary Compensation Table—Elements of Compensation—Long-Term Equity Incentives."

Each employment agreement provides for severance upon a termination by us without cause or by the named executive officer for good reason, for which (1) "cause" is defined generally as the named executive officer's termination of employment by the Company after the named executive officer's (a) commission of any felony or other act involving fraud, theft, misappropriation, dishonesty, or embezzlement, (b) commission of intentional acts that materially impair the goodwill of the business of the Company or cause material damage to its property, goodwill or business, (c) refusal to, or willful failure to, perform his material duties under the employment agreement, which refusal or failure continues for a period of fourteen (14) days following notice thereof by the Company to the named executive officer, or (d) violation of any written Company policies or procedures, which violation is not cured, to the extent susceptible to cure, within fourteen (14) days after the Company has given written notice to the named executive officer describing such violation; and (2) "good reason" is defined generally as the named executive officer's voluntary termination of employment after the occurrence, without the named executive officer's consent of (w) a material reduction in the named executive officer's base salary, excluding any such reduction that affects our employees generally, or our intentional failure to pay such base salary when due; (x) an action by us that results in a material adverse change in the named executive officer's title, duties or responsibilities; (y) a requirement by us that the named executive officer change his principal place of employment to a location outside of a fifty (50)-mile radius of Bonita Springs, Florida, subject to required travel; or (z) a change in control, which results in a material reduction in the named executive officer's opportunity to earn a bonus pursuant to the Company's annual cash incentive bonus plan in place immediately prior to a change in control.

Upon a termination of Mr. Bass' employment by us without cause or by reason of his resignation for good reason (other than in connection with a change in control), Mr. Bass is entitled to severance consisting of (a) six (6) months' base salary, payable in installments, (b) any accrued, but unpaid bonus for any prior performance period, (c) 50% of his target bonus for the year of termination, (d) a pro-rated bonus based on actual results for the year of termination, and (e) continued coverage under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act ("COBRA") at the active employee rate for up to six (6) months. Further, if Mr. Bass so elects, he will, in exchange for the extension of his restrictive covenants for an additional six (6)-month period, be entitled to continued base salary payments for an additional six (6) months, a lump sum payment of an additional 50% of his target bonus for the year of termination and continued COBRA coverage at the active employee rate for up to an additional six (6) months. If Mr. Bass' employment is terminated by us without cause or by reason of his resignation for good reason in connection with a change in control (i.e., within six (6) months prior to or two (2) years following such change in control), Mr. Bass is entitled to severance consisting of (i) a lump sum payment of eighteen (18) months' base salary (based on the greater of the salary in place at either the date of termination or the date of the change in control), (ii) any accrued, but unpaid bonus for any prior performance period, (iii) a lump sum payment of 150% his target bonus (based on the greater of the target bonus for the year of termination or the immediately prior year), (iv) a pro-rated bonus based on actual results for the year of termination (but based on target if actual results are not calculable upon a change in control) and (v) continued COBRA coverage at the Company's expense for up to eighteen (18) months.

Upon a termination of either Mr. Devendorf's or Mr. Erhardt's employment by us without cause or by reason of his resignation for good reason (other than in connection with a change in control), Mr. Devendorf or Mr. Erhardt, as applicable, is entitled to severance consisting of (a) six (6) months' of base salary, payable in installments, (b) any accrued but unpaid bonus for any prior performance period, (c) 50% of his target bonus for the year of termination, (d) a pro-rated bonus based on actual results for the year of termination, and (e) continued COBRA coverage at the active employee rate for up to six (6) months. If either Mr. Devendorf's or Mr. Erhardt's employment is terminated by us

without cause or by reason of his resignation for good reason in connection with a change in control (i.e., within six (6) months prior to or two (2) years following such change in control), Mr. Devendorf or Mr. Erhardt, as applicable, is entitled to severance consisting of (i) a lump sum payment of nine (9) months' base salary (based on the greater of the salary in place at either the date of termination or the date of the change in control), (ii) any accrued, but unpaid bonus for any prior performance period, (iii) a lump sum payment of 75% of his target bonus (based on the greater of the target bonus for the year of termination or the immediately prior year), (iv) a pro-rated bonus based on actual results for the year of termination (but based on target if actual results are not calculable upon a change in control) and (v) continued COBRA coverage at the Company's expense for up to nine (9) months.

In addition, each employment agreement provides for severance upon a termination of employment due to death or disability. Upon a termination of Mr. Bass' employment due to death or disability, Mr. Bass (or his beneficiary) is entitled to receive severance consisting of (a) five (5) months' base salary (payable in a lump sum if termination is due to death) reduced by any death or disability benefits, and (b) any accrued but unpaid bonus for any prior performance period. Upon a termination of either Mr. Devendorf's or Mr. Erhardt's employment due to death or disability, Mr. Devendorf or Mr. Erhardt (or his beneficiary), as applicable, is entitled to receive severance consisting of (i) three (3) months' base salary (payable in lump sum if termination is due to death) reduced by any death or disability benefits, and (ii) any accrued but unpaid bonus for any prior performance period.

Further, if we elect not to renew Mr. Bass' employment upon the completion of his term and he terminates his employment at the end of the term, then he is entitled to severance consisting of six (6) months' base salary.

Any severance payment payable to Mr. Bass, Mr. Devendorf or Mr. Erhardt pursuant to his respective employment agreement will be subject to the named executive officer's execution of a release of claims in favor of us.

Following termination of Mr. Bass' employment by us for cause or in connection with a change in control, or following our non-renewal of his term of employment, Mr. Bass will be subject to non-competition and non-solicitation restrictions for periods of six (6) months and twelve (12) months, respectively, following termination of employment. Following termination of Mr. Bass' employment by reason of his resignation without good reason, he will be subject to non-competition and non-solicitation restrictions for a twelve (12) month period following termination of employment. Finally, following termination of Mr. Bass' employment without cause or for good reason, Mr. Bass will be subject to non-competition and non-solicitation restrictions for a six (6) month period, subject to an additional six (6) month extension if Mr. Bass so elects as described in the summary of the severance provisions above.

Following any termination of either Mr. Devendorf's or Mr. Erhardt's employment prior to the end of his term, he will be subject to non-competition and non-solicitation restrictions for six (6) months following termination of employment.

Each of Mr. Bass', Mr. Devendorf's and Mr. Erhardt's employment agreements provide for a 280G "best net" provision, whereby all parties have agreed that, should any payment or benefit due to Mr. Bass, Mr. Devendorf or Mr. Erhardt pursuant to their respective employment agreement be deemed an excess parachute payment for purposes of Section 280G of the Code, such amounts will either be (a) delivered in full or (b) limited to the minimum extent necessary to ensure that no portion thereof will fail to be tax-deductible to us by reason of Section 280G, whichever of the foregoing amounts results in the receipt by the named executive officer of the greatest amount of payments and benefits.

The following table sets forth specified information concerning equity awards held by each of the named executive officers as of December 31, 2013.

(1): The market value of shares of common stock that have not vested and shares of common stock that are subject to unvested awards under the Employee LTIP is calculated based on the fair market value of our common stock as of the close of the market on December 31, 2013 ($19.09 per share).
(2): On November 29, 2014, 25,750 shares will vest and the remaining 25,750 will vest on December 1, 2015.
(3): Awards granted under the Employee LTIP to each of Mr. Bass, Mr. Devendorf and Mr. Erhardt (i) vested 25% on July 25, 2013 and 15% on December 31, 2013 (subject to forfeiture as described in this footnote) and (ii) will vest 15% on December 31 of each of 2014 through 2017, subject to accelerated vesting (as described below) upon a change in control or a termination of employment by the Company without cause or by the participant for good reason. Upon a change of control, 100% of the outstanding awards will vest. Upon termination of a participant's employment by the Company without cause or by the participant for good reason, 50% of the unvested portion of his award will vest and thereafter such participant will be entitled to retain the vested portion of his award under the Employee LTIP and the remaining unvested portion will be forfeited; provided that, in the event of a change in control within six (6) months of such a termination, such participant will also be entitled to retain all unvested portions of his award that would have otherwise been forfeited. Upon termination of a participant's employment as a result of death or disability, such participant will be entitled to retain the vested portion of his award under the Employee LTIP and the unvested portion will be forfeited; provided that, in the event of a change in control within six (6) months of such a termination, such participant will also be entitled to retain all unvested portions of his award that would have otherwise been forfeited. Upon termination of a participant's employment for cause, such participant will forfeit his entire award under the Employee LTIP. Upon a termination of a participant's employment for any reason not described above, such participant will retain the vested portion of his award under the Employee LTIP (other than the portion of his award that vested on December 31, 2013) and the portion of his award that vested on December 31, 2013 and any other unvested portion will be forfeited.

The number of shares underlying outstanding stock options, warrants and rights and number of shares remaining available for future issuance under the 2010 Equity Plan, 2013 Equity Plan, the Employee LTIP and the Director LTIP, as of December 31, 2013, are summarized in the table below.

The table below sets forth the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of April 23, 2014 (or such other date as indicated in the notes to this table) by (1) each person, or group of affiliated persons, known by us to be the beneficial owner of 5% or more of our outstanding common stock, (2) each of our directors, (3) each of our named executive officers and (4) all of our directors and executive officers as a group. The percentages are based on 25,975,991 shares of our common stock outstanding as of April 23, 2014. Unless otherwise indicated, the address of all directors and executive officers is c/o WCI Communities, Inc., 24301 Walden Center Drive, Bonita Springs, Florida 34134.

To our knowledge, each person named in the table has sole voting and investment power with respect to all of the securities shown as beneficially owned by such person, except as otherwise indicated in the notes to the table. The number of securities shown represents the number of securities the person "beneficially owns," as determined by the rules of the SEC. The SEC has defined "beneficial" ownership of a security to mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of voting power and/or investment power. A security holder is also deemed to be, as of any date, the beneficial owner of all securities that such security holder has the right to acquire within 60 days after that date through (1) the exercise of any option, warrant or right, (2) the conversion of a security, (3) the power to revoke a trust, discretionary account or similar arrangement, or (4) the automatic termination of a trust, discretionary account or similar arrangement.

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner

5% or more Stockholders:
Monarch Alternative Capital LP and certain of its advisory clients(1)	7,255,622	27.9	%
Stonehill Institutional Partners, L.P.(2)	6,595,676	25.4	%
WCI Communities, Inc. Creditor Trust(3)	1,393,075	5.4	%
Directors and Named Executive Officers:
Keith E. Bass(4)	179,500	*
Russell Devendorf(5)	67,017	*
Paul J. Erhardt(6)	3,500	*
Patrick J. Bartels, Jr.	—	—
Michelle MacKay(7)	8,158	*
Darius G. Nevin(8)	2,658	*
Stephen D. Plavin(9)	14,708	*
Charles C. Reardon(8)	2,658	*
Christopher E. Wilson(10)	6,595,676	25.4	%
All directors and executive officers as a group (13 persons)	6,995,114	26.9	%

(3): Represents (i) 489,250 shares issued pursuant to our plan of reorganization upon our emergence from bankruptcy in 2009 and (ii) 903,825 shares that were exchanged for all of our Series A preferred stock on July 3, 2013. The address for Ocean Ridge Capital Advisors, LLC, trustee of WCI Communities, Inc. Creditor Trust is 56 Harrison Street, Suite 203A, New Rochelle, New York 10801, Attention: Bradley E. Scher.
(4): The total shares held by Mr. Bass above include 76,500 shares of restricted stock that have not yet vested. On November 29, 2014, 25,750 shares will vest, on December 1, 2015, 25,750 will vest, and on February 20, 2017 the remaining 25,000 shares will vest. The total shares held by Mr. Bass above exclude any shares that may be received by him under the Employee LTIP following our Initial Public Offering. Under the Employee LTIP, Mr. Bass is eligible to receive up to 490,764 shares upon the earlier of a change in control or January 16, 2018. On July 25, 2013, 25% of Mr. Bass' award under the Employee LTIP, pursuant to which he is eligible to receive 122,691 shares, vested. On December 31, 2013, 15% of Mr. Bass' award under the Employee LTIP, pursuant to which he is eligible to receive 73,615 shares, vested (subject to forfeiture upon termination of employment by Mr. Bass without good reason). Awards granted under the Employee LTIP will continue to vest 15% on December 31 of each of 2014 through 2017, subject to accelerated vesting of (a) 100% of the awards upon a change in control and (b) 50% of all unvested awards upon termination of employment by the Company without cause or by the participant for good reason.
(5): The total shares held by Mr. Devendorf above include 7,000 shares of restricted stock that will vest on February 20, 2017. The total shares held by Mr. Devendorf above exclude any shares that may be received by him under the Employee LTIP following our Initial Public Offering. Under the Employee LTIP, Mr. Devendorf is eligible to receive up to 130,870 shares upon the earlier of a change in control or January 16, 2018. On July 25, 2013, 25% of Mr. Devendorf's award under the Employee LTIP, pursuant to which he is eligible to receive 32,718 shares, vested. On December 31, 2013, 15% of Mr. Devendorf's award under the Employee LTIP, pursuant to which he is eligible to receive 19,630 shares, vested (subject to forfeiture upon termination of employment by Mr. Devendorf without good reason). Awards granted under the Employee LTIP will continue to vest 15% on December 31 of each of 2014 through 2017, subject to accelerated vesting of (a) 100% of the awards upon a change in control and (b) 50% of all unvested awards upon termination of employment by the Company without cause or by the participant for good reason.
(6): The total shares held by Mr. Erhardt above include 3,500 shares of restricted stock that will vest on February 20, 2017. The total shares held by Mr. Erhardt above exclude any shares that may be received by him under the Employee LTIP following our Initial Public Offering. Under the Employee LTIP, Mr. Erhardt is eligible to receive up to 130,870 shares upon the earlier of a change in control or January 16, 2018. On July 25, 2013, 25% of Mr. Erhardt's award under the Employee LTIP, pursuant to which he is eligible to receive 32,718 shares, vested. On December 31, 2013, 15% of Mr. Erhardt's award under the Employee LTIP, pursuant to which he is eligible to receive 19,630 shares, vested (subject to forfeiture upon termination of employment by Mr. Erhardt without good reason). Awards granted under the Employee LTIP will continue to vest 15% on December 31 of each of 2014 through 2017, subject to accelerated vesting of (a) 100% of the awards upon a change in control and (b) 50% of all unvested awards upon termination of employment by the Company without cause or by the participant for good reason.

(7): The total shares held by Ms. MacKay include 2,658 shares of restricted stock that will vest on the first business day immediately prior to the Company's annual meeting of stockholders occurring in 2015, subject to Ms. MacKay's continued service on the Board. The total shares held by Ms. MacKay above exclude any shares that may be received by her under the Director LTIP following our Initial Public Offering. Under the Director LTIP, Ms. MacKay is eligible to receive up to 34,898 shares upon the earlier of a change in control or February 5, 2018. On July 25, 2013, 25% of Ms. MacKay's award under the Director LTIP, pursuant to which she is eligible to receive 8,725 shares, vested. Awards granted under the Director LTIP will continue to vest 18.75% on December 31 of each of 2014 through 2017, subject to accelerated vesting of (a) 100% of the awards upon a change in control and (b) a prorated portion of the unvested awards that would have otherwise vested on the immediately subsequent vesting date following termination of service if the participant is not nominated for reelection or is otherwise involuntarily removed by us from our Board (other than for cause).
(8): The total shares held by each of Mr. Nevin and Mr. Reardon include 2,658 shares of restricted stock that will vest on the first business day immediately prior to the Company's annual meeting of stockholders occurring in 2015, subject to each of Mr. Nevin's and Mr. Reardon's continued service on the Board.
(9): The total shares held by Mr. Plavin include 2,658 shares of restricted stock that will vest on the first business day immediately prior to the Company's annual meeting of stockholders occurring in 2015, subject to Mr. Plavin's continued service on the Board. The total shares held by Mr. Plavin above exclude any shares that may be received by him under the Director LTIP following our Initial Public Offering. Under the Director LTIP, Mr. Plavin is eligible to receive up to 52,348 shares upon the earlier of a change in control or February 5, 2018. On July 25, 2013, 25% of Mr. Plavin's award under the Director LTIP, pursuant to which he is eligible to receive 13,087 shares, vested. Awards granted under the Director LTIP will continue to vest 18.75% on December 31 of each of 2014 through 2017, subject to accelerated vesting of (a) 100% of the awards upon a change in control and (b) a prorated portion of the unvested awards that would have otherwise vested on the immediately subsequent vesting date following termination of service if the participant is not nominated for reelection or is otherwise involuntarily removed by us from our Board (other than for cause).
(10): Represents shares owned by Stonehill Institutional. Mr. Wilson is a managing member of SCM and Stonehill GP, and may be deemed to have shared voting and dispositive power over the shares owned by Stonehill Institutional. He disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The address for Mr. Wilson is 885 Third Avenue, 30th Floor, New York, New York 10022.

The following is a summary of each transaction or series of similar transactions since January 1, 2011, to which we were a party or are a party in which:

On June 8, 2012, we sold $125.0 million in aggregate principal amount of our 2017 Senior Secured Term Notes to certain of our existing stockholders or their affiliates at a price of 98% of their principal amount pursuant to a note purchase agreement. The table below sets forth the participation in the sale of the 2017 Senior Secured Term Notes by our directors, executive officers and 5% stockholders and their affiliates.

On August 7, 2013, we used a portion of the net proceeds from the Notes Offering to voluntarily prepay the entire principal amount outstanding of our 2017 Senior Secured Term Notes at a redemption price of 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid. Immediately prior to such voluntary prepayment, Monarch and Stonehill held $43.2 million and $62.5 million in 2017 Senior Secured Term Notes, respectively.

On June 8, 2012, we issued an aggregate of 7,923,069 shares of our Series E Common Stock, to certain of our existing stockholders or their affiliates at a price per share of $6.31 for aggregate gross consideration of $50.0 million. In consideration for their commitment to purchase the Series E Common Stock, pursuant to a backstop equity commitment letter, we paid each of the Principal Investors a backstop commitment fee equal to $750,000. As of April 23, 2014, Monarch and Stonehill owned approximately 27.9% and 25.4% of our common stock, respectively. The table below sets forth the number of shares of Series E Common Stock, issued to our directors, executive officers and 5% stockholders and their affiliates and the aggregate purchase price paid therefor.

In connection with our emergence from bankruptcy, the WCI Communities, Inc. Creditor Trust (the "Creditor Trust") for the benefit of holders of allowed unsecured claims received 10,000 shares of our Series A preferred stock, 5% of our common stock and $1.0 million in cash to be used for administration of the trust. Pursuant to the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, the holders of the Series A preferred stock were entitled to receive a dividend in the form of common stock upon the occurrence of certain events. On July 3, 2013, pursuant to an exchange agreement between the Company and the Creditor Trust, we exchanged the 10,000 shares of Series A preferred stock outstanding for 903,825 shares of our common stock. All such shares of preferred stock have been cancelled and retired. As of April 23, 2014, the Creditor Trust owns approximately 5.4% of our common stock.

We have granted restricted stock, stock options and other long-term equity incentive awards to our executive officers and our directors.

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers, as well as our Chief Accounting Officer, who is not an executive officer of the Company. Under the terms of these indemnification agreements, we are required to indemnify each of our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the laws of the state of Delaware, if the basis of the indemnitee's involvement was by reason of the fact that the indemnitee is or was a director, or officer, of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or was serving at the Company's request in an official capacity for another entity. We must indemnify our officers and directors against all reasonable fees, expenses, charges and other costs of any type or nature whatsoever, including any and all expenses and obligations paid or incurred in connection with investigating, defending, being a witness in, participating in (including on appeal), or preparing to defend, be a witness or participate in any completed, actual, pending or threatened action, suit, claim or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, or establishing or enforcing a right to indemnification under the indemnification agreement. The indemnification agreements also require us, if so requested, to advance within 30 days of such request all reasonable fees, expenses, charges and other costs that such director or officer incurred, provided that such person will return any such advance if it is ultimately determined that such person is not entitled to indemnification by us.

Pursuant to stockholders agreements that we entered into with the Principal Investors on July 24, 2013, in connection with our Initial Public Offering, for so long as a Principal Investor holds at least 60% of the shares of our common stock held by it at the consummation of our Initial Public Offering, such Principal Investor will have the right to nominate two directors to the Board and one director to each board committee (subject to applicable independence requirements of each committee). When a Principal Investor owns less than 60%, but at least 20%, of the shares of our common stock held by it at the consummation of our Initial Public Offering, such Principal Investor will be entitled to nominate one director to the Board and each board committee (subject to applicable independence requirements of each committee). As of April 23, 2014, each of the Principal Investors held more than 60% of the shares of our common stock held by it at the consummation of our Initial Public Offering. In addition, we have agreed to use commercially reasonable efforts to take all necessary and desirable actions within our control to cause the election, removal and replacement of such directors in accordance with the stockholders agreements and applicable law. Each Principal Investor has also agreed to vote for the

other's Board nominees in accordance with the terms of a separate voting agreement entered into between the Principal Investors.

In connection with our Initial Public Offering, in July 2013, we entered into a registration rights agreement with the Principal Investors with respect to any shares of our common stock held by them and a registration rights agreement with the Creditor Trust with respect to any shares held by it. We refer to the shares held by the Principal Investors and the Creditor Trust collectively as the "registrable shares."

Pursuant to the registration rights agreement with the Principal Investors, we have granted the Principal Investors and their direct and indirect transferees demand registration rights to have the registrable shares registered for resale, and, in certain circumstances, the right to "piggy-back" the registrable shares in registration statements we might file in connection with any future public offering. When we become and for so long as we are eligible to use Form S-3 under the Securities Act, the Principal Investors and their direct and indirect transferees will have shelf registration rights requiring us to file a shelf registration statement and to maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement so as to allow sales thereunder from time to time.

Pursuant to the registration rights agreement with the Creditor Trust, we have granted the Creditor Trust and its direct and indirect transferees, taken together as a group, one request to effect the registration of registrable shares either by (x) a demand registration right or (y) a shelf registration right requiring us to file a shelf registration statement on Form S-3 as long as we are eligible to use Form S-3 under the Securities Act.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any registration will be subject to cutback provisions, and we will be permitted to suspend the use, from time to time, of the prospectus that is part of the registration statement (and therefore suspend sales under the registration statement) for certain periods, referred to as "blackout periods."

Our Board adopted a written related person transaction policy setting forth the policies and procedures for the review and approval or ratification of transactions involving us and "related persons." For the purpose of this policy, "related persons" includes our executive officers and directors or their immediate family members, or stockholders owning five percent or more of our outstanding common stock and their immediate family members.

The policy covers, with certain exceptions set forth in Item 404 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act, any transaction, arrangement or relationship, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships in which we were or are to be a participant, where the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and a related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, including, without limitation, purchases of goods or services by or from the related person or entities in which the related person has a material interest, indebtedness, guarantees of indebtedness and employment by us of a related person. In reviewing and approving any such transactions, our Audit Committee is tasked to consider all relevant facts and circumstances, including, but not limited to, whether the transaction is on terms comparable to those that could be obtained in an arm's length transaction with an unrelated party and the extent of the related person's interest in the transaction. All related party transactions may only be consummated if our Audit Committee has approved or ratified such transaction in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the policy. Any member of the Audit Committee who is a related person with respect to a transaction under review will not be permitted to participate in the deliberations or vote respecting approval or ratification of the transaction. However, such director may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Audit Committee that considers the transaction. All of the transactions, agreements or relationships described in this section occurred prior to the adoption of this policy.

On August 27, 2013, we entered into a credit agreement (the "Credit Agreement") for the Revolving Credit Facility with, among others, certain lenders (the "Lenders"), Citigroup Global Markets, Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners, and Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent.

The Credit Agreement provides for a $75.0 million senior unsecured revolving credit facility, of which up to $50.0 million may be utilized for the issuance of letters of credit ("Letters of Credit"). The $75.0 million commitment is limited by a borrowing base calculation based upon certain asset values as set forth in the Credit Agreement. The Revolving Credit Facility may be increased by a maximum principal amount of $50.0 million subject to certain conditions as set forth in the Credit Agreement.

The following is a summary of the material terms of the Credit Agreement. This description does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the provisions in the Credit Agreement and related documentation.

The Revolving Credit Facility will mature on the fourth anniversary of the closing of the Revolving Credit Facility; provided that we expect to have the right under the Revolving Credit Facility to extend commitments and/or outstanding loans under one additional tranche of commitments and/or loans with the consent of the respective individual extending Lenders subject to certain conditions as set forth in the Credit Agreement.

All obligations under our Revolving Credit Facility are unconditionally guaranteed by our existing and subsequently acquired wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries (other than certain excluded subsidiaries and immaterial subsidiaries).

The Revolving Credit Facility is unsecured, subject to limited exceptions in the case of collateralized Letters of Credit.

Borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility bear interest at a rate per annum equal to, at our option, either (a) a base rate or (b) a LIBOR based rate plus, in the case of each of clauses (a) and (b) above, an applicable margin as set forth in the Credit Agreement.

In addition to paying outstanding principal under the Revolving Credit Facility, we will pay a commitment fee in respect of the unutilized commitments thereunder at a rate based upon the average daily unused portion of Revolving Credit Facility payable quarterly in arrears. We also will pay customary administrative agency fees and letters of credit fees. We also paid an upfront fee on the original stated principal amount of the Revolving Credit Facility.

We may voluntarily reduce the unutilized portion of the commitments in respect of our Revolving Credit Facility and repay outstanding loans under our Revolving Credit Facility at any time, subject to the size and notice limits set forth in the Credit Agreement.

Our Revolving Credit Facility contains a number of customary affirmative covenants (subject to customary exceptions and qualifications).

Our Revolving Credit Facility contains a number of negative covenants including, without limitation (and subject, in each case, to customary exceptions and qualifications):

In addition, our Revolving Credit Facility contains certain financial maintenance covenants, which include a minimum consolidated interest coverage ratio covenant, a liquidity covenant, a consolidated leverage ratio covenant and a minimum consolidated tangible net worth covenant.

Our Revolving Credit Facility contains a number of customary events of default (subject to customary exceptions and qualifications and other exceptions to be agreed).

During February 2013, the WCI Parties entered into a $10.0 million senior loan with Stonegate Bank secured by a first mortgage on a parcel of land and related amenity facilities comprising the Pelican Preserve Town Center in Fort Myers, Florida. The loan is also secured by the rights to certain fees and charges that the WCI Parties are to receive as the owners of the Pelican Preserve Town Center.

As of April 23, 2014, there were no amounts drawn on the Stonegate Loan; however, $2.0 million of outstanding letters of credit on such date limited the borrowing capacity thereunder to $8.0 million.

The loan agreement contains covenants that limit the ability of the WCI Parties to sell assets related to the Pelican Preserve Town Center project, enter into any merger unless WCI Communities, Inc. is the surviving entity, transfer control or ownership of WCI Communities, LLC, incur liens on the Pelican Preserve Town Center property, waive, excuse or postpone the payment of any assessments related to the Pelican Preserve Town Center property, amend any agreement materially and adversely affecting the Pelican Preserve Town Center project and amend, terminate or waive any provision of or modify any existing or future lease relating to the Pelican Preserve Town Center project, in each case, subject to certain exceptions.

We use letters of credit and surety bonds (performance and financial) to guarantee our performance under various land development and construction agreements, land purchase obligations, escrow agreements, financial guarantees and other arrangements. As of December 31, 2013, we had $3.8 million of outstanding letters of credit. Performance bonds do not have stated expiration dates; rather, we are released from the bonds as the contractual performance is completed. Our performance and financial bonds, which totaled $15.9 million as of December 31, 2013, are typically outstanding over a period of approximately one to five years or longer, depending on, among other things, the pace of development. If banks were to decline to issue letters of credit or surety companies were to decline to issue performance and financial bonds, our ability to operate could be significantly restricted and that circumstance could have an adverse effect on our business, liquidity and results of operations. See "Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—If we cannot obtain letters of credit and surety bonds, our ability to operate may be restricted."

On August 7, 2013, we issued and sold the old notes to the initial purchasers in a private placement transaction exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The initial purchasers subsequently sold the old notes to qualified institutional buyers in reliance on Rule 144A under the Securities Act. Because the old notes are subject to transfer restrictions, we, our guarantors and the initial purchasers in the August 2013 offering entered into a registration rights agreement dated August 7, 2013 under which we agreed, with respect to the old notes, to:

The Registration Statement is intended to satisfy our exchange offer obligations under the registration rights agreement.

For each old note validly tendered to us and not withdrawn pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer, we will issue to the holder of such note a new note having a principal amount equal to that of the surrendered note. Interest on each new note will accrue from the last interest payment date on which interest was paid on the note surrendered in exchange therefor, or, if no interest has been paid on such note, from the date of its original issue.

Under existing SEC interpretations, the new notes will be freely transferable by holders other than our affiliates after the Registered Exchange Offer without further registration under the Securities Act if the holder of the new notes represents to us in the Registered Exchange Offer that it is acquiring the new notes in the ordinary course of its business, that it has no arrangement or understanding with any Person to participate in the distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the new notes and that it is not an "affiliate" of the Issuer, as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act; provided, however, that broker-dealers ("Participating Broker-Dealers") receiving new notes in the Registered Exchange Offer for their own accounts in exchange for old notes, where such old notes were acquired by such broker-dealers as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that they will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of such new notes. See "Plan of Distribution." The SEC has taken the position that Participating Broker-Dealers may fulfill their prospectus delivery requirements with respect to new notes (other than a resale of an unsold allotment from the original sale of the Notes) with the prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement.

We are required to allow Participating Broker-Dealers and other Persons, if any, with similar prospectus delivery requirements to use the prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in connection with the resale of such new notes for 180 days following the effective date of such Exchange Offer Registration Statement (or such shorter period during which Participating Broker-Dealers are required by law to deliver such prospectus).

A holder of old notes (other than certain specified holders) who wishes to exchange such notes for new notes in the Registered Exchange Offer will be required to represent that any new notes to be received by it will be acquired in the ordinary course of its business and that at the time of the commencement of the Registered Exchange Offer it has no arrangement or understanding with any Person to participate in the distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the new notes and that it is not an "affiliate" of the Issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act, or if it is an affiliate, that it will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable.

We will, in the event a Shelf Registration Statement is filed, among other things, provide to each holder for whom such Shelf Registration Statement was filed copies of the prospectus which is a part of the Shelf Registration Statement, notify each such holder when the Shelf Registration Statement has become effective and take certain other actions as are required to permit unrestricted resales of the old notes or the new notes, as the case may be. A holder selling such Notes pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement generally would be required to be named as a selling security holder in the related prospectus and to deliver a prospectus to purchasers, will be subject to certain of the civil liability provisions under the Securities Act in connection with such sales and will be bound by the provisions of the Registration Rights Agreement that are applicable to such holder (including certain indemnification obligations).

We may require each holder requesting to be named as a selling security holder to furnish to us such information regarding the holder and the distribution of the old notes or new notes by the holder

as we may from time to time reasonably require for the inclusion of the holder in the Shelf Registration Statement, including requiring the holder to properly complete and execute such selling security holder notice and questionnaires, and any amendments or supplements thereto, as we may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate. We may refuse to name any holder as a selling security holder that fails to provide us with such information.

We will pay additional cash interest on old notes (and, where applicable, new notes) that are Transfer Restricted Notes:

(each such event referred to in the preceding clauses (1), (2), (3) and (4), a "Registration Default"), from and including the date on which any such Registration Default shall occur to but excluding the earlier of (x) the date on which all Registration Defaults have been cured and (y) the date on which no old notes are Transfer Restricted Notes.

The rate of the additional interest will be 0.25% per annum for the first 90-day period immediately following the occurrence of a Registration Default, and such rate will increase by an additional 0.25% per annum with respect to each subsequent 90-day period until all Registration Defaults have been cured, up to a maximum additional interest rate of 1.00% per annum; provided, that additional interest will not accrue under more than one Registration Default at any one time. We will pay such additional interest on regular interest payment dates. Such additional interest will be in addition to any other interest payable from time to time with respect to the old notes and the new notes.

All references in the Indenture, in any context, to any interest or other amount payable on or with respect to the Notes shall be deemed to include any additional interest pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.

If we effect the Registered Exchange Offer, we will be entitled to close the Registered Exchange Offer 30 days after the commencement thereof; provided that we have accepted all old notes theretofore validly tendered in accordance with the terms of the Registered Exchange Offer.

Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus and in the accompanying letter of transmittal (which together constitute the exchange offer), we will accept for exchange old notes which are properly tendered on or prior to the expiration date and not withdrawn as permitted below. The expiration date will be 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on June 4, 2014, unless extended by us in our sole discretion.

As of the date of this prospectus, $200,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the old notes are outstanding. Only a registered holder of the old notes (or such holder's legal representative or attorney-in-fact) as reflected on the records of the trustee under the applicable Indenture may participate in the exchange offer. There will be no fixed record date for determining registered holders of the old notes entitled to participate in the Registered Exchange Offer. The old notes may be tendered only in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. This prospectus, together with the letter of transmittal, is first being sent on or about May 5, 2014 to all holders of old notes known to us.

We shall be deemed to have accepted validly tendered old notes when, as and if we have given oral (promptly confirmed in writing) or written notice thereof to the exchange agent. The exchange agent will act as agent for the tendering holders of old notes for the purposes of receiving the new notes from us.

We expressly reserve the right, at any time or from time to time, to extend the period of time during which the exchange offer is open, and thereby delay acceptance for any exchange of any old notes, by giving notice of such extension to the exchange agent and the holders of the old notes as described below. We anticipate that we would only delay acceptance of outstanding notes tendered in the offer due to an extension of the expiration date of the offer. During any such extension, all old notes previously tendered will remain subject to the exchange offer and may be accepted for exchange by us. Any old notes not accepted for exchange for any reason will be returned without expense to the tendering holder as promptly as practicable after the expiration or termination of the exchange offer.

If the exchange offer is amended in a manner determined by us to constitute a material change, we will promptly disclose the amendment by means of a prospectus supplement that will be distributed to the eligible holders of old notes. In the event of a material change in the offer, including the waiver of a material condition, we will extend the offer period if necessary so that at least five business days remain in the offer following notice of the material change. Any delay in acceptance, extension, termination, amendment or waiver will be followed promptly by oral or written notice to the exchange agent and by making a public announcement of it, and the notice and announcement in the case of an extension will be made no later than 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the next business day after the exchange offer was previously scheduled to expire. Subject to applicable law, we may make this public announcement by issuing a press release.

Holders of old notes do not have any appraisal or dissenters' rights under the Delaware Corporation Law in connection with the exchange offer.

Only a registered holder of old notes may tender such old notes in the exchange offer. Subject to the applicable procedures of DTC, to tender in the exchange offer, a holder must complete, sign and date the letter of transmittal, or facsimile thereof, have the signatures thereon guaranteed if required by the letter of transmittal, and mail or otherwise deliver such letter of transmittal or such facsimile to the exchange agent at the address set forth below under "—Exchange Agent" for receipt prior to the expiration date. In addition, either:

The tender by a holder which is not withdrawn prior to the expiration date will constitute an agreement between such holder and us in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus and in the letter of transmittal.

The method of delivery of old notes and the letter of transmittal and all other required documents to the exchange agent is at your election and risk. Instead of delivery by mail, it is recommended that you use an overnight or hand delivery service, properly insured. If delivery is by mail, we recommend that you use registered mail, properly insured, with return requested. In all cases, you should allow sufficient time to assure delivery to the exchange agent before the expiration date. You should not send letters of transmittal or old notes to us. You may request your respective brokers, dealers, commercial banks, trust companies or nominees to effect the above transactions for you.

Any beneficial owner whose old notes are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and who wishes to tender should contact the registered holder promptly and instruct such registered holder to tender on such beneficial owner's behalf. If such beneficial owner wishes to tender on such owner's own behalf, such owner must, prior to completing and executing the letter of transmittal and delivering such owner's old notes, either make appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the old notes in such owner's name or obtain a properly completed power of attorney from the registered holder. The transfer of registered ownership may take considerable time.

Signatures on a letter of transmittal or a notice of withdrawal, as the case may be, must be guaranteed by an eligible institution unless the old notes tendered pursuant thereto are tendered:

In the event that signatures on a letter of transmittal or a notice of withdrawal, as the case may be, are required to be guaranteed, such guarantees must be by an eligible institution. Eligible institutions include any firm which is a member of a registered national securities exchange or a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. or a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States.

If the letter of transmittal is signed by a person other than the registered holder of any old notes listed therein, such old notes must be endorsed or accompanied by a properly completed bond power, signed by such registered holder as such registered holder's name appears on such old notes.

If the letter of transmittal or any old notes or bond powers are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such persons should so indicate when signing, and unless waived by us, evidence satisfactory to us of their authority to so act must be submitted with the letter of transmittal.

The depositary has confirmed that any financial institution that is a participant in the depositary's system may utilize the depositary's Automated Tender Offer Program to tender old notes.

All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of receipt), acceptance and withdrawal of tendered old notes will be determined by us in our sole discretion. This determination will be final and binding. We reserve the absolute right to reject any and all old notes not properly tendered or to not accept any particular old notes our acceptance of which might, in our judgment or our counsel's judgment, be unlawful. We also reserve the right to waive any defects or irregularities or conditions of the exchange offer as to particular old notes either before or after the expiration date (including the right to waive the ineligibility of any holder who seeks to tender old notes in the exchange offer). Our interpretation of the terms and conditions of the exchange offer (including the instructions in the letter of transmittal) will be final and binding on all parties. Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of old notes must be cured within such time as we shall determine. Neither we, the exchange agent nor any other person shall be under any duty to give notification of any defect or irregularity with respect to any tender of old notes for exchange, nor shall any of them incur any liability for failure to give such notification. Tenders of old notes will not be deemed to have been made until such defects or irregularities have been cured or waived.

While we have no present plan to acquire any old notes which are not tendered in the exchange offer or to file a registration statement to permit resales of any old notes which are not tendered pursuant to the exchange offer, we reserve the right in our sole discretion to purchase or make offers for any old notes that remain outstanding subsequent to the expiration date or, as set forth below under "—Certain Conditions to the Exchange Offer," to terminate the exchange offer and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, purchase old notes in the open market, in privately negotiated transactions or otherwise. The terms of any such purchases or offers could differ from the terms of the exchange offer.

By tendering, each holder will represent to us in writing that, among other things:

If the holder is a broker-dealer that will receive new notes for its own account in exchange for old notes that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, the holder is required to acknowledge in the letter of transmittal that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such new notes. See "Plan of Distribution." However, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the holder will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act.

Upon satisfaction or waiver of all of the conditions to the exchange offer, we will accept, promptly after the expiration date of the exchange offer, all old notes properly tendered, and will issue the new notes promptly after acceptance of the old notes. See "—Certain Conditions to the Exchange Offer" below. For purposes of the exchange offer, we shall be deemed to have accepted properly tendered old notes for exchange when, as and if we have given oral (promptly confirmed in writing) or written notice to the exchange agent. The new notes will bear interest from the most recent date to which interest has been paid on the old notes, or if no interest has been paid on the old notes, from August 7, 2013. Accordingly, registered holders of new notes on the relevant record date for the first interest payment date following the consummation of the exchange offer will receive interest accruing from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from August 7, 2013. Old notes accepted for exchange will cease to accrue interest from and after the date of consummation of the exchange offer. Holders of old notes whose old notes are accepted for exchange will not receive any payment for accrued interest on the old notes otherwise payable on any interest payment date the record date for which occurs on or after consummation of the exchange offer and will be deemed to have waived their rights to receive accrued interest on the old notes.

If any tendered old notes are not accepted for any reason set forth in the terms and conditions of the exchange offer or if old notes are withdrawn or are submitted for a greater principal amount than the holders desire to exchange, such unaccepted, withdrawn or non-exchanged old notes will be returned without expense to the tendering holder of such old notes (or, in the case of old notes tendered by book-entry transfer into the exchange agent's account at the depositary pursuant to the book-entry transfer procedures described below, such old notes will be credited to an account maintained with the depositary) promptly upon the expiration or termination of the exchange offer.

The exchange agent will make a request to establish an account with respect to the old notes at the depositary for purposes of the exchange offer within two business days after the date of this prospectus, and any financial institution that is a participant in the depositary's systems may make book-entry delivery of old notes by causing the depositary to transfer such old notes into the exchange agent's account at the depositary in accordance with the depositary's procedures for transfer.

Holders who wish to tender their old notes and (i) whose old notes are not immediately available or (ii) who cannot deliver their old notes, the letter of transmittal or any other required documents to the exchange agent prior to the expiration date, may effect a tender if:

Upon request to the exchange agent, a notice of guaranteed delivery will be sent to holders who wish to tender their old notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth above.

Except as otherwise provided herein, tenders of old notes may be withdrawn at any time prior to the expiration date.

To withdraw a tender of old notes in the exchange offer, subject to the applicable procedures of DTC, a written or facsimile transmission notice of withdrawal must be received by the exchange agent at its address set forth below, prior to the expiration date. Any such notice of withdrawal must:

If certificates for old notes have been delivered or otherwise identified to the exchange agent, then, prior to the release of such certificates, the withdrawing holder must also submit the serial numbers of the particular certificates to be withdrawn and a signed notice of withdrawal with signatures guaranteed by an eligible institution unless such holder is an eligible institution.

If old notes have been tendered pursuant to the procedure for book-entry transfer described above, any notice of withdrawal must specify the name and number of the account at the depositary to be credited with the withdrawn old notes and otherwise comply with the procedures of such facility. All questions as to the validity, form and eligibility (including time of receipt) of such notices will be determined by us in our sole discretion, and our determination shall be final and binding on all parties. Any old notes so withdrawn will be deemed not to have been validly tendered for purposes of the exchange offer and no new notes will be issued with respect thereto unless the old notes so withdrawn are validly retendered. Properly withdrawn old notes may be retendered by following one of the procedures described above at any time prior to the expiration date.

Notwithstanding any other provision of the exchange offer, we shall not be required to accept for exchange, or to issue new notes in exchange for, any old notes. We may terminate or amend the exchange offer if at any time before the expiration of the exchange offer, we determine that:

The foregoing conditions are for our sole benefit and may be asserted by us regardless of the circumstances giving rise to any such condition or may be waived by us in whole or in part at any time and from time to time in our reasonable discretion. Our failure at any time to exercise any of the foregoing rights shall not be deemed a waiver of such right and each such right shall be deemed an ongoing right which may be asserted at any time and from time to time.

In addition, we will not accept for exchange any old notes tendered, and no new notes will be issued in exchange for any such old notes, if at such time any stop order shall be threatened or in effect with respect to the registration statement of which this prospectus constitutes a part or the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended. In any such event we are required to use every reasonable effort to obtain the withdrawal of any stop order at the earliest possible time.

Wilmington Trust, National Association has been appointed as the exchange agent for the exchange offer. All executed letters of transmittal should be directed to the exchange agent at one of the addresses set forth below. Questions and requests for assistance, requests for additional copies of this prospectus or of the letter of transmittal and requests for notices of guaranteed delivery should be directed to the exchange agent addressed as follows:

Wilmington Trust, National Association
Rodney Square North
1100 North Market Street
Wilmington, DE 19890-1626
Attention: Workflow Management—5^th Floor
Facsimile: (302) 636-4139, Attention: Exchange
Other Inquiries: DTC Desk (DTC2@wilmingtontrust.com)

The expenses of soliciting tenders will be borne by us. The principal solicitation is being made by mail. However, additional solicitation may be made by facsimile, telephone or in person by our officers and employees.

We have not retained any dealer-manager in connection with the exchange offer and will not make any payments to brokers, dealers or others soliciting acceptances of the exchange offer. We will,

however, pay the exchange agent reasonable and customary fees for its services and will reimburse it for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection with the exchange offer.

The expenses to be incurred in connection with the exchange offer will be paid by us. Such expenses include registration fees, fees and expenses of the exchange agent and trustee, accounting and legal fees and printing costs, among others.

Holders who tender their old notes for exchange will not be obligated to pay any transfer taxes in connection with the tender. If, however, new notes issued in the exchange offer are to be delivered to, or are to be issued in the name of, any person other than the holder of the old notes tendered, or if a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the exchange of old notes in connection with the exchange offer, then any such transfer taxes, whether imposed on the registered holder or on any other person, will be payable by the holder or such other person. If satisfactory evidence of payment of, or exemption from, such taxes is not submitted with the letter of transmittal, the amount of such transfer taxes will be billed directly to the tendering holder.

The new notes will be recorded at the same carrying value as the old notes, which is the principal amount as reflected in our accounting records on the date of the exchange. Accordingly, no gain or loss for accounting purposes will be recognized. The debt issuance costs will be capitalized for accounting purposes and will be amortized over the term of the new notes.

Participation in the exchange offer is voluntary. Holders of the old notes are urged to consult their financial and tax advisors in making their own decisions on what action to take.

Holders of old notes who do not exchange their old notes for new notes pursuant to the exchange offer will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer of those old notes as set forth in the legend thereon as a consequence of the issuance of the old notes pursuant to the exemptions from, or in transactions not subject to, the registration requirements of, the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. In general, the old notes may not be offered or sold unless registered under the Securities Act, except pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws.

Old notes not exchanged pursuant to the exchange offer will continue to accrue interest at 6.875% per annum and will otherwise remain outstanding in accordance with their terms. Holders of old notes do not have any appraisal or dissenters' rights under the Delaware General Corporation Law in connection with the exchange offer.

Based on interpretive letters issued by the staff of the SEC to third parties in unrelated transactions, including the staff's position enunciated in the Exxon Capital Letter, the Morgan Stanley Letter and the Shearman & Sterling Letter, we are of the view that new notes issued pursuant to the exchange offer may be offered for resale, resold or otherwise transferred by holders thereof (other than any such holder which is our "affiliate" within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act or any broker-dealer that purchases notes from us to resell pursuant to Rule 144A or any other available exemption), without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act. This is the case provided that such new notes are acquired in the ordinary course of such holders' business and such holders have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of such new notes. If any holder has any arrangement or understanding

with respect to the distribution of the new notes to be acquired pursuant to the exchange offer, such holder:

A broker-dealer who holds old notes that were acquired for its own account as a result of market-making or other trading activities may be deemed to be all "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act and must, therefore, deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of new notes. Each broker-dealer that receives new notes for its own account in exchange for old notes, where the old notes were acquired by the broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge in the letter of transmittal that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such new notes.

The letter of transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of new notes received in exchange for old notes where such old notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making or other trading activities. Pursuant to the registration rights agreement, we have agreed to make this prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, available to broker-dealers for use in connection with any resale for a period of one year following the effective date. See "Plan of Distribution."

We have not requested the staff of the SEC to consider the exchange offer in the context of a no-action letter, and there can be no assurance that the staff would take positions similar to those taken in the interpretive letters referred to above if we were to make such a no-action request.

In addition, to comply with the securities laws of applicable jurisdictions, the new notes may not be offered or sold unless they have been registered or qualified for sale in the applicable jurisdictions or an exemption from registration or qualification is available and is complied with. We have agreed, under the registration rights agreement and subject to specified limitations therein, to register or qualify the new notes for offer or sale under the securities or blue sky laws of the applicable jurisdictions in the United States as any selling holder of the new notes reasonably requests in writing.

As used below in this "Description of the New Notes" section, the "Issuer" means WCI Communities, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its successors, but not any of its subsidiaries. The Issuer issued the old notes and will issue the new notes described in this prospectus under an Indenture, dated August 7, 2013 (as amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time in accordance with its terms, the "Indenture"), among the Issuer, the Subsidiary Guarantors and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (the "Trustee"). The old notes were issued in a private transaction that was not subject to the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The notes offered hereby are referred to in this prospectus as the "new notes." The terms of the new notes are substantially identical to the old notes, except that the new notes are registered under the Securities Act of 1933 and the transfer restrictions and registration rights applicable to the old notes do not apply to the new notes. The old notes and the new notes are referred to together as the "Notes." The terms of the Notes include those set forth in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act.

The following is a summary of the material terms and provisions of the Notes. The following summary does not purport to be a complete description of the Notes and is subject to the detailed provisions of, and qualified in its entirety by reference to, the Indenture. We urge you to read the Indenture because it, and not this description, defines your rights as Holders of the Notes. You can find definitions of certain terms used in this description under the heading "—Certain Definitions." Certain defined terms used in this description but not defined below under the heading "—Certain Definitions" have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

The registered Holder of a Note will be treated as the owner of it for all purposes. Only registered Holders will have rights under the Indenture.

The Issuer's obligations under the Notes and the Indenture are jointly and severally guaranteed by the Subsidiary Guarantors.

The Issuer issued the old notes initially with a maximum aggregate principal amount of $200.0 million. The Issuer issued the old notes in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Notes will mature on August 15, 2021. Subject to our compliance with the covenant described under the subheading "—Certain Covenants—Limitations on Additional Indebtedness," we are permitted to issue additional Notes from time to time under the Indenture (the "Additional Notes"). The Notes and the Additional Notes, if any, will be treated as a single class for all purposes under the Indenture, including waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase; provided, however, that a separate CUSIP will be issued for any Additional Notes unless the Notes and the Additional Notes are fungible for U.S. federal income tax purposes and subject to the procedures of The Depository Trust Company. Unless the context otherwise requires, for all purposes of the Indenture and this "Description of the New Notes," references to the "Notes" include any Additional Notes actually issued.

Interest on the new notes will accrue at the rate of 6.875% per annum and will be payable semiannually in arrears on February 15 and August 15, commencing on August 15, 2014. Interest on the old notes has accrued at the rate of 6.875% per annum and is payable semiannually in arrears on February 15 and August 15, commencing on February 15, 2014. We will make each interest payment to the Holders of record of the Notes on the immediately preceding February 1 and August 1. We will pay interest on overdue principal at 1% per annum in excess of the above rate and will pay interest on overdue installments of interest at such higher rate to the extent lawful.

Interest on the Notes will accrue from February 15, 2014. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months. If any payment date with respect to the Notes is not on a Business Day, it shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day with the same effect as if made on the relevant payment date, without additional interest.

Additional interest may accrue on the Notes in certain circumstances pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.

If a Holder has given wire transfer instructions to the Issuer at least ten Business Days prior to the applicable payment date, the Issuer will make all payments on such Holder's Notes in accordance with those instructions. Otherwise, payments on the Notes will be made at the office or agency of the paying agent (the "Paying Agent") and registrar (the "Registrar") for the Notes unless the Issuer elects to make interest payments by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders. The Trustee will initially act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Issuer may change the Paying Agent or Registrar without prior notice to the Holders, and the Issuer may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

Except as set forth below, we will not be entitled to redeem the Notes at our option.

On and after August 15, 2016, we will be entitled at our option to redeem all or a portion of the Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days' notice, at the redemption prices (expressed in percentages of principal amount on the redemption date), plus accrued interest to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on of the years set forth below:

In addition, any time prior to August 15, 2016, we will be entitled at our option on one or more occasions to redeem Notes (which includes Additional Notes, if any) in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes (which includes Additional Notes, if any) issued prior to such date at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount) of 106.875%, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), with an amount not to exceed the net cash proceeds from one or more Equity Offerings; provided, however, that

Prior to August 15, 2016, we will be entitled, at our option, to redeem all or a portion of the Notes at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest to, the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date). Notice of such redemption must be mailed by first-class mail or in the case of global notes, delivered electronically in accordance with the procedures of the depositary to each Holder's registered address, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date.

"Applicable Premium" means with respect to a Note at any redemption date, the greater of (1) 1.00% of the principal amount of such Note and (2) the excess of (A) the present value at such redemption date of (i) the redemption price of such Note on August 15, 2016 (such redemption price being described in the second paragraph in this "—Optional Redemption" section exclusive of any accrued interest) plus (ii) all required remaining scheduled interest payments due on such Note through August 15, 2016 (but excluding accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such redemption date plus 0.50%, over (B) the principal amount of such Note on such redemption date. The Applicable Premium will be calculated by the Issuer. The Trustee shall have no duty to calculate or verify the calculations of the Applicable Premium.

"Treasury Rate" means the yield to maturity as of the earlier of (a) such redemption date or (b) the date on which such Notes are defeased or satisfied and discharged, of the most recently issued United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most

recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two business days prior to such date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from such date to August 15, 2016; provided, however, that if the period from such date to August 15, 2016, is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used. Any such Treasury Rate shall be obtained by the Issuer.

In the event that less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time pursuant to an optional redemption, selection of the Notes for redemption will be made by the Trustee only on a pro rata basis or on as nearly a pro rata basis as is practicable (subject to the procedures of The Depository Trust Company), unless that method is otherwise prohibited.

If the Notes are listed on a national security exchange, the Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of such listing, and the selection of Notes to be redeemed shall be in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed.

Notice of redemption will be mailed by first-class mail or delivered electronically in the case of global notes, in accordance with the procedures of The Depository Trust Company at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the date of redemption to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be sent more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture. Any redemption notice may, at the Issuer's discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of an Equity Offering or other corporate transaction, including without limitation a financing or a Change of Control. In addition, if such redemption or notice is subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, such notice shall state that, in the Issuer's discretion, the redemption date may be delayed until such time as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied, or such redemption may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied by the redemption date, or by the redemption date so delayed.

If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to that Note will state the portion of the principal amount of the Note to be redeemed. A new Note in a principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the Note will be issued in the name of the Holder of the Note upon cancellation of the original Note. On and after the date of redemption, interest will cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption so long as the Issuer has deposited with the Paying Agent (or, if the Issuer is the Paying Agent, has segregated and holds in trust) funds in satisfaction of the redemption price (including accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes to be redeemed) pursuant to the Indenture.

We are not required to make any mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. However, under certain circumstances, we may be required to offer to purchase Notes as described under the captions "—Change of Control" and "—Certain Covenants—Limitations on Asset Sales." We may at any time and from time to time purchase Notes in the open market or otherwise.

As of the Issue Date, all of the Issuer's Subsidiaries were "Restricted Subsidiaries," and all of the Issuer's Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries were Subsidiary Guarantors, other than Immaterial Subsidiaries. The Subsidiary Guarantors fully and unconditionally and jointly and severally guaranteed,

subject to certain customary release provisions described below, on a senior unsecured basis, our obligations under the Notes.

In the future, not all of our Subsidiaries will be required to guarantee the Notes. Our Immaterial Subsidiaries and Mortgage Subsidiaries will not guarantee the Notes. In addition, under the circumstances described below under the subheading "—Certain Covenants—Limitations on Designation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries," the Issuer is permitted to designate some of its Subsidiaries as "Unrestricted Subsidiaries." The effect of designating a Subsidiary as an "Unrestricted Subsidiary" is:

As of December 31, 2013, the non-guarantor Subsidiaries accounted for approximately 0.8% of the Issuer's consolidated total assets, had no indebtedness outstanding and had approximately $0.8 million of liabilities, including trade payables, but excluding intercompany liabilities, and for the year ended December 31, 2013, the non-guarantor Subsidiaries accounted for approximately $3.3 million of the Issuer's consolidated total revenues. All such amounts and percentages were derived from our audited consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

In the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of any of these non-guarantor Subsidiaries, these non-guarantor Subsidiaries will pay the holders of their debts and their trade creditors before they will be able to distribute any of their assets to us.

Each Subsidiary Guarantor that makes a payment under its Note Guarantee will be entitled upon payment in full of all guaranteed obligations under the Indenture to a contribution from each other Subsidiary Guarantor in an amount equal to such other Subsidiary Guarantor's pro rata portion of such payment based on the respective net assets of all the Subsidiary Guarantors at the time of such payment determined in accordance with GAAP.

Each Note Guarantee will contain a provision that will purport to limit the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under its Note Guarantee as necessary to prevent that Note Guarantee from constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under applicable law. However, there can be no assurance that this provision will be effective to ensure that any Note Guarantee does not constitute a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under applicable law. See "Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Notes and this Offering—Federal and state statutes may allow courts, under specific circumstances, to void the guarantees and require noteholders to return payments received from guarantors." If a Note Guarantee were rendered voidable, it could be subordinated by a court to all other indebtedness (including guarantees and other contingent liabilities) of the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor, and, depending on the amount of such indebtedness, a Subsidiary Guarantor's liability on its Note Guarantee could be reduced to zero. See "Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Notes and this Offering."

Pursuant to the Indenture, a Subsidiary Guarantor may consolidate with or merge with or into, or convey, transfer or lease, in one transaction or a series of transactions, all or substantially all its assets to any other Person to the extent described below under "—Certain Covenants—Limitations on Mergers, Consolidations, Etc."; provided, however, that if such other Person is not the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor, such Subsidiary Guarantor's obligations under its Note Guarantee must be

expressly assumed by such other Person, except that such assumption will not be required if such other Person is not a Subsidiary of the Issuer. Upon any transaction described in the proviso above, the obligor on the related Note Guarantee will be automatically and unconditionally released from its obligations thereunder.

The Notes are general unsecured obligations of the Issuer. The Notes will rank senior in right of payment to all future obligations of the Issuer that are, by their terms, expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes and pari passu in right of payment with all existing and future unsecured obligations of the Issuer that are not so subordinated. Each Note Guarantee is a general unsecured obligation of the Subsidiary Guarantor thereof and ranks senior in right of payment to all future obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor that are, by their terms, expressly subordinated in right of payment to such Note Guarantee and pari passu in right of payment with all existing and future unsecured obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor that are not so subordinated.

The Notes and each Note Guarantee are effectively subordinated to secured Indebtedness of the Issuer and the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor to the extent of the value of the assets securing such Indebtedness. Although the Indenture contains limitations on the amount of additional Indebtedness, including secured Indebtedness, that the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries may incur, under certain circumstances such Indebtedness may be substantial. See "Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Notes and this Offering—We may incur additional indebtedness, which indebtedness might rank equal or effectively senior to the Notes or the guarantees thereof." As of December 31, 2013, the Issuer and the Subsidiary Guarantors had $200.0 million in outstanding Indebtedness, none of which was secured and none of which was subordinated in right of payment to the Notes and the Note Guarantees. At such date, there were no amounts drawn on the new revolving credit facility that allows the Issuer to borrow up to $75.0 million on a revolving basis, of which up to $50.0 million may be used for letters of credit, or any limitations on the Issuer's borrowing capacity, leaving the full amount available to the Issuer. In addition, as of December 31, 2013, the Issuer could have incurred up to $8.0 million of additional Indebtedness under the senior loan with Stonegate Bank secured by a first mortgage on a parcel of land and related amenity facilities comprising the Pelican Preserve Town Center located in Fort Myers, Florida.

A portion of our operations is conducted through our Subsidiaries. As described above under "—Note Guarantees," Note Guarantees may be released under certain circumstances. Further, our

future Subsidiaries may not be required to guarantee the Notes. Claims of creditors of such non-guarantor Subsidiaries, including trade creditors and creditors holding indebtedness or guarantees issued by such non-guarantor Subsidiaries, and claims of preferred stockholders of such non-guarantor Subsidiaries generally will have priority with respect to the assets and earnings of such non-guarantor Subsidiaries over the claims of our creditors, including Holders of the Notes. Accordingly, the Notes will be effectively subordinated to creditors (including trade creditors) and preferred stockholders, if any, of such non-guarantor Subsidiaries.

As reported in our audited consolidated financial statements, the total liabilities of our non-guarantor Subsidiaries were approximately $0.8 million as of December 31, 2013, including trade payables. Although the Indenture limits the incurrence of Indebtedness and preferred stock by certain of our subsidiaries, such limitation is subject to a number of significant qualifications and does not apply at all to Unrestricted Subsidiaries. Moreover, the Indenture does not impose any limitation on the incurrence by such subsidiaries of liabilities that are not considered Indebtedness under the Indenture. See "—Certain Covenants—Limitations on Additional Indebtedness."

Upon the occurrence of any of the following events (each a "Change of Control"), each Holder shall have the right to require that the Issuer repurchase such Holder's Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof on the date of purchase plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date):

Within 30 days following any Change of Control, we will send a notice to each Holder with a copy to the Trustee (the "Change of Control Offer") stating:

Any Change of Control Offer shall comply with the procedures of The Depository Trust Company.

We will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in the Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by us and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer or if notice of redemption has been given pursuant to "Optional Redemption" above.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of Control Offer.

We will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Notes as a result of a Change of Control. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of the covenant described hereunder, we will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached our obligations under the covenant described hereunder by virtue of our compliance with such securities laws or regulations.

The Change of Control purchase feature of the Notes may in certain circumstances make more difficult or discourage a sale or takeover of the Issuer and, thus, the removal of incumbent management. The Change of Control purchase feature is a result of negotiations between the Issuer and the initial purchasers. We have no present intention to engage in a transaction involving a Change of Control, although it is possible that we could decide to do so in the future. Subject to the limitations discussed below, we could, in the future, enter into certain transactions, including acquisitions, refinancings or other recapitalizations, that would not constitute a Change of Control under the Indenture, but that could increase the amount of indebtedness outstanding at such time or otherwise affect our capital structure or credit ratings. Restrictions on our ability to incur additional Indebtedness are contained in the covenants described under "—Certain Covenants—Limitations on Additional Indebtedness" and "—Certain Covenants—Limitations on Liens." Such restrictions are subject to numerous exceptions and can be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. Accordingly, the covenants set forth in the Indenture may not afford Holders of the Notes protection in the event of a highly leveraged transaction.

In the event a Change of Control occurs at a time when we are contractually prohibited from purchasing Notes, we may seek the consent of our lenders to the purchase of Notes or may attempt to refinance the borrowings that contain such prohibition. If we do not obtain such a consent or repay such borrowings, we will remain prohibited from purchasing Notes. In such case, our failure to offer to purchase Notes would constitute an Event of Default under the Indenture, which would, in turn,

constitute a default under our other Indebtedness, including any Credit Facilities that we may enter into in the future.

Any future indebtedness that we may incur, including indebtedness under any Credit Facility, may, contain prohibitions on the occurrence of certain events that would constitute a Change of Control or require the repayment or repurchase of such indebtedness upon a Change of Control. Moreover, the exercise by the Holders of their right to require us to repurchase their Notes could cause a default under such other indebtedness, even if the Change of Control itself does not, due to the financial effect of such repurchase on us. Finally, our ability to pay cash to the Holders of Notes following the occurrence of a Change of Control may be limited by our then existing financial resources. There can be no assurance that sufficient funds will be available when necessary to make any required repurchases. See "Risk Factors—Risks Relating to the Notes and this Offering—We may not be able to satisfy our obligations to holders of the Notes upon a change of control."

The definition of "Change of Control" includes the phrase "all or substantially all the assets." Although there is a limited body of case law interpreting the phrase "substantially all," there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, in certain circumstances there may be a degree of uncertainty as to whether a particular transaction would involve a disposition of "all or substantially all" of the assets of the Issuer. As a result, it may be unclear as to whether a Change of Control has occurred and whether a holder of Notes may require the Issuer to make an offer to repurchase the Notes as described above. See "Risk Factors—Risks Relating to the Notes and this Offering—We may not be able to satisfy our obligations to holders of the Notes upon a change of control."

The provisions under the Indenture relative to our obligation to make an offer to repurchase the Notes as a result of a Change of Control may be waived or modified with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes.

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness; provided that the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor may incur additional Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) if after giving effect thereto, either (a) the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio would be at least 2.00 to 1.00 or (b) the ratio of Consolidated Indebtedness to Consolidated Tangible Net Worth would be no more than 2.25 to 1.00 (either (a) or (b), the "Ratio Exception").

Notwithstanding the above, each of the following shall be permitted (the "Permitted Indebtedness"):

The Issuer will not incur, and will not permit any Subsidiary Guarantor to incur, any Indebtedness (including Permitted Indebtedness) that is contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Issuer or such Subsidiary Guarantor unless such Indebtedness is also contractually subordinated in right of payment to the Notes and the applicable Note Guarantee at least to the same extent and in the same manner as such Indebtedness is subordinated to such other Indebtedness of the Issuer or such Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be; provided, however, that no Indebtedness will be deemed to be contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Issuer solely by virtue of being unsecured or by virtue of being secured on a junior priority basis.

For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant, in the event that an item of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Indebtedness described in clauses (1) through (23) above or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the Ratio Exception, the Issuer shall, in its sole discretion, classify such item of Permitted Indebtedness on the date of incurrence and may later reclassify such item of Indebtedness in any manner that complies with this covenant and will be entitled to divide the amount and type of such Indebtedness among more than one of such clauses under the second paragraph of this covenant and the first paragraph of this covenant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness under any Credit Facility outstanding on the date on which the Notes are first issued and authenticated under the Indenture will be deemed to have been incurred on such date in reliance on the exception provided by clause (1) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness. Except as provided in clause (2) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness, Note Guarantees of, or obligations in respect of letters of credit relating to, Indebtedness that is otherwise included in the determination of a particular amount of Indebtedness shall not be included.

In the event that the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary enters into or increases commitments under a revolving credit facility for which it elects to incur the Indebtedness under such revolving credit facility under clause (1)(b), (22) or (23) above, the amount of Consolidated Tangible Assets will be determined on the date such revolving credit facility is entered into or on the date of such increase in commitments (assuming that the full amount thereof has been borrowed as of such date), and, if such test is satisfied with respect thereto at such time, any borrowing or reborrowing thereunder will be permitted irrespective of the amount of Consolidated Tangible Assets at the time of any borrowing or reborrowing (and such committed amount will be deemed to be outstanding for purposes of any subsequent calculation of the amount of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under such clause).

Accrual of interest, accrual of dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the amortization of debt discount, the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness, the reclassification of any obligation, including preferred stock, as Indebtedness due to a change in accounting principles and the payment of dividends in the form of additional shares of preferred stock or Disqualified Equity Interests will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or an issuance of preferred stock or Disqualified Equity Interests for purposes of this covenant. For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be utilized, calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred. Notwithstanding any other provision of this covenant, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary may incur pursuant to this covenant shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in exchange rates or currency values.

and provided further that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from officers, directors, employees or consultants (or any permitted transferees thereof) of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (or a direct or indirect parent thereof) in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of the Issuer from such Persons will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this covenant or any other provision of the Indenture;

provided that no issuance and sale of Qualified Equity Interests pursuant to clause (2) or (3) above shall increase the Restricted Payments Basket, except to the extent the proceeds thereof exceed the amounts used to effect the transactions described therein.

The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) will be the Fair Market Value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment. The Fair Market Value of any assets or securities (other than cash or Cash Equivalents) with a Fair Market Value of $10.0 million or more that are required to be valued by this covenant will be determined by the board of directors of the Issuer. The board of directors' determination must be based upon an opinion or appraisal issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing if the Fair Market Value of such asset or security exceeds $25.0 million.

For purposes of determining compliance with the provisions set forth above, in the event that a Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Restricted Payments or Permitted Investments described in the above clauses or the definitions thereof, the Issuer, in its sole discretion, may order and classify, and later reclassify, such Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment if it would have been permitted at the time such Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment was made and at the time of any such reclassification.

Limitations on Dividend and Other Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its assets to, or purchase any assets from, or enter into any contract, agreement, understanding, loan,

advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate involving aggregate consideration in excess of $1.0 million (an "Affiliate Transaction"), unless:

The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or permit or suffer to exist any Lien (a "Triggering Lien") of any nature whatsoever against any assets now owned or hereafter acquired by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary (including Equity Interests of a Restricted Subsidiary), or any proceeds, income or profits therefrom securing any Indebtedness, except Permitted Liens, unless all payments due under the indenture and the Notes (or under a Note Guarantee in the case of Liens of a Subsidiary Guarantor) are secured on an equal and ratable basis (or on a superior basis, in the event the other Indebtedness is Subordinated Indebtedness) with the obligations so secured until such time as such obligations are no longer secured by a Triggering Lien.

With respect to any Lien securing Indebtedness that was permitted to secure such Indebtedness at the time of the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such Lien shall also be permitted to secure any Increased Amount of such Indebtedness. The "Increased Amount" of any Indebtedness shall mean any increase in the amount of such Indebtedness in connection with any accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value, the amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, the payment of dividends on preferred stock in the form of additional shares of preferred stock of the same class, accretion of original issue discount or liquidation preference and increases in the amount of Indebtedness outstanding solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies or increases in the value of property securing Indebtedness described in the definition of "Indebtedness."

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, consummate any Asset Sale unless:

If at any time any non-cash consideration received by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, in connection with any Asset Sale is repaid or converted into or sold or otherwise disposed of for cash (other than interest received with respect to any such non-cash consideration), then the date of such repayment, conversion or disposition shall be deemed to constitute the date of an Asset Sale hereunder and the Net Available Proceeds thereof shall be applied in accordance with this covenant.

If the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary engages in an Asset Sale, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary shall, no later than 365 days following the receipt of the Net Available Proceeds, apply all or any of the Net Available Proceeds therefrom to:

provided that in the case of clause (2), (3), (4) or (5), a binding commitment to acquire the assets of, or Equity Interests of a Person engaged in a Permitted Business, invest in additional assets or to make such capital expenditures shall be treated as a permitted application of an amount of Net Available Proceeds from the date of such commitment so long as the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary enters into such commitment with the good faith expectation that such amount of Net Available Proceeds will be applied to satisfy such commitment within 180 days of such commitment (an "Acceptable Commitment") and such Net Available Proceeds are actually applied in such manner within the later of 365 days from the consummation of the Asset Sale and 180 days from the date of the Acceptable Commitment.

Pending the final application of any Net Available Proceeds, the Issuer may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest the Net Available Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by the Indenture.

Any Net Available Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not applied or invested as provided in the second paragraph of this covenant will constitute "Excess Proceeds." When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $10.0 million, the Issuer will make an Asset Sale Offer to all Holders of Notes and if the Issuer elects (or the Issuer and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries is required by the terms of such other Pari Passu Indebtedness), all holders of other Pari Passu Indebtedness (an "Asset Sale Offer") to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness, in denominations of $2,000 initial principal amount and multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, that may be purchased with an amount equal to the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount not less than 100% of the principal amount thereof, or, in the case of Pari Passu Indebtedness represented by securities sold at a discount, not less than the amount of the accreted value thereof at such time, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. After the completion of an Asset Sale, the Issuer may make an Asset Sale Offer prior to the time they are required to do so by the first sentence of this paragraph. If the Issuer completes such an Asset Sale Offer with respect to any Net Available Proceeds, the Issuer shall be deemed to have complied with this covenant with respect to the application of such Net Available Proceeds, and any such Net Available Proceeds remaining after completion of such Asset Sale Offer will no longer be deemed Excess Proceeds and may be used by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries for any purpose not prohibited by the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee will select the Notes (in accordance with the procedures of The Depository Trust Company) and the trustee or agent for such other Pari Passu Indebtedness shall select such other Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the aggregate principal amount of the Notes and the other Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased validly tendered and not withdrawn (subject to adjustments so no note in an unauthorized denomination remains outstanding after such purchase). Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero.

The Issuer will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with each repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Asset Sale provisions of the Indenture, the Issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the Asset Sale provisions of the Indenture by virtue of such compliance.

Future credit agreements and other agreements relating to Indebtedness to which the Issuer (or one of its Affiliates) become a party may prohibit or limit the Issuer from purchasing any Notes pursuant to this Asset Sales covenant. In the event the Issuer is contractually prohibited from purchasing the Notes, the Issuer could seek the consent of its lenders to the purchase of the Notes or

could attempt to refinance the borrowings that contain such prohibition. If the Issuer does not obtain such consent or repay such borrowings, it will remain contractually prohibited from purchasing the Notes. In such case, the Issuer's failure to purchase tendered notes would constitute a Default under the Indenture.

The board of directors of the Issuer may designate any Subsidiary of the Issuer as an "Unrestricted Subsidiary" under the Indenture (a "Designation") only if:

except in case of clauses (4) and (5), to the extent: (i) that Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary could otherwise provide such a Note Guarantee or incur such Indebtedness pursuant to the covenant entitled "—Certain Covenants—Limitations on Additional Indebtedness"; and (ii) the satisfaction of such obligation, the provision of such Note Guarantee and the incurrence of such Indebtedness otherwise would be permitted pursuant to the covenant entitled "—Certain Covenants—Limitations on Restricted Payments."

If, at any time after the Designation, any Unrestricted Subsidiary fails to meet the requirements set forth in the preceding paragraph, it shall thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of the Indenture and any Indebtedness of the Subsidiary and any Liens on assets of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary as of the date and, if the Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred under the covenant described under "—Certain Covenants—Limitations on Additional Indebtedness" or the Lien is not permitted under the covenant described under "—Certain Covenants—Limitations on Liens," the Issuer shall be in default of the applicable covenant.

Upon designation of a Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in compliance with this covenant, such Restricted Subsidiary shall, by execution and delivery of a supplemental indenture in

form satisfactory to the Trustee, be released from any Note Guarantee previously made by such Restricted Subsidiary.

The Issuer may redesignate an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary (a "Redesignation") only if:

All Designations and Redesignations must be evidenced by resolutions of the board of directors of the Issuer delivered to the Trustee and accompanied by an Officer's Certificate certifying compliance with the foregoing provisions. Such resolutions shall be delivered to the Trustee within 45 days after the end of the fiscal quarter of the Issuer in which such Designation or Redesignation is made (or, in the case of a Designation or Redesignation made during the last fiscal quarter of the Issuer's fiscal year, within 90 days after the end of such fiscal year).

The Issuer will not, directly or indirectly, in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, (a) consolidate or merge with or into any Person (other than a merger that satisfies the requirements of clause (1) below with a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary solely for the purpose of changing its jurisdiction of incorporation to another State of the United States), or sell, lease, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of or assign all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries (taken as a whole), to any Person or (b) adopt a Plan of Liquidation unless, in either case:

For purposes of this covenant, any Indebtedness of the Successor which was not Indebtedness of the Issuer immediately prior to the transaction shall be deemed to have been incurred in connection with such transaction.

Except as provided under the caption "—Note Guarantees," no Subsidiary Guarantor may consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Subsidiary Guarantor is the surviving Person) another Person (other than the Issuer or another Subsidiary Guarantor), whether or not affiliated with such Subsidiary Guarantor, unless:

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) any Restricted Subsidiary may merge into the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary, (b) the provisions of clauses (2) or (3) of the first paragraph above shall not apply to a merger of the Issuer with or into a Restricted Subsidiary, (c) the above provisions shall not apply to any transfer of assets between or among the Issuer and any Restricted Subsidiary and (d) the requirements of the immediately preceding paragraph will not apply to any transaction pursuant to which such Subsidiary Guarantor is permitted to be released from its Note Guarantee in accordance with the provisions described under the section entitled "Note Guarantees."

For purposes of the foregoing, the transfer (by lease, assignment, sale or otherwise, in a single transaction or series of transactions) of all or substantially all of the assets of one or more Restricted Subsidiaries, the Equity Interests of which constitute all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer, will be deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer.

Upon any consolidation, combination or merger of the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor, or any sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer in accordance with the foregoing, in which the Issuer or such Subsidiary Guarantor is not the continuing obligor under the Notes or its Note Guarantee, the surviving entity formed by such consolidation or into which the Issuer or such Subsidiary Guarantor is merged or to which the sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition is made will succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Issuer or such Subsidiary Guarantor under the Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees with the same effect as if such surviving entity had been named therein as the Issuer or such Subsidiary Guarantor and, except in the case of a lease, the Issuer or such Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be, will be released from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes or in respect of its Note Guarantee, as the case may be, and all of the Issuer's or such Subsidiary Guarantor's other obligations and covenants under the Notes, the Indenture and its Note Guarantee, if applicable.

The description above includes a phrase relating to the sale or disposition of "all or substantially all" of the assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole. Although there is a limited body of case law interpreting the phrase "substantially all," there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law. See "Risk Factors—Risks Relating to the Notes and this Offering—We may not be able to satisfy our obligations to holders of the Notes upon a change of control."

If, after the Issue Date, (a) the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary shall acquire or create another Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Subsidiary that (i) has been designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, (ii) is an Immaterial Subsidiary or (iii) is a Mortgage Subsidiary), or (b) any Unrestricted Subsidiary is redesignated a Restricted Subsidiary (other than such a Subsidiary that is not (i) an Immaterial Subsidiary or (ii) a Mortgage Subsidiary), then, in each such case, to the extent such Restricted Subsidiary has guaranteed any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor and such Guarantee is then outstanding, the Issuer shall cause such Restricted Subsidiary, within 20 Business Days after such date, to:

Notwithstanding the foregoing, at each time of distribution of financial statements pursuant to clause (1) of the "Reports" covenant, the Issuer shall calculate, as of the last date of the fiscal quarter for which such financial statements are required to be delivered the total assets of Immaterial Subsidiaries that are not Subsidiary Guarantors. In the event that the total assets of all Immaterial Subsidiaries that are not Subsidiary Guarantors exceeds 7.5% of Consolidated Tangible Assets, the Issuer shall, within 30 days after the date such financial statements are required to be delivered, cause one or more Immaterial Subsidiaries to provide Note Guarantees as and to the extent required to cause the total assets of all Immaterial Subsidiaries (other than Immaterial Subsidiaries that are Subsidiary Guarantors) not to exceed 7.5% of Consolidated Tangible Assets. The Issuer at any time at its sole option may cause any non-guarantor Subsidiary to become a Subsidiary Guarantor by executing a supplemental indenture to the Indenture.

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, engage in any material respect in a business other than the Permitted Business and businesses necessary, reasonably related or ancillary thereto.

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration, to any Holder of Notes for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of the Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid or agreed to be paid to all Holders of the Notes that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.

Whether or not required by the SEC, the Issuer will furnish to the Holders of Notes, within the time periods specified in the SEC's rules and regulations (including any grace periods or extensions permitted by the SEC and the additional time period provided by Rule 13a-13 of the Exchange Act for the Issuer's first quarterly report):

provided that, the foregoing delivery requirements will be deemed satisfied if the foregoing materials are publicly available on the SEC's EDGAR system (or a successor thereto) within the applicable time periods specified above.

In addition, whether or not required by the SEC, the Issuer will file a copy of all of the information and reports referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above with the SEC for public availability within the time periods specified in the SEC's rules and regulations (unless the SEC will not accept the filing) and make the information available to securities analysts and prospective investors upon request.

At any time that there shall be one or more Unrestricted Subsidiaries that, in the aggregate, hold more than 15.0% of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries' Consolidated Tangible Assets as of the last date of the fiscal quarter for which financial statements are required to be delivered pursuant to clause (1) of this covenant, the quarterly and annual financial information required by clause (1) of this covenant shall include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto of the financial condition and results of operations of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

In addition, the Issuer agrees that, for so long as any Notes remain outstanding, if at any time it is not required to file with the SEC the reports required by the preceding paragraphs, it will furnish to the Holders of the Notes and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

The Issuer will also deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, an Officer's Certificate stating that, to the signing Officer's knowledge, no Default has occurred under the Indenture, or, if a Default has occurred, what action the Issuer and/or Subsidiary Guarantors are taking or propose to take with respect thereto.

in each case, the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with any other Indebtedness with respect to which an event described in clause (a) or (b) has occurred and is continuing, aggregates $25.0 million or more; provided, however, that if any such default is cured or waived or any acceleration rescinded or such Indebtedness is repaid within a period of thirty (30) days from the continuation of such default beyond any applicable grace period or the occurrence of such acceleration, as the case may be, such Event of Default under the Indenture and any consequential acceleration of the Notes shall automatically be rescinded so long as such rescission does not conflict with any judgment or decree;

If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clause (7) or (8) above with respect to the Issuer), shall have occurred and be continuing under the Indenture, the Trustee, by written notice to the Issuer, or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by written notice to the Issuer and the Trustee, may declare all amounts owing under the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Upon such declaration of acceleration, the aggregate principal of and accrued and unpaid interest on the outstanding Notes shall immediately become due and payable; provided, however, that after such acceleration, but before a judgment or decree based on acceleration, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of such outstanding Notes may rescind and annul such acceleration. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may waive all past defaults (except with respect to nonpayment of principal, premium or interest) and rescind any such acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences if (1) such rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction and (2) all existing Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of the principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes that have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived. If an Event of Default specified in clause (7) or (8) with respect to the Issuer occurs, all outstanding Notes shall become due and payable without any further action or notice.

The Trustee shall, within 90 days after a responsible officer of the Trustee becomes aware of the occurrence of any Default with respect to the Notes, give the Holders notice of all uncured Defaults thereunder known to it; provided, however, that, except in the case of an Event of Default in payment with respect to the Notes or a Default in complying with "—Certain Covenants—Limitations on Mergers, Consolidations, Etc.," the Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and so long as a committee of its trust officers in good faith determines that the withholding of such notice is in the interest of the Holders.

No Holder will have any right to institute any proceeding with respect to the Indenture or for any remedy thereunder, unless the Trustee:

However, such limitations do not apply to a suit instituted by a Holder of any Note for enforcement of payment of the principal of or interest on such Note on or after the due date therefor (after giving effect to the grace period specified in clause (1) of the first paragraph of this "—Events of Default" section).

The Issuer is required to deliver to the Trustee annually, within 90 days after each fiscal year end, an Officer's Certificate regarding compliance with the Indenture and, upon any Officer of the Issuer becoming aware of any Default, a statement specifying such Default and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

The Issuer may, at its option and at any time, elect to have its obligations and the obligations of the Subsidiary Guarantors discharged with respect to the outstanding Notes ("Legal Defeasance"). Legal Defeasance means that the Issuer and the Subsidiary Guarantors shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the Notes and the Note Guarantees, and the Indenture shall cease to be of further effect as to all outstanding Notes and Note Guarantees, except as to:

In addition, the Issuer may, at its option and at any time, elect to have its obligations and the obligations of the Subsidiary Guarantors released with respect to most of the covenants under the Indenture, except as described otherwise in the Indenture ("Covenant Defeasance"), and thereafter any omission to comply with such obligations shall not constitute a Default or Event of Default. In the event Covenant Defeasance occurs, certain Events of Default (not including non-payment and, solely for a period of 91 days following the deposit referred to in clause (1) of the next paragraph, bankruptcy, receivership, rehabilitation and insolvency events relating to the Issuer) will no longer apply. The Issuer may exercise its Legal Defeasance option regardless of whether it previously exercised Covenant Defeasance.

The Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect (except as to rights of registration of transfer or exchange of Notes which shall survive until all Notes have been canceled and indemnifications which shall survive discharge and cancellation of the Notes) as to all outstanding Notes when either:

In addition, the Issuer must deliver an Officer's Certificate and an opinion of counsel (as to legal matters) stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been complied with.

A Holder will be able to register the transfer of or exchange Notes only in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. Without the prior consent of the Issuer, the Registrar is not required (1) to register the transfer of or exchange any Note selected for redemption, (2) to register the transfer of or exchange any Note for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or (3) to register the transfer or exchange of a Note between a record date and the next succeeding interest payment date.

The Notes are issued in registered form and the registered Holder will be treated as the owner of such Note for all purposes.

Except as provided in the next two succeeding paragraphs, the Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees may be amended with the consent (which may include consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for Notes) of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including, without limitation, Additional Notes, if any) voting as a single class, and any existing Default under, or compliance with any provision of, the Indenture may be waived (other than any continuing Default in the payment of the principal or interest on the Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) with the consent (which may include consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for Notes) of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including, without limitation, Additional Notes, if any) voting as a single class.

Without the consent of each Holder affected, the Issuer, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee may not (with respect to the Notes held by a non-consenting Holder):

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuer, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee may amend the Indenture, the Note Guarantees or the Notes, without the consent of any Holder,

For the avoidance of doubt, clause (3) of the second paragraph of this "Amendment, Supplement and Waiver" section does not apply to the covenants described above under the captions "—Change of Control" and "—Certain Covenants—Limitations on Asset Sales"; provided that any amendment, supplement or waiver to such covenants will be governed by the first paragraph under this caption "Amendment, Supplement and Waiver."

No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees, Incorporators and Stockholders

No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary will have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer under the Notes or the Indenture or of any Subsidiary Guarantor under its Note Guarantee or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes and the Note Guarantees. The SEC takes the position that this waiver will not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws.

Wilmington Trust, National Association is the Trustee under the Indenture and has been appointed by the Issuer as Registrar and Paying Agent with regard to the Notes. The Indenture contains certain limitations on the rights of the Trustee, should it become a creditor of the Issuer, to obtain payment of claims in certain cases, or to realize on certain assets received in respect of any such claim as security or otherwise. The Trustee will be permitted to engage in other transactions; however, if it acquires any conflicting interest (as defined in the Trust Indenture Act), it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as Trustee (if the Indenture has been qualified under the Trust Indenture Act) or resign.

The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee, subject to certain exceptions. The Indenture provides that, in case an Event of Default occurs and is not cured, the Trustee will be required, in the exercise of its power, to use the degree of care of a prudent person in similar circumstances in the conduct of his or her own affairs. The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the Indenture at the request of any Holder, unless such Holder shall have offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee.

The Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees will be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

Set forth below is a summary of certain of the defined terms used in the Indenture. Reference is made to the Indenture for the full definition of all such terms.

"2017 Notes" means the $125.0 million aggregate principal amount of senior secured term notes due 2017 issued on June 8, 2012.

"Acquired Indebtedness" means (1) with respect to any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, Indebtedness of such Person and its Subsidiaries existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary that was not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary and (2) with respect to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, any Indebtedness of a Person (other than the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) existing at the time such Person is merged with or into the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, or Indebtedness expressly assumed by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with the acquisition of an asset or assets from another Person, which Indebtedness was not, in any case, incurred by such other Person in connection with, or in contemplation of, such merger or acquisition.

"Affiliate" of any Person means any other Person which directly or indirectly controls or is controlled by, or is under direct or indirect common control with, the referent Person. For purposes of the covenants described under "—Certain Covenants—Limitations on Transactions with Affiliates," Affiliates shall be deemed to include, with respect to any Person, any other Person (1) which beneficially owns or holds, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of any class of the Voting Stock of the referent Person, (2) of which 10% or more of the Voting Stock is beneficially owned or held, directly or indirectly, by the referent Person or (3) with respect to an individual, any immediate family member of such Person. For purposes of this definition, "control" of a Person shall mean the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

"Asset Sale" means any sale, issuance, conveyance, transfer, lease (other than an operating lease entered into in the ordinary course of business (as determined in good faith by the Issuer)), assignment or other disposition by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to any Person other than the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (including by means of a Sale and Leaseback Transaction or a merger or consolidation) (collectively, for purposes of this definition, a "transfer"), in one transaction or a series of related transactions, of any assets (including Equity Interests of any of the Issuer's Restricted Subsidiaries, except Disqualified Equity Interests of any of the Issuer's Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent permitted by the covenant described under "—Certain Covenants—Limitations on Additional Indebtedness") of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries other than in the ordinary course of business (as determined in good faith by the Issuer). For purposes of this definition, the term "Asset Sale" shall not include:

"Attributable Indebtedness" when used with respect to any Sale and Leaseback Transaction, means, as at the time of determination, the present value (discounted at a rate equivalent to the Issuer's then-current weighted average cost of funds for borrowed money as at the time of determination, compounded on a semi-annual basis) of the total obligations of the lessee for rental payments during the remaining term of any Capitalized Lease included in any such Sale and Leaseback Transaction.

"Bankruptcy Law" means Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended, or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors.

"Business Day" means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions in New York, New York or in the jurisdiction of the place of payment are authorized or required by law to close.

"Capitalized Lease" means an obligation required to be capitalized for financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP.

"Capitalized Lease Obligations" of any Person means the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under a Capitalized Lease, and the amount of such obligation shall be the capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance with GAAP.

"Consolidated Amortization Expense" for any period means the amortization expense (including, without limitation, capitalized interest and other charges amortized to cost of homes and land sales, amortization of intangibles, deferred financing fees, debt incurrence costs, commissions, fees and expenses) of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

"Consolidated Cash Flow Available for Fixed Charges" for any period means, without duplication, the sum of the amounts for such period of:

"Consolidated Depreciation Expense" for any period means the depreciation expense of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

"Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio" means the ratio of Consolidated Cash Flow Available for Fixed Charges during the most recent four consecutive full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available (the "Four-Quarter Period") ending on or prior to the date of the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (the "Transaction Date") to Consolidated Interest Incurred for the Four-Quarter Period. For purposes of this definition, Consolidated Cash Flow Available for Fixed Charges and Consolidated Interest Incurred shall be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis for the period of such calculation to:

If the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary directly or indirectly guarantees Indebtedness of a third Person (other than a Restricted Subsidiary, in the case of the Issuer, or the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary, in the case of a Restricted Subsidiary), the preceding sentence shall give effect to the incurrence of such guaranteed Indebtedness as if the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary had directly incurred or otherwise assumed such guaranteed Indebtedness.

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is given to a transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be determined in good faith by a senior financial officer of the Issuer.

If, since the beginning of the Four-Quarter Period, any Person (that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period) will have incurred any Indebtedness or discharged any Indebtedness or made any asset sale or disposition or any Asset Acquisition that would have required an adjustment pursuant to clause (1) or (2) above if made by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary during such period, Consolidated Cash Flow Available for Fixed Charges and Consolidated Interest Incurred for such period will be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such transaction occurred on the first day of such period.

In calculating Consolidated Interest Incurred for purposes of determining the denominator (but not the numerator) of this Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio:

"Consolidated Income Tax Expense" for any period means the provision for taxes of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

"Consolidated Indebtedness" means, as of any date, the total Indebtedness of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis at the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter immediately preceding such date for which internal financial statements are available.

"Consolidated Interest Expense" for any period means the sum, without duplication, of the total interest expense of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP and including, without duplication:

"Consolidated Interest Incurred" for any period means the sum, without duplication, of (1) Consolidated Interest Expense and (2) interest capitalized for such period (including interest capitalized with respect to discontinued operations).

"Consolidated Net Income" for any period means the net income (or loss) of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided that there shall be excluded from such net income (to the extent otherwise included therein), without duplication:

In addition, any return of capital with respect to an Investment that increased the Restricted Payments Basket pursuant to clause (3)(d) of the first paragraph under "—Certain Covenants—Limitations on Restricted Payments" or decreased the amount of Investments outstanding pursuant to clause (21) of the definition of "Permitted Investments" shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income for purposes of calculating the Restricted Payments Basket.

"Consolidated Net Worth" means, with respect to any Person as of any date, the consolidated stockholders' equity of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis at the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter immediately preceding such date for which internal financial statements are available, as determined in accordance with GAAP, less (without duplication) (1) any amounts thereof attributable to Disqualified Equity Interests of such Person or its Subsidiaries or any amount attributable to Unrestricted Subsidiaries and (2) all write-ups (other than write-ups resulting from foreign currency translations and write-ups of tangible assets of a going concern business made within twelve months after the acquisition of such business) subsequent to the Issue Date in the book value of any asset owned by such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person.

"Consolidated Tangible Assets" means, as of any date, the total amount of assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis at the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter immediately preceding such date for which internal financial statements are available, as determined in accordance with GAAP, less (1) Intangible Assets and (2) any assets securing Non-Recourse Indebtedness up to the aggregate principal amount of such Non-Recourse Indebtedness.

"Consolidated Tangible Net Worth" means, with respect to any Person as of any date, the Consolidated Net Worth of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis at the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter immediately preceding such date for which internal financial statements are available, less (without duplication) all Intangible Assets of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis at the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter immediately preceding such date for which internal financial statements are available.

"Custodian" means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.

"Credit Facilities" means one or more debt facilities, indentures or commercial paper facilities (including the Credit Agreement), in each case, with banks or other lenders or investors or credit providers or a trustee providing for the revolving credit loans, term loans, project loans, receivables

financing (including through the sale of receivables to such lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders against such receivables), bankers acceptances, letters of credit or issuances of debt securities, including any related notes, debentures, indentures, deeds of trust, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments, documents and agreements executed in connection therewith and in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, extended, supplemented, restructured, refunded, replaced in any manner (whether upon or after termination or otherwise) or in part from time to time, in one or more instances and including any amendment increasing the amount of Indebtedness incurred or available to be borrowed thereunder, extending the maturity of any Indebtedness incurred thereunder or contemplated thereby or deleting, adding or substituting one or more parties thereto (whether or not such added or substituted parties are other agents, creditors, banks, lenders or group of creditors or lenders), including one or more separate instruments or facilities, in each case, whether any such amendment, restatement, modification, renewal, extension, supplement, restructuring, refunding, replacement or refinancing occurs simultaneously or not with the termination or repayment of a prior Credit Facility.

"Default" means (1) any Event of Default or (2) any event, act or condition that, after notice or the passage of time or both, would be an Event of Default.

"Designated Non-cash Consideration" means the Fair Market Value of non-cash consideration received by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale that is designated as "Designated Non-cash Consideration" pursuant to an Officer's Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation.

"Designation" has the meaning given to this term in the covenant described under "—Certain Covenants—Limitations on Designation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries"; and "Designate" and "Designated" shall have correlative meanings.

"Designation Amount" has the meaning given to this term in the covenant described under "—Certain Covenants—Limitations on Designation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries."

"Directly Related Assets" means, with respect to any particular property, assets directly related thereto or derived therefrom, such as proceeds (including insurance proceeds), products, rents, and profits thereof, fixtures thereon and improvements and accessions thereto.

"Disqualified Equity Interests" of any Person means any class of Equity Interests of such Person that, by their terms, or by the terms of any related agreement or of any security into which they are convertible, puttable or exchangeable, are, or upon the happening of any event or the passage of time would be, required to be redeemed by such Person, whether or not at the option of the holder thereof, or mature or are mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date which is 91 days after the final maturity date of the Notes; provided, however, that any class of Equity Interests of such Person that, by its terms, authorizes such Person to satisfy in full its obligations with respect to the payment of dividends or upon maturity, redemption (pursuant to a sinking fund or otherwise) or repurchase thereof or otherwise by the delivery of Equity Interests that are not Disqualified Equity Interests, and that are not convertible, puttable or exchangeable for Disqualified Equity Interests or Indebtedness, will not be deemed to be Disqualified Equity Interests so long as such Person satisfies its obligations with respect thereto solely by the delivery of Equity Interests that are not Disqualified Equity Interests; provided further, however, that any Equity Interests that would constitute Disqualified Equity Interests but for provisions thereof giving holders thereof (or the holders of any security into or for which such Equity Interests are convertible, exchangeable or exercisable) the right to require the Issuer to redeem such Equity Interests upon the occurrence of a change in control or asset sale occurring prior to the final maturity date of the Notes shall not constitute Disqualified Equity Interests if the change in control or asset sale provisions applicable to such Equity Interests are not materially more favorable to such holders than the provisions described under the captions "Change of Control" or "—Certain Covenants—Limitations on

Asset Sales," respectively, and such Equity Interests specifically provide that the Issuer will not redeem any such Equity Interests pursuant to such provisions prior to the Issuer's purchase of the Notes as required pursuant to the provisions described under the captions "Change of Control" and "—Certain Covenants—Limitations on Asset Sales."

"Equity Interests" of any Person means (1) any and all shares or other equity interests (including common stock, preferred stock, limited liability company interests and partnership interests) in such Person and (2) all rights to purchase, warrants or options (whether or not currently exercisable), participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) such shares or other interests in such Person.

"Equity Offering" means public or private equity offering or sale after the Issuer Date of Qualified Equity Interests made for cash by the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent entity of the Issuer, the proceeds of which are contributed to the Issuer other than (1) public offerings registered on Form S-4 or S-8 or (2) an issuance to any Subsidiary.

"Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

"Fair Market Value" means, with respect to any asset or security, the price (after taking into account any liabilities relating to such assets) that would reasonably expected to be negotiated in an arm's-length transaction for cash between a willing seller and a willing and able buyer, neither of which is under any compulsion to complete the transaction, as such price is determined in good faith by the board of directors of the Issuer or a duly authorized committee thereof or Senior Management of the Issuer.

"GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession of the United States, as in effect as of the Issue Date. At any time after the Issue Date, the Issuer may elect to apply International Financial Reporting Standards ("IFRS") accounting principles in lieu of GAAP and, upon any such election, references herein to GAAP shall thereafter be construed to mean IFRS (except as otherwise provided in the Indenture), as in effect as of the date of such election; provided that any such election, once made, shall be irrevocable; provided, further, any calculation or determination in the Indenture that requires the application of GAAP for periods that include fiscal quarters ended prior to the Issuer's election to apply IFRS shall remain as previously calculated or determined in accordance with GAAP. The Issuer shall give notice of any such election made in accordance with this definition to the Trustee and the Holders of Notes.

"GP Indebtedness" means as of any date the amount of the liability of Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in its capacity as a general partner for the Indebtedness of a partnership or Joint Venture after subtracting the Fair Market Value as of such date of the assets of such partnership or Joint Venture that secure such Indebtedness.

"guarantee" means a direct or indirect guarantee by any Person of any Indebtedness of any other Person and includes any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person: (1) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) Indebtedness of such other Person (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreements to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services (unless such purchase arrangements are on arm's-length terms and are entered into in the ordinary course of business (as determined in good faith by the Issuer)), to take-or-pay, or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise); or (2) entered into for purposes of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness of the payment thereof

or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part). "guarantee," when used as a verb, and "guaranteed" have correlative meanings.

"Hedging Obligations" of any Person means the obligations of such Person pursuant to (1) any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate collar agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in or manage exposure to interest rates, (2) agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in or manage exposure to foreign currency exchange rates in the conduct of its operations, or (3) any forward contract, commodity swap agreement, commodity option agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in or manage exposure to commodity prices, in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) for bona fide hedging purposes and not for the purpose of speculation.

"Housing Unit" means a detached or attached home (including a townhouse, condominium or high rise unit) owned by the Issuer or a Subsidiary of the Issuer which is completed or for which there has been a start of construction.

"Immaterial Subsidiary" means, at any date of determination, each Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer, whose total assets as of the last day of the then most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available were less than $20.0 million determined in accordance with GAAP.

"incur" means, with respect to any Indebtedness or obligation, incur, create, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to such Indebtedness or obligation; provided that (1) the Indebtedness of a Person existing at the time such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary or at the time such Person merged with or into the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to have been incurred at such time and (2) neither the accrual of interest nor the accretion of original issue discount shall be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following shall not be considered Indebtedness:

The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date shall be the accreted value thereof in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount. Except to the extent provided in the preceding sentence, the amount of any Indebtedness that is convertible into or exchangeable for Equity Interests of the Issuer outstanding as of any date shall be deemed to be equal to the principal and premium, if any, in respect of such Indebtedness, notwithstanding the provisions of GAAP (including Accounting Standards Codification Topic 470-20, Debt-Debt with Conversion and Other Options). The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any date shall be the outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional obligations as described above, the maximum liability of such Person for any such contingent obligations at such date and, in the case of clause (7), the lesser of (a) the Fair Market

Value of any asset subject to a Lien securing the Indebtedness of others on the date that the Lien attaches and (b) the amount of the Indebtedness secured.

"Independent Financial Advisor" means an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of nationally recognized standing that is, in the reasonable judgment of the Issuer's board of directors, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged and disinterested and independent with respect to the Issuer and its Affiliates; provided, however, that the prior rendering of service to the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer shall not, by itself, disqualify the advisor.

"Intangible Assets" means, with respect to any Person, all unamortized debt discount and expense, unamortized deferred charges, goodwill, patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, licenses, organization or developmental expenses, write-ups of assets over their carrying value (other than write-ups which occurred prior to the Issue Date and other than, in connection with the acquisition of an asset, the write-up of the value of such asset to its Fair Market Value in accordance with GAAP on the date of acquisition) and all other items which would be treated as intangibles on the consolidated balance sheet of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP.

Except as otherwise expressly specified in this definition, the amount of any Investment (other than an Investment made in cash) shall be the Fair Market Value thereof on the date such Investment is made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value. The amount of any Investment pursuant to clause (4) shall be the Designation Amount determined in accordance with the covenant described under "—Certain Covenants—Limitations on Designation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries." If the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary, the Issuer shall be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or other disposition equal to the Fair Market Value of the Equity Interests of

and all other Investments in such Restricted Subsidiary not sold or disposed of, which amount shall be determined by the board of directors of the Issuer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, redemptions of Equity Interests of the Issuer shall be deemed not to be Investments.

"Issue Date" means August 7, 2013, the date on which the Notes were originally issued.

"Joint Venture" means a corporation, limited liability company, partnership or other entity engaged in a Permitted Business (other than an entity constituting a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Issuer) in which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries owns, directly or indirectly, at least 10% of the Equity Interests.

"Lien" means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, deed of trust, lien (statutory or other), pledge, lease, easement, restriction, covenant, charge, security interest or other encumbrance of any kind or nature in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, and any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell, and any filing of, or agreement to give, any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction (other than cautionary filings in respect of operating leases). Notwithstanding for foregoing, in no event shall an operating lease or any filing with respect thereto be deemed to constitute a Lien.

"Model Home Unit" means a completed Housing Unit to be used as a model home in connection with the sale of Housing Units in a residential housing project.

"Mortgage Subsidiary" means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer engaged primarily in the mortgage origination and lending business. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Mortgage Subsidiaries shall not incur any Indebtedness for borrowed money other than Non-Recourse Indebtedness.

"Net Available Proceeds" means, with respect to any Asset Sale, the proceeds thereof in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents, net of

"Non-Recourse Indebtedness" with respect to any Person means Indebtedness of such Person for which (1) the sole legal recourse for collection of principal and interest on such Indebtedness is against

the specific property identified in the instruments evidencing or securing such Indebtedness and such property was acquired, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly (including through the purchase of Equity Interests of the Person owning such property), with the proceeds of such Indebtedness or such Indebtedness was incurred within 365 days after the direct or indirect acquisition of such property, including through the purchase of Equity Interests of the Person owning such property, and (2) no other assets of such Person may be realized upon in collection of principal or interest on such Indebtedness. Indebtedness that is otherwise Non-Recourse Indebtedness will not lose its character as Non-Recourse Indebtedness because there is recourse to the Issuer, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any other Person for (a) environmental warranties, covenants or indemnities, (b) indemnities for and liabilities arising from fraud, misrepresentation, misapplication or non-payment of rents, profits, deposits, insurance and condemnation proceeds and other sums actually received by the obligor from secured assets to be paid to the lender, waste and mechanics' liens, breach of separateness covenants, and other customary exceptions or (c) similar customary "bad-boy" guarantees.

"Obligations" means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

"Officer" of any Person means any of the following of such Person: the Chairman of the board of directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Chief Operating Officer, the President, any Vice President, the General Counsel, the Treasurer or the Secretary.

"Officer's Certificate" of any Person means a certificate signed by an Officer of such Person.

"Pari Passu Indebtedness" means any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor that ranks equally in right of payment with the Notes or the Note Guarantee of such Subsidiary Guarantor, as applicable (without giving effect to collateral arrangements).

"PAPA" means an arrangement, other than with an Affiliate of the Issuer, which may be unsecured or secured by a Lien granted in conjunction with purchase contracts for the purchase of real estate and which provides for future payments due to the sellers of such real estate at the time of the sale of such real estate (or parts thereof) and which payments may be contingent on the sale price of such real estate (or parts thereof), which arrangement may include (1) adjustments to the land purchase price, (2) profit participations, (3) community marketing fees and community enhancement fees and (4) reimbursable costs paid by the land developer.

"Permitted Business" means (i) any businesses engaged in by the Issuer and its Subsidiaries on the Issue Date, (ii) any business or other activities that are reasonably similar, ancillary, complementary or related to, or a reasonable extension, development or expansion of, the businesses described in clause (i) of this definition, (iii) any business in the homebuilding, real estate development or community planning industries and (iv) commercial real estate development, brokerage and the sale or rental of homes and other real estate and related real estate activities, including, without limitation, the provision of mortgage financing, title insurance or homeowners' insurance.

"Permitted Holders" means (i) the Sponsors, (ii) any Person or any of the Persons who were a group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) whose ownership of assets or Voting Stock has triggered a Change of Control in respect of which a Change of Control Offer has been made and all notes that were tendered therein have been accepted and paid, (iii) any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any of the foregoing beneficially own, without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other group, more than 50.0% of the total voting power of the aggregate Voting Stock of the Issuer held directly or indirectly by such group and (iv) any members of a group described in clause (iii) for so long as such Person is a member of such group.

The amount of Investments outstanding at any time pursuant to clauses (20) and (22) above shall be deemed to be reduced:

The Issuer may classify (or later reclassify) any Lien in one or more of the above categories (including in part in one category and in part in another category). For purposes of this definition, the term "Indebtedness" shall be deemed to include interest on such Indebtedness.

"Person" means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, incorporated or unincorporated association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or other agency or political subdivision thereof or other entity of any kind.

"Plan of Liquidation" with respect to any Person, means a plan that provides for, contemplates or the effectuation of which is preceded or accompanied by (whether or not substantially contemporaneously, in phases or otherwise): (1) the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of such Person otherwise than as an entirety or substantially as an entirety; and (2) the distribution of all or substantially all of the proceeds of such sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the remaining assets of such Person to creditors and holders of Equity Interests of such Person.

"principal" means, with respect to the Notes, the principal of, and premium, if any, on the Notes.

"Pro Forma Cost Savings" means the amount of cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and synergies that (A) would properly be reflected in a pro forma income statement prepared in accordance with Regulation S-X under the Securities Act, (B) are expected to be realized as a result of actions that were actually implemented prior to the calculation of Consolidated Cash Flow Available for Fixed Charges in connection with or as a result of any acquisition, Investment, disposition, restructuring or the implementation of an initiative and that are supportable and quantifiable by the underlying accounting records or (C) are expected to be realized within 12 months of the date of the calculation of Consolidated Cash Flow Available for Fixed Charges as a result of actions taken or expected to be taken in connection with or as a result of any acquisition, Investment, disposition, restructuring or the implementation of an initiative, as applicable (in each case, calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and synergies had been realized on the first day of such period as if such cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and synergies were realized during the entirety of such period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions; provided, that (1) in the case of clauses (B) and (C), such actions are to be taken within 12 months after the consummation of the acquisition, Investment, disposition, restructuring or the implementation of an initiative, as applicable, (2) no cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses or synergies shall be included to the extent duplicative of any expenses or charges otherwise added to Consolidated Cash Flow Available for Fixed Charges, whether through a pro forma adjustment or otherwise, for such period and (3) the aggregate amount of cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and synergies added pursuant to clauses (B) and (C) in any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters shall not exceed 10.0% of Consolidated Cash Flow Available for Fixed Charges (prior to giving effect to clauses (B) and (C)) in the aggregate for any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters. Pro Forma Cost Savings described in clauses (B) and (C) above shall be established by a certificate delivered to the Trustee from Senior Management of the Issuer that outlines the specific actions taken or to be taken and the net cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses or synergies achieved or to be achieved from each such action and that states such savings have been prepared in good faith and determined in such person's reasonable judgment to be probable based on information then available.

"Purchase Money Indebtedness" means Indebtedness, including Capitalized Lease Obligations, of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price of property, plant or equipment used in the business of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or the cost of installation, construction or improvement thereof; provided, however, that (1) the amount of such Indebtedness shall not exceed such purchase price or cost (including financing costs), (2) such Indebtedness shall not be secured by any asset other than the specified asset being financed or, in the case of real property or fixtures, including additions and improvements, the real property to which such asset is attached and Directly Related Assets, provided that individual financings of one lender may be cross collateralized to other financings of assets provided by such lender and (3) such Indebtedness shall be incurred within 180 days after such acquisition of such asset by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary or such installation, construction or improvement.

"Qualified Equity Interests" means Equity Interests of the Issuer other than Disqualified Equity Interests.

"Ratio Exception" has the meaning set forth in the proviso in the first paragraph of the covenant described under "—Certain Covenants—Limitations on Additional Indebtedness."

"redeem" means to redeem, repurchase, purchase, defease, retire, discharge or otherwise acquire or retire for value; and "redemption" shall have a correlative meaning.

"Redesignation" has the meaning given to such term in the covenant described under "—Certain Covenants—Limitations on Designation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries."

"Refinancing Indebtedness" means Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary issued in exchange for, or the proceeds from the issuance and sale or disbursement of which are substantially concurrently used to refund, replace, renew, extend, redeem or refinance in whole or in part, or constituting an amendment of, any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (the "Refinanced Indebtedness") in a principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, an issue price) not in excess of the principal amount of the Refinanced Indebtedness so repaid or amended (plus, in each case, the amount of any premium paid (including tender, prepayment or redemption premiums or penalties), accrued and unpaid interest and the amount of fees, commissions and expenses incurred by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with such repayment or amendment) (or, if such Refinancing Indebtedness refinances Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility or other agreement providing a commitment for subsequent borrowings, with a maximum commitment not to exceed the maximum commitment under such revolving credit facility or other agreement); provided that:

"Registration Rights Agreement" means the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of the Issue Date, among the Issuer, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the other parties named on the signature pages thereof, and as such agreement may be amended, modified or further supplemented from time to time, and, with respect to any Additional Notes, one or more registration rights agreements among the Issuer, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the other parties thereto, as such agreement(s) may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, relating to rights given by the Issuer to the purchasers of Additional Notes to register such Additional Notes under the Securities Act.

"Restricted Payments Basket" has the meaning given to such term in the first paragraph of the covenant described under "—Certain Covenants—Limitations on Restricted Payments."

"Restricted Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary of the Issuer other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

"Sale and Leaseback Transaction" means, with respect to any Person, an arrangement with any bank, insurance company or other lender or investor or to which such lender or investor is a party, providing for the leasing by such Person of any asset of such Person which has been or is being sold or transferred by such Person to such lender or investor or to any Person to whom funds have been or are to be advanced by such lender or investor on the security of such asset.

"Secretary's Certificate" means a certificate signed by the Secretary of the Issuer.

"Senior Management" means the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer or the Chief Operating Officer of the Issuer.

"Significant Subsidiary" means (1) any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a "significant subsidiary" as defined in Regulation S-X promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act as such Regulation is in effect on the Issue Date and (2) any Restricted Subsidiary that, when aggregated with all other Restricted Subsidiaries that are not otherwise Significant Subsidiaries and as to which any

event described in clause (7), (8) or (9) under "—Events of Default" has occurred and is continuing, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary under clause (1) of this definition.

"Sponsors" means Monarch Alternative Capital LP, Stonehill Institutional Partners, L.P. and their respective managed funds and Affiliates (but excluding any of their respective portfolio companies).

"Stated Maturity" means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the original documentation governing such Indebtedness and will not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof; provided that, in the case of debt securities that are by their terms convertible into Qualified Equity Interests (or cash or a combination of cash and Qualified Equity Interests based on the value of the Qualified Equity Interests) of the Issuer, any obligation to offer to repurchase such debt securities on a date(s) specified in the original terms of such securities, which obligation is not subject to any condition or contingency, will be treated as a Stated Maturity date of such convertible debt securities.

"Subordinated Indebtedness" means Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor that is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Note Guarantees, respectively.

"Subsidiary Guarantor" means each Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer on the Issue Date, and each other Person that is required to become a Subsidiary Guarantor by the terms of the Indenture, in each case, until such Person is released from its Note Guarantee.

"Note Guarantee" means the guarantee of the Notes executed by each Subsidiary Guarantor.

"Unrestricted Subsidiary" means (1) any Subsidiary that at the time of determination shall be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the board of directors of the Issuer in accordance with the covenant described under "—Certain Covenants—Limitations on Designation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries" and (2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

"U.S. Government Obligations" means direct non-callable obligations of, or obligations guaranteed by, the United States of America for the payment of which guarantee or obligations the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged.

"Voting Stock" with respect to any Person, means securities of any class of Equity Interests of such Person entitling the holders thereof (whether at all times or only so long as no senior class of stock or other relevant equity interest has voting power by reason of any contingency) to vote in the election of members of the board of directors of such Person.

"Weighted Average Life to Maturity" when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, means the number of years obtained by dividing (1) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payment of principal, including payment at Stated Maturity, in respect thereof by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment by (2) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

"Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary" means any Wholly Owned Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary.

"Wholly Owned Subsidiary" means, with respect to any Person, a Subsidiary of such Person, 100% of the outstanding Equity Interests or other ownership interest of which (other than directors' qualifying shares or shares or interests required to be held by foreign nationals or other third parties to the extent required by applicable law) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

The certificates representing the new notes will be issued in fully registered form without interest coupons.

We expect that pursuant to procedures established by DTC (i) upon the issuance of the global notes, DTC or its custodian will credit, on its internal system, the principal amount at maturity of the individual beneficial interests represented by such global notes to the respective accounts of persons who have accounts with such depositary and (ii) ownership of beneficial interests in the global notes will be shown on, and the transfer of such ownership will be effected only through, records maintained by DTC or its nominee (with respect to interests of participants) and the records of participants (with respect to interests of persons other than participants). Such accounts initially will be designated by or on behalf of the Initial Purchasers, and ownership of beneficial interests in the global notes will be limited to persons who have accounts with DTC, or "participants," or to persons who hold interests through participants. Holders may hold their interests in the global notes directly through DTC if they are participants in the system, or indirectly through organizations which are participants in the system.

So long as DTC, or its nominee, is the registered owner or holder of the Notes, DTC or such nominee, as the case may be, will be considered the sole owner or holder of the Notes represented by such global notes for all purposes under the Indenture. No beneficial owner of an interest in the global notes will be able to transfer that interest except in accordance with DTC's procedures, in addition to those provided for under the Indenture.

Payments of the principal of, premium (if any), and interest (including additional interest) on, the global notes will be made to DTC or its nominee, as the case may be, as the registered owner thereof. None of us, the trustee or any paying agent will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests in the global notes or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interest.

We expect that DTC or its nominee, upon receipt of any payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest (including additional interest) on the global notes, will credit participants' accounts with payments in amounts proportionate to their respective beneficial interests in the principal amount of the global notes as shown on the records of DTC or its nominee. We also expect that payments by participants to owners of beneficial interests in the global notes held through such participants will be governed by standing instructions and customary practice, as is now the case with securities held for the accounts of customers registered in the names of nominees for such customers. Such payments will be the responsibility of such participants.

Transfers between participants in DTC will be effected in the ordinary way through DTC's same-day funds system in accordance with DTC rules and will be settled in same-day funds. If a holder requires physical delivery of a certificated security for any reason, including to sell notes to persons in states which require physical delivery of the Notes, or to pledge such securities, such holder must transfer its interest in a global note, in accordance with the normal procedures of DTC and with the procedures set forth in the Indenture.

DTC has advised us that it will take any action permitted to be taken by a holder of notes (including the presentation of notes for exchange as described below) only at the direction of one or more participants to whose account the DTC interests in the global notes are credited and only in respect of such portion of the aggregate principal amount of notes as to which such participant or participants has or have given such direction. However, if there is an event of default under the Indenture, DTC will exchange the global notes for certificated securities, which it will distribute to its participants and which will be legended as set forth under the heading "Transfer Restrictions."

DTC has advised us as follows: DTC is a limited purpose trust company organized under the laws of the State of New York, a member of the Federal Reserve System, a "clearing corporation" within the meaning of the Uniform Commercial Code and a "Clearing Agency" registered pursuant to the provisions of Section 17A of the Exchange Act. DTC was created to hold securities for its participants and facilitate the clearance and settlement of securities transactions between participants through electronic book-entry changes in accounts of its participants, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of certificates. Participants include securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies and clearing corporations and certain other organizations. Indirect access to the DTC system is available to others such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a participant, either directly or indirectly as indirect participants.

Although DTC has agreed to the foregoing procedures in order to facilitate transfers of interests in the global notes among participants of DTC, it is under no obligation to perform such procedures, and such procedures may be discontinued at any time. Neither we nor the trustee will have any responsibility for the performance by DTC or its participants or indirect participants of their respective obligations under the rules and procedures governing their operations.

Certificated securities shall be issued in exchange for beneficial interests in the global notes (i) if requested by a holder of such interests or (ii) if DTC is at any time unwilling or unable to continue as a depositary for the global notes and we do not appoint a successor depositary within 90 days.

The following discussion is a summary of U.S. federal income tax considerations relevant to the exchange of old notes for new notes pursuant to the exchange offer, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all potential tax effects. The discussion is based upon the Code, U.S. Treasury Regulations issued thereunder, IRS rulings and pronouncements and judicial decisions now in effect, all of which are subject to change at any time. Any such change may be applied retroactively in a manner that could adversely affect a holder of the Notes. Moreover, the effect of any applicable state, local or foreign tax laws is not discussed. The discussion applies only to holders that exchange old notes for new notes pursuant to the exchange offer.

No rulings from the IRS have or will be sought with respect to the matters discussed below. There can be no assurance that the IRS will not take a different position concerning the tax consequences of the exchange of old notes for new notes or that any such position would not be sustained. Holders of notes should consult their own tax advisors with regard to the application of the tax consequences discussed below to their particular situations as well as the application of any state, local, foreign or other tax laws, including gift and estate tax laws, and any tax treaties.

The exchange of the old notes for the new notes in the exchange offer should not be treated as an "exchange" for U.S. federal income tax purposes because the new notes will not be considered to differ materially in kind or extent from the old notes. Accordingly, the exchange of old notes for new notes should not be a taxable event to holders for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Moreover, the new notes should have the same tax attributes and consequences to holders as the old notes exchanged therefor, including the same adjusted tax basis and holding period.

Each broker-dealer that receives new notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the new notes. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of new notes received in exchange for old notes where the old notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. We have agreed that, for a period of 180 days after the expiration date of the exchange offer, we will make this prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. In addition, until August 4, 2014, all dealers effecting transactions in the Exchange Securities may be required to deliver a prospectus.

We will not receive any proceeds from any sale of new notes by broker-dealers. New notes received by broker-dealers for their own account pursuant to the exchange offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the new notes or a combination of those methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to prevailing market prices or negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such broker-dealer or the purchasers of any such new notes. Any broker-dealer that resells new notes that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of the new notes may be deemed to be an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act and any profit on any resale of new notes and any commissions or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The Letter of Transmittal states that, by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act.

For a period of 180 days after the expiration date of the exchange offer, we will promptly send additional copies of this prospectus and any amendment or supplement to this prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests such documents in the Letter of Transmittal. We have agreed to pay all expenses incident to the exchange offer (including the expenses of one counsel for the holders of the old notes) other than commissions or concessions of any brokers or dealers and will indemnify the holders of the securities (including any broker-dealers) against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

Certain matters will be passed upon for us by Vivien N. Hastings, who serves as our Senior Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel. The validity of the new notes offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Latham & Watkins LLP, New York, New York.

The consolidated financial statements of WCI Communities, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2013, appearing in this prospectus and registration statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firms as experts in accounting and auditing.

The consolidated financial statements of WCI Communities, Inc. and subsidiaries for the year ended December 31, 2011 appearing in this prospectus and registration statement have been audited by McGladrey LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report and upon the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

During March 2013, we engaged McGladrey LLP to conduct an audit of our consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2011 in accordance with standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board ("PCAOB") because Ernst & Young LLP had performed tax provision assistance services for us relating to that period. These services were allowable under the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants independence standards, but are not consistent with the independence rules of the SEC.

Neither the report of Ernst & Young LLP relating to our 2013 and 2012 consolidated financial statements nor the report of McGladrey LLP relating to our 2011 consolidated financial statements contained an adverse opinion or a disclaimer of opinion, or was qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principles. Moreover, during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, there were no (i) disagreements with either Ernst & Young LLP or McGladrey LLP on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure or auditing scope or procedure, which disagreement(s), if not resolved to the satisfaction of either Ernst & Young LLP or McGladrey LLP, would have caused either Ernst & Young LLP or McGladrey LLP to make reference to the subject matter of the disagreement(s) in connection with their reports on the consolidated financial statements of WCI Communities, Inc. and subsidiaries or (ii) reportable events (as defined in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K).

During March 2013, we engaged McGladrey LLP solely to audit our 2011 consolidated financial statements in accordance with PCAOB standards. Ernst & Young LLP, which did not provide any tax provision services related to our 2012 consolidated financial statements or any other services that are inconsistent with the independence rules of the SEC, was engaged to conduct an audit of our consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2012 in accordance with PCAOB standards. The engagement of both McGladrey LLP to audit our 2011 consolidated financial statements and Ernst & Young LLP to audit our 2012 consolidated financial statements was approved by the audit committee of our Board. Prior to engaging each of Ernst & Young LLP and McGladrey LLP, we did not consult with either of them with regard to (i) the application of accounting principles to a specified transaction, either completed or proposed, or the type of audit opinion that might be rendered, and neither a written report nor oral advice was provided to us that either Ernst & Young LLP or McGladrey LLP concluded was an important factor considered by us in reaching a decision as to an accounting, auditing or financial reporting issue or (ii) any matter that was the subject

of a disagreement (as defined in Item 304(a)(1)(iv) of Regulation S-K) or reportable event (as defined in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K).

We have furnished each of Ernst & Young LLP and McGladrey LLP with a copy of the foregoing disclosure and requested that each of Ernst & Young LLP and McGladrey LLP furnish us with a letter addressed to the SEC stating whether it agrees with the statements made herein and, if not, stating the respects in which it does not agree. A copy of each letter has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-4 under the Securities Act with respect to the new notes. This prospectus, which constitutes part of that registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits and schedules which are part of the registration statement. Some items included in the registration statement are omitted from the prospectus in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and the new notes offered in this prospectus, we refer you to the registration statement and the accompanying exhibits and schedules filed therewith. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or any other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete, and each such statement is qualified in all respects by reference to the full text of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement.

A copy of the registration statement and the accompanying exhibits and any other document we file may be inspected without charge at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549 and copies of all or any part of the registration statement may be obtained from this office upon the payment of the fees prescribed by the SEC. The public may obtain information on the operation of the public reference facilities in Washington, D.C. by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. Our filings with the SEC are available to the public from the SEC's website at www.sec.gov.

We are subject to the information and periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance therewith, we file proxy statements, periodic information and other information with the SEC. All documents filed with the SEC are available for inspection and copying at the public reference room and website of the SEC referred to above. We maintain a website at www.wcicommunities.com where we make available, free of charge, documents that we file with, or furnish to, the SEC, including our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, proxy statements, registration statements and any amendments to those reports. We make this information available as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such materials with, or furnish such information to, the SEC. Our SEC reports can be found under Investor Relations on our website. The information contained in, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference and is not a part of this prospectus or any other report that we file with, or furnish to, the SEC.

Each subsidiary guarantor is exempt from Exchange Act reporting pursuant to Rule 12h-5 under the Exchange Act, as:

There are no significant restrictions on the ability of WCI Communities, Inc. or any subsidiary guarantor to obtain funds from its subsidiaries, if any, by dividend or loan. In the event that a subsidiary guarantor sells or disposes of all of such guarantor's assets, or in the event that we sell or dispose of all of the equity interests in a guarantor, by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise, in each case in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture, then such subsidiary guarantor will be released and relieved of any obligations under its note guarantee.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of WCI Communities, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2013. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits and the report of other auditors provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of WCI Communities, Inc. and subsidiaries at December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2013, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Certified Public Accountants
Miami, Florida
February 27, 2014, except for Note 21,
as to which the date is April 28, 2014

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of operations, shareholders' equity, and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2011, of WCI Communities, Inc. and subsidiaries. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the results of operations of WCI Communities, Inc. and subsidiaries and their cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2011, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

West Palm Beach, Florida
April 18, 2013 (July 18, 2013 and July 22, 2013 as to the information
included in the fifth and second paragraphs of Note 16, respectively)

WCI Communities, Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

	December 31,

	2013			2012
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents	$	213,352		$	81,094
Restricted cash		8,911			10,875
Notes and accounts receivable		7,107			5,672
Real estate inventories		280,293			183,168
Property and equipment, net		24,479			24,313
Other assets		18,101			17,789
Income tax receivable		77			16,831
Deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowances		125,646			—
Goodwill		7,520			7,520


Total assets	$	685,486		$	347,262




Liabilities and Equity
Accounts payable and other liabilities	$	54,920		$	40,007
Customer deposits		20,702			15,921
Senior secured term notes		—			122,729
Senior notes		200,000			—


Total liabilities		275,622			178,657


WCI Communities, Inc. shareholders' equity:
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value; 15,000,000 and 20,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively;
Series A $0.01 par value; 0 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013; 10,000 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012		—			—
Series B $0.01 par value; 0 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013; 1 share issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012		—			—
Common stock, $0.01 par value; 150,000,000 shares authorized, 25,795,072 shares issued and 25,768,035 shares outstanding at December 31, 2013; 18,072,169 shares issued and 18,045,132 shares outstanding at December 31, 2012		258			181
Additional paid-in capital		298,530			203,833
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)		108,984			(37,664	)
Treasury stock, at cost, 27,037 shares at both December 31, 2013 and 2012		(196	)		(196	)


Total WCI Communities, Inc. shareholders' equity		407,576			166,154
Noncontrolling interests in consolidated joint ventures		2,288			2,451


Total equity		409,864			168,605


Total liabilities and equity	$	685,486		$	347,262

WCI Communities, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

	Years Ended December 31,

	2013			2012			2011
Revenues
Homebuilding	$	214,016		$	146,926		$	57,101
Real estate services		80,096			73,070			68,185
Amenities		23,237			21,012			18,986


Total revenues		317,349			241,008			144,272


Cost of Sales
Homebuilding		149,768			100,786			51,013
Real estate services		76,972			71,675			68,209
Amenities		25,285			24,254			22,510
Asset impairments		—			—			11,422


Total cost of sales		252,025			196,715			153,154


Gross margin		65,324			44,293			(8,882	)


Other income		(2,642	)		(7,493	)		(2,294	)
Selling, general and administrative expenses		39,548			32,129			30,911
Interest expense		2,537			6,978			16,954
Expenses related to early repayment of debt		5,105			16,984			—


		44,548			48,598			45,571


Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes		20,776			(4,305	)		(54,453	)
Income tax benefit from continuing operations		125,709			52,233			6,140


Income (loss) from continuing operations		146,485			47,928			(48,313	)
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax		—			118			1,477
Gain on sale of discontinued operations, net of tax		—			2,588			511


Net income (loss)		146,485			50,634			(46,325	)
Net loss (income) from continuing operations attributable to noncontrolling interests		163			189			(68	)
Net income from discontinued operations attributable to noncontrolling interests		—			—			(732	)


Net income (loss) attributable to WCI Communities, Inc.		146,648			50,823			(47,125	)
Preferred stock dividends		(19,680	)		—			—


Net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders of WCI Communities, Inc.	$	126,968		$	50,823		$	(47,125	)




Earnings (loss) per share attributable to common shareholders of WCI Communities, Inc.:
Basic
Continuing operations	$	5.88		$	3.33		$	(4.90	)
Discontinued operations		—			0.19			0.13


Earnings (loss) per share	$	5.88		$	3.52		$	(4.77	)




Diluted
Continuing operations	$	5.86		$	3.31		$	(4.90	)
Discontinued operations		—			0.19			0.13


Earnings (loss) per share	$	5.86		$	3.50		$	(4.77	)




Weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding:
Basic		21,586			14,445			9,883




Diluted		21,680			14,515			9,883




Net income (loss) attributable to WCI Communities, Inc.:
Income (loss) from continuing operations	$	146,648		$	48,117		$	(48,381	)
Income from discontinued operations		—			2,706			1,256


Net income (loss) attributable to WCI Communities, Inc.	$	146,648		$	50,823		$	(47,125	)

WCI Communities, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(in thousands)

	Series A Preferred Stock					Series B Preferred Stock

										Common Stock							Retained Earnings (Accumulated Deficit)
										Common Stock				Additional Paid-in Capital						Treasury Stock			Noncontrolling Interests
	Shares			Amount		Shares		Amount		Shares		Amount		Additional Paid-in Capital						Treasury Stock			Noncontrolling Interests			Total
Balance at January 1, 2011		10		$	—		—	$	—		9,866	$	100	$	153,641		$	(41,362	)	$	(112	)	$	13,904		$	126,171
Net income (loss)		—			—		—		—		—		—		—			(47,125	)		—			800			(46,325	)
Stock-based and other non-cash long-term incentive compensation expense		—			—		—		—		—		—		821			—			—			—			821
Stock issued pursuant to stock-based incentive compensation plans and related tax matters		—			—		—		—		92		—		—			—			—			—			—
Purchase of treasury stock		—			—		—		—		—		—		—			—			(43	)		—			(43	)
Distributions to noncontrolling interests		—			—		—		—		—		—		—			—			—			(2,221	)		(2,221	)
Effect of deconsolidation for changes in the ownership of a previously consolidated entity		—			—		—		—		—		—		—			—			—			(9,843	)		(9,843	)


Balance at December 31, 2011		10			—		—		—		9,958		100		154,462			(88,487	)		(155	)		2,640			68,560
Net income (loss)		—			—		—		—		—		—		—			50,823			—			(189	)		50,634
Stock-based and other non-cash long-term incentive compensation expense		—			—		—		—		—		—		705			—			—			—			705
Stock issued pursuant to stock-based incentive compensation plans and related tax matters		—			—		—		—		111		1		(1	)		—			—			—			—
Purchase of treasury stock		—			—		—		—		—		—		—			—			(41	)		—			(41	)
Exercise of stock options		—			—		—		—		80		1		486			—			—			—			487
Issuance of common stock		—			—		—		—		7,923		79		48,181			—			—			—			48,260


Balance at December 31, 2012		10			—		—		—		18,072		181		203,833			(37,664	)		(196	)		2,451			168,605
Net income (loss)		—			—		—		—		—		—		—			146,648			—			(163	)		146,485
Stock-based and other non-cash long-term incentive compensation expense		—			—		—		—		—		—		5,217			—			—			—			5,217
Stock dividend paid to Series A preferred shareholders		—			—		—		—		904		9		(9	)		—			—			—			—
Retirement of Series A preferred shares		(10	)		—		—		—		—		—		—			—			—			—			—
Cash dividend paid to Series B preferred shareholder		—			—		—		—		—		—		(700	)		—			—			—			(700	)
Issuance of common stock		—			—		—		—		6,819		68		90,189			—			—			—			90,257


Balance at December 31, 2013		—		$	—		—	$	—		25,795	$	258	$	298,530		$	108,984		$	(196	)	$	2,288		$	409,864

	Years Ended December 31,

	2013			2012			2011
Operating activities
Net income (loss)	$	146,485		$	50,634		$	(46,325	)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
Amortization of debt issuance costs		627			400			200
Amortization of debt discounts		243			1,545			1,811
Expenses related to early repayment of debt		5,105			16,984			—
Non-cash addition to senior subordinated secured term loan for PIK interest		—			6,930			15,129
Non-cash change in unrecognized tax benefit		—			(50,498	)		—
Depreciation		2,081			2,000			2,936
Provision for bad debts		263			286			262
Gain on sale of discontinued operations		—			(4,265	)		(835	)
(Gain) loss on sale of property and equipment		72			(718	)		89
Reversal of deferred tax asset valuation allowances		(125,646	)		—			—
Decrease in deferred income tax		—			—			(8,509	)
Stock-based and other non-cash long-term incentive compensation expense		5,217			705			821
Asset impairments		—			—			11,422
Changes in assets and liabilities:
Restricted cash		1,964			9,935			(2,526	)
Notes and accounts receivable		(1,698	)		265			(1,236	)
Real estate inventories		(98,511	)		(23,452	)		743
Other assets		2,360			1,123			2,243
Income tax receivable		16,754			(699	)		2,223
Accounts payable and other liabilities		17,322			5,742			(5,436	)
Customer deposits		4,781			5,097			7,267


Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities		(22,581	)		22,014			(19,721	)


Investing activities
Distributions of capital from an unconsolidated joint venture		577			1,939			—
Additions to property and equipment		(2,554	)		(1,077	)		(1,323	)
Proceeds from the sale of property and equipment		—			674			—
Proceeds from the sale of discontinued operations		—			10,069			15,322


Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities		(1,977	)		11,605			13,999


Financing activities
Proceeds from the issuance of common stock, net		90,257			48,260			—
Proceeds from the issuance of senior notes		200,000			—			—
Proceeds from the issuance of senior secured term notes, net		—			122,500			—
Repayment of senior secured term notes		(126,250	)		—			—
Repayment of senior subordinated secured term loan		—			(162,412	)		(150	)
Payments of debt issuance costs		(5,703	)		(3,495	)		—
Payments of community development district obligations		(788	)		(1,174	)		(683	)
Payment of preferred stock dividend		(700	)		—			—
Proceeds from the exercise of stock options		—			487			—
Purchases of treasury stock		—			(41	)		(43	)
Distributions to noncontrolling interests		—			—			(2,221	)


Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		156,816			4,125			(3,097	)


Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents		132,258			37,744			(8,819	)
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year		81,094			43,350			52,169


Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year	$	213,352		$	81,094		$	43,350




Supplemental disclosures
Cash paid during the year for:
Interest, net of amounts capitalized	$	(3,245	)	$	(2,532	)	$	—
Noncash transactions associated with the deconsolidation of a subsidiary:
Accounts receivable and other assets	$	—		$	—		$	561
Property and equipment		—			—			20,807
Accounts payable and other liabilities		—			—			2,368
Noncontrolling interests in a consolidated subsidiary		—			—			9,843
Noncash transactions associated with community development district obligations:
Liabilities assumed by homebuyers	$	2,486		$	1,492		$	592

WCI Communities, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2013

WCI Communities, Inc. is a lifestyle community developer and luxury homebuilder in several of Florida's coastal markets. Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms the "Company," "we," "us" and "our" in these notes to the consolidated financial statements refer to WCI Communities, Inc. and its subsidiaries and the term "WCI" refers only to WCI Communities, Inc. Our business is organized into three operating segments: homebuilding, real estate services and amenities. Our homebuilding operations design, sell and build single- and multi-family homes targeting move-up, second-home and active adult buyers. Our real estate services businesses include real estate brokerage and title services. Our amenities operations own and operate golf courses and country clubs, marinas and resort-style amenity facilities within many of our communities.

On August 4, 2008, WCI's predecessor company and certain subsidiaries (collectively, the "Debtors") filed voluntary petitions for reorganization relief under the provisions of Chapter 11 of Title 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware. The Debtors filed a joint plan of reorganization (the "Reorganization"), which was declared effective on September 3, 2009, and the Debtors emerged from bankruptcy on that date. In conjunction with the emergence from bankruptcy, WCI Communities, Inc. was formed as a holding company that owns 100% of the equity in WCI Communities, LLC and WCI Communities Management, LLC.

On July 22, 2013, the Company filed with the Secretary of State of the state of Delaware an amendment to its then existing amended and restated certificate of incorporation to effectuate (i) a 10.3 for 1 stock split of its common stock and (ii) an increase of its authorized capital stock to 150,000,000 shares of common stock and 15,000,000 shares of preferred stock. Additionally, on July 24, 2013, the Company filed with the Secretary of State of the state of Delaware a new amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which, among other things, converted all of its Series A, B, C, D and E common stock into a single class of common stock.

On July 30, 2013, the Company completed its initial public offering (the "Initial Public Offering"), issuing 6,819,091 shares of its common stock, par value $0.01 per share, at a price to the public of $15.00 per share. The shares trade on the New York Stock Exchange under the ticker symbol "WCIC." The net proceeds from the sale of common stock in the Initial Public Offering were $90.3 million after deducting underwriting discounts and offering expenses payable by the Company. The Company intends to use the net proceeds from the offering for general corporate purposes, including the acquisition and development of land and home construction.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP"), as contained in the Financial Accounting Standards Board's Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC").

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company, its wholly owned subsidiaries and certain joint ventures, which are not variable interest entities ("VIEs"), as defined under ASC 810, Consolidation ("ASC 810"), but which the Company has the ability to exercise control. In accordance with ASC 323, Investments—Equity Method and Joint Ventures ("ASC 323"), the equity method of accounting is applied to those investments in joint ventures that are not VIEs and the

Company has either less than a controlling interest, substantive participating rights or is not the primary beneficiary, as defined in ASC 810. All material intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

The Company's operations involve real estate development and sales and, as such, it is not possible to precisely measure the duration of its operating cycle. The accompanying consolidated balance sheets of the Company have been prepared on an unclassified basis in accordance with real estate industry practice.

Unless specifically indicated otherwise, all share and per share amounts of the Company's common stock have been retroactively adjusted in the accompanying consolidated financial statements and notes to reflect the abovementioned stock split, the new authorized share amounts and the conversion of our Series A, B, C, D and E common stock into a single class of common stock (Notes 1 and 16).

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the Company's consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could significantly differ from those estimates.

We consider all highly liquid instruments with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, cash and cash equivalents included $0.4 million and $2.3 million, respectively, of amounts in transit from title companies for transactions that closed at or near year-end.

As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, a substantial majority of our cash balances were held on deposit with one financial institution. If that financial institution failed to perform its duties under the terms of our depository agreements, we could incur a significant loss or be denied access to cash in our operating accounts.

Restricted cash consists primarily of funds held in escrow accounts representing customer deposits restricted as to use and cash collateral in support of outstanding letters of credit. We receive cash earnest money deposits from our customers who enter into home sales contracts. We are precluded from using such deposits in construction unless the customer waives the requirement to escrow deposit funds or we take measures to release state imposed restrictions, which may include posting escrow bonds. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, we had $8.3 million and $11.4 million, respectively, outstanding in escrow bonds used to release restrictions on customer deposits.

As of both December 31, 2013 and 2012, our restricted cash included $6.4 million related to customer deposits. Restricted cash also included $2.5 million and $4.5 million of cash collateral in support of outstanding letters of credit and other bank financing arrangements as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Notes receivable are generated through the normal course of business and are related to amenity membership sales and land sales and are collateralized by liens on memberships and property sold. Accounts receivable are generated through the normal course of amenity and other business operations and are unsecured. We assess the collectability of notes and accounts receivable and the need for an allowance for doubtful accounts based on a detail review of the individual notes and accounts receivable, collection histories and the number of days the accounts are delinquent. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, notes and accounts receivable were recorded net of allowances for doubtful accounts of $0.4 million and $0.6 million, respectively.

Real estate inventories consist of land and land improvements, homes under construction or completed and investments in amenities. Costs capitalized to land and land improvements primarily include: (i) land acquisition costs; (ii) land development costs; (iii) entitlement costs; (iv) capitalized interest; (v) capitalized real estate taxes; (vi) capitalized association deficit funding; and (vii) certain indirect land development overhead costs. Land costs are transferred from land and land improvements to homes under construction or completed at the commencement of construction of the home. Components of homes under construction or completed include: (i) land costs transferred from land and land improvements; (ii) direct construction costs associated with the home; (iii) engineering, permitting and other fees; (iv) capitalized interest; and (v) certain indirect construction overhead costs. Total land and common development costs are apportioned to each home, lot, amenity or parcel using the relative sales value method, while site-specific development costs are allocated directly to the benefited land. Investments in amenities include costs associated with the construction of clubhouses, golf courses, marinas, tennis courts and various other recreational facilities, which we intend to recover through equity membership and marina slip sales.

All of our real estate inventories are reviewed for recoverability on a quarterly basis, as our inventory is considered "long-lived," in accordance with ASC 360, Property, Plant, and Equipment ("ASC 360"). Impairment charges are recorded to write down an asset to its estimated fair value if the undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset are lower than its carrying amount. Our determination of fair value is based on projections and estimates. Changes in these expectations may lead to a change in the outcome of our impairment analysis, and actual results may also differ from our assumptions. Each community or land parcel is evaluated individually. For those assets deemed to be impaired, the recognized impairment is measured as the amount by which the assets' carrying amount exceeds their fair value. Further discussion of real estate asset impairments is included in Note 5.

We construct amenities in conjunction with the development of certain planned communities and account for the related costs in accordance with ASC 330, Inventories. Our amenities are transferred to common interest realty associations ("CIRAs"), sold as equity membership clubs, sold separately or retained and operated by us. The cost of amenities conveyed to a CIRA is classified as a common cost of the community and included in real estate inventories. This cost is allocated to cost of sales on the basis of the relative sales value of the homes sold. The cost of amenities sold as equity membership clubs is included in real estate inventories, classified as investments in amenities (Note 3). Costs of amenities retained and operated by us are accounted for as property and equipment.

In accordance with ASC 835, Interest, interest incurred relating to land under development and construction of homes is capitalized to real estate inventories during the active development period. For homes under construction, we include the underlying developed land costs and in-process homebuilding costs in our determination of capitalized interest. Capitalization ceases upon substantial completion of a home, with the related capitalized interest being charged to cost of sales when the home is delivered.

Property and equipment is carried at cost less accumulated depreciation. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. Costs of major renewals and improvements, which extend the useful lives of the underlying assets, are capitalized. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets.

Included in property and equipment are recreational amenity assets that are considered held and used. With respect to these assets, if events or changes in circumstances, such as a significant decline in membership or membership pricing, significant increases in operating costs or changes in use, indicate that their carrying values may be impaired, an impairment analysis is performed in accordance with ASC 360. Our analysis consists of determining whether the asset's carrying amount will be recovered from its undiscounted estimated future cash flows, including estimated residual cash flows, such as the sale of the asset. These cash flows are estimated based on various assumptions that are subject to economic and market uncertainties, including, among other things, demand for golf memberships, competition within the market, changes in membership pricing and costs to operate each property. If the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the sum of its undiscounted future operating and residual cash flows, an impairment charge is recorded for the difference between estimated fair value of the asset and the net carrying amount. We estimate the fair value by using discounted cash flow analyses. There were no impairment charges recorded during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 related to property and equipment.

In accordance with ASC 360, we record assets of discontinued operations, primarily constructed amenity assets that were retained and operated by us, at the lower of the carrying value or fair value less costs to sell. Pursuant to the provisions of ASC 360, the following criteria must be met for an asset to be classified as an asset held for sale:

In determining the fair value of the assets less cost to sell, we consider such factors as current sales prices for comparable assets in the area, recent market analyses/studies, appraisals, any recent legitimate offers and listing prices of similar assets (i.e., Level 2 inputs under the GAAP fair value hierarchy that is described in Note 13). If the estimated fair value of an asset, less the projected costs to sell, is less than its current carrying value, the asset is written down to its estimated fair value, less the projected costs to sell. There were no such asset impairment charges recorded during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

Debt issuance costs and debt discounts are amortized to interest expense using the effective interest method over the estimated economic life of the underlying debt instrument.

In connection with transactions that involve our debt instruments, including those described in Note 12, we evaluate and assess the accounting for such transactions in accordance with, among other things, the provisions of ASC 470-50, Debt—Modifications and Extinguishments ("ASC 470-50"). ASC 470-50 provides guidance as to (i) whether a transaction should be treated as an extinguishment of debt or a debt modification and (ii) the handling of new and legacy debt issuance costs. The application of ASC 470-50 during the three years ended December 31, 2013 did not have a material impact on the Company.

perform the two-step goodwill impairment test. We adopted ASU 2011-08 during the year ended December 31, 2012; however, it did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements or goodwill impairment testing.

Inherent in the determination of the fair value of a reporting unit are certain estimates and judgments, including the interpretation of current economic indicators and market valuations, as well as our strategic plans with regard to our operations. We typically use a revenue or income approach to determine the estimated fair value of our reporting units when performing our goodwill impairment test. The income approach establishes fair value by methods that discount or capitalize revenues, earnings and/or cash flows using a discount or capitalization rate that reflects market rate of return expectations, market conditions and the risks of the relative investment. If the estimated fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value, then the second step of the goodwill impairment test is performed to measure the amount of the impairment charge, if any. The impairment charge is determined by comparing the implied fair value of the reporting unit's goodwill to the corresponding carrying value. The implied fair value of goodwill represents the excess of the fair value of the reporting unit over amounts assigned to its net assets.

We generally provide our single- and multi-family homebuyers with a limited one to three-year warranty, respectively, for all material and labor and a 10-year warranty for certain structural defects. Warranty reserves have been established by charging cost of sales and crediting a warranty liability for each home delivered. The amounts charged are estimated by management to be adequate to cover expected warranty-related costs for all unexpired warranty obligation periods. Our warranty reserves are based on historical warranty cost experience and are adjusted, as appropriate, to reflect qualitative risks associated with the homes constructed. Our actual costs and expenditures under our various warranty programs could significantly differ from the estimates used to estimate the warranty reserves recorded in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets (Note 11).

Customer deposits represent amounts received from customers under real estate and amenity sales contracts.

Real estate services revenues, which include real estate brokerage and title services operations, are recognized upon the closing of a sales contract.

Revenues and related profits from land sales, which are included in homebuilding revenues in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations, are recognized at the time of closing. Revenues and related profits are recognized in full when collectability of the sales price is reasonably assured and the earnings process is substantially complete. When a sale does not meet the requirements for income recognition, profit is deferred under the deposit method and the related inventory is classified as completed inventory. The deferred income is recognized when our involvement is completed.

reporting periods, including carryforward period assumptions, actual results could differ from our estimates. Our assumptions require significant judgment because the homebuilding industry is cyclical and highly sensitive to changes in economic conditions. If the Company's future results of operations are less than projected or if the timing and jurisdiction of its future taxable income varies from our estimates, there may be insufficient objectively verifiable positive evidence to support a more-likely-than-not assessment of the Company's deferred tax assets and an increase to our valuation allowance may be required at that time for some or all of such deferred tax assets.

Advertising costs consist primarily of television, radio, newspaper, direct mail, billboard, brochures and other media advertising programs. We expense advertising costs related to our homebuilding operations as incurred to selling, general and administrative expenses in the accompanying statements of operations. Tangible advertising costs, such as architectural models and visual displays, are capitalized to real estate inventories. Advertising costs related to our real estate services and amenities operations are expensed as incurred to their respective cost of sales in the accompanying statements of operations. Total advertising expense was $4.7 million, $5.0 million and $3.9 million during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

We compute basic earnings (loss) per share by dividing net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders of WCI Communities, Inc. by the weighted average number of outstanding common shares during the period. Diluted earnings per share gives effect to the potential dilution that could occur if securities or contracts to issue common stock, which would be dilutive, were exercised or converted into common stock or resulted in the issuance of common stock that then shared in our earnings. During periods of net losses attributable to common shareholders of WCI Communities, Inc., no dilution is computed.

We account for stock-based awards in accordance with ASC 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation ("ASC 718"), which requires that the cost for all stock-based transactions be recognized in an entity's financial statements. ASC 718 further requires all entities to apply a fair value measurement approach when accounting for stock-based transactions with employees, directors and nonemployees. Further discussion of our stock-based arrangements is included in Note 17.

Our employees, who meet certain requirements as to service, are eligible to participate in our 401(k) benefit plan. We match an amount equal to 25% of the first 6% of each participant's elected deferrals. Our 401(k) benefit plan match expense was $0.3 million, $0.2 million and $0.2 million during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

During July 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2013-11, Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists ("ASU 2013-11"), which provides guidance on the financial statement presentation of an unrecognized tax benefit when a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss or a tax carryforward exists. Pursuant to the provisions of ASU 2013-11, an unrecognized tax benefit, or a portion of an unrecognized tax benefit, should be presented in the financial statements as a reduction to a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit, except as follows. To the extent a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss or a tax credit carryforward is not available at the reporting date under the tax law of the applicable jurisdiction to settle any additional income taxes that would result from the disallowance of a tax position or the tax law of the applicable jurisdiction does not require the entity to use, and the entity does not intend to use, the deferred tax asset for such purpose, the unrecognized tax benefit should be presented in the financial statements as a liability and should not be combined with deferred tax assets. ASU 2013-11 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2013. We adopted this guidance, which relates only to financial statement presentation, on January 1, 2014; however it did not have a material effect on the Company.

Work in progress includes homes and related home site costs in various stages of construction. Completed inventories consist of model homes and related home site costs used to facilitate sales and homes with certificates of occupancy. The carrying value of land and land improvements held for sale was $1.8 million as of both December 31, 2013 and 2012.

As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, single- and multi-family inventories represented approximately 89% and 84%, respectively, of total real estate inventories. Additionally, as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, high-rise inventories, which consisted solely of land and land improvements, represented approximately 8% and 11%, respectively, of total real estate inventories.

Amenities assets, net of accumulated depreciation, included in property and equipment, net above were $21.8 million and $22.2 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

In accordance with ASC 360, our inventories and other long-lived assets are carried at cost unless events and circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the underlying asset may not be recoverable. We evaluate and assess all such long-lived assets for recoverability on a quarterly basis to determine if impairment charges to write down individual assets are warranted. During the year ended

December 31, 2011, adverse economic changes within the homebuilding and real estate industry and other interrelated factors led us to record impairment charges for certain of our inventories and other long-lived assets. The estimated future cash flows used to determine the fair value of affected real estate and amenities assets were negatively impacted by changes in market conditions at that time, including decreased sales prices, changes in absorption estimates and market demand, all of which led to the impairment charges in 2011. We used, among other things, unobservable inputs, as contemplated under Level 3 of the GAAP fair value hierarchy (Note 13), to record impairment charges of $11.4 million on six land parcels ($10.0 million in our Homebuilding reportable segment) and three amenities assets ($1.4 million in our Amenities reportable segment), resulting in an aggregate fair value for those assets of $17.6 million after recognizing such impairment charges. There were no long-lived asset impairment charges during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

In the event that market conditions or the Company's operations were to deteriorate in the future, additional impairment charges may be necessary and they could be significant.

Cash paid for debt issuance costs aggregated $5.7 million and $3.5 million during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. During such years, we wrote-off $1.8 million and $2.0 million, respectively, of net debt issuance costs as a result of our early repayment of debt. The weighted average residual amortization period for our unamortized debt issuance costs as of December 31, 2013 was approximately 6.8 years. Future amortization of our debt issuance costs is expected to approximate $0.8 million during each of the years ending December 31, 2014 through 2017 and $0.6 million during the year ending December 31, 2018.

Investments in unconsolidated joint ventures represent our ownership interest in real estate development and mortgage lending services, which are not considered VIEs, and are accounted for under the equity method, in accordance with ASC 323, when we have less than a controlling interest and significant influence, or are not the primary beneficiary, as defined in ASC 810. While we have a

51% ownership in Pelican Landing Timeshare Ventures, the noncontrolling interest has substantive participating rights relating to operating decisions of the venture and, therefore, we account for our investment under the equity method.

Our investments in unconsolidated joint ventures are summarized in the table below.

In conjunction with the Reorganization (Note 1) and in accordance with ASC 852, Reorganizations ("ASC 852"), we revalued our investments in unconsolidated joint ventures to fair value, which resulted in our carrying value in Pelican Landing being written down to zero and our carrying value in FHFG being increased by $2.0 million. These fair values were determined primarily using a discounted cash flow model to value the underlying net assets of the respective joint ventures. We record our investments in unconsolidated joint ventures in other assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets (Note 6).

Our equity in earnings from unconsolidated joint ventures, which has been included in other income in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations, was $0.3 million and $0.4 million during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The corresponding loss for the year ended December 31, 2013 was nominal.

Our share of net earnings or losses is based upon our ownership interest. Pelican Landing incurred net losses for the years 2010 through 2013; therefore, in accordance with ASC 323, we have discontinued applying the equity method for our share of the net losses, as Pelican Landing's return to profitability is not assured. We may be required to make additional cash contributions to the joint venture to avoid the loss of all or a portion of our interest in such venture. Although Pelican Landing does not have outstanding debt, the partners may agree to incur debt to fund partnership and joint operations in the future.

The basis differences between the carrying values of our investments in each joint venture and the respective equity in the joint venture is primarily attributable to the discontinuation of the equity method for Pelican Landing and the fair value adjustments discussed above. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, our investment basis in the joint ventures was less than our ownership share of the capital on the partnerships' books by $4.4 million and $6.1 million, respectively.

During December 2012, we received a distribution of capital of $1.9 million from FHFG in contemplation of the dissolution of such joint venture. We recorded such payment as a reduction of our carrying value of the FHFG investment. During April 2013, FHFG was dissolved and liquidated and, as a result, we received a final cash payment of $0.6 million, thereby terminating our investment in the joint venture.

Condensed combined financial information of our unconsolidated joint ventures is summarized in the tables below.

Under ASC 205-20, Discontinued Operations ("ASC 205-20"), our retained and operated amenities classified as assets held for sale as of December 31, 2011 qualified as discontinued operations and, therefore, the related results of operations are required to be reported separately from continuing operations in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. We had no amenities assets held for sale at either December 31, 2013 or 2012.

During the year ended December 31, 2012, we sold (i) a sports amenity club for $5.5 million (excluding closing costs) and recorded a pretax profit of $2.3 million and (ii) a sports amenity club for $5.9 million and recorded a pretax profit of $2.0 million. During the year ended December 31, 2011, we sold (i) our 51% investment in a golf amenity club for $11.0 million (excluding closing costs) and recorded a pretax gain of $0.81 million and (ii) a golf amenity club for $4.8 million (excluding closing costs) and recorded a pretax gain of $0.03 million.

A community development district or similar development authority ("CDD") is a unit of local government created under various state and/or local statutes to encourage planned community development and to allow for the construction and maintenance of long-term infrastructure through alternative financing sources, including the tax-exempt markets. A CDD is generally created through the approval of the local city or county in which the CDD is located and is controlled by a Board of Supervisors representing the landowners within the CDD. In connection with the development of certain communities, CDDs may use bond financing to fund construction or acquisition of certain on-site or off-site infrastructure improvements near or within those communities. CDDs are also granted the power to levy assessments and user fees on the properties benefiting from the improvements financed by the bond offerings. We pay a portion of the assessments and user fees levied

by the CDDs on the properties we own that are benefited by the improvements. We may also agree to repay a specified portion of the bonds at the time of each unit or parcel closing.

The obligation to pay principal and interest on the bonds issued by the CDD is assigned to each parcel within the CDD and the CDD has a lien on each parcel at the time the CDD adopts its fees and assessments for the applicable fiscal year. If the owner of the parcel does not pay this obligation, the CDD can foreclose on the lien. The bonds, including interest and redemption premiums, if any, and the associated lien on the property are typically payable, secured and satisfied by revenues, fees or assessments levied on the property benefited.

In connection with the development of certain of our communities, CDDs have been established and bonds have been issued to finance a portion of the related infrastructure. There are two primary types of bonds issued by a CDD, type "A" and "B," which are used to reimburse us for construction or acquisition of certain infrastructure improvements. The "A" bond is the portion of a bond offering that is ultimately intended to be assumed by the end-user (homeowner) and the "B" bond is our obligation.

The total amount of CDD bond obligations issued and outstanding with respect to our communities was $33.0 million and $35.2 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, which represented outstanding amounts payable from all landowners within our communities. The CDD bond obligations outstanding as of December 31, 2013, mature from 2014 to 2034. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, we have recorded CDD bond obligations of $7.3 million and $9.7 million, respectively, net of debt discounts of $1.4 million and $2.3 million, respectively, which represents the estimated amount of bond obligations that we may be required to pay based on our proportionate share of property owned within our communities.

We record a liability related to the "A" bonds for the estimated developer obligations that are probable and estimable and user fees that are required to be paid or transferred at the time the parcel or unit is sold to an end user. We reduce this liability by the corresponding assessment assumed by property purchasers and the amounts paid by us at the time of closing and the transfer of the property. We record a liability related to the "B" bonds, net of cash held by the districts that may be used to reduce our district obligations, for the full amount of the developer obligations that are fixed and determinable and user fees that are required to be paid at the time the parcel or unit is sold to an end user. We reduce this liability by the corresponding assessments paid by us at the time of closing of the property.

Our proportionate share of cash held by CDDs was $3.6 million and $3.7 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Cash related to our share of the "A" bonds, which do not have a right of setoff on our CDD bond obligations, was $3.5 million as of both December 31, 2013 and 2012 and was included in other assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets (Note 6). As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, cash related to the "B" bonds, which has a right of setoff, was $0.1 million and $0.2 million, respectively, and was recorded as a reduction of our CDD bond obligations.

obligation as a debt extinguishment to the extent of our obligation to repay the related CDD bond obligations. As a result, $23.6 million of the $24.0 million existing CDD obligation, which relates to the property owned by us, is not recorded as a CDD obligation on our consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2013. We intend to reissue and sell, all or a portion of, the $24.0 million of CDD bonds in the future and will record our proportionate share of the related CDD obligation at that time. See Note 21 for a discussion of certain subsequent events that affect our CDD obligations.

The table below presents the activity related to our warranty reserves, which are included in accounts payable and other liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

During the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, net warranty expense of $1.0 million, $0.6 million and $0.7 million, respectively, was included in homebuilding cost of sales in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. During the year ended December 31, 2011, we experienced higher than anticipated warranty costs in several of our close-out communities outside of Florida, thereby causing an increase in our warranty reserve by an additional $0.5 million. Due to greater focus and controls over warranty costs and better quality controls and construction practices, our adjustments to prior year warranty reserves were nominal during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

Our debt obligations are summarized in the table below. See Note 21 for a discussion of certain subsequent events that affect our debt obligations.

Senior Notes. During August 2013, the Company completed the issuance of its 6.875% Senior Notes due 2021 (the "2021 Notes") in the aggregate principal amount of $200.0 million. The 2021 Notes were offered and sold in a private transaction either to "qualified institutional buyers" pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), or to persons outside the U.S. under Regulation S of the Securities Act. One of the Company's largest shareholders and one of its affiliates collectively purchased $10.0 million of the 2021 Notes when they were originally issued by us and those entities continue to hold such notes as of February 27, 2014. The net proceeds from the offering of the 2021 Notes (the "Notes Offering") were $195.5 million after deducting fees and expenses payable by us. The Company used $127.0 million of the net proceeds from the Notes Offering to voluntarily prepay the entire outstanding principal amount of its Senior Secured Term Notes due 2017 (the "2017 Notes"), of which $125.0 million in aggregate principal amount was outstanding, at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest. We intend to use the remainder of the net proceeds from the Notes Offering for general corporate purposes, including the acquisition and development of land and home construction.

The 2021 Notes are senior unsecured obligations of the Company that are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a joint and severable and senior unsecured basis by certain of the Company's existing and future Restricted Subsidiaries (as defined in the underlying indenture), excluding the Company's immaterial subsidiaries and mortgage subsidiaries (collectively, the "Guarantors"). The 2021 Notes were issued pursuant to an indenture (the "Indenture"), dated as of August 7, 2013, by and among the Company, the Guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee. The Indenture contains covenants, that limit, among other things, the Company's ability and the ability of its Restricted Subsidiaries to: (i) incur additional indebtedness; (ii) declare or pay dividends, redeem stock or make other distributions to holders of capital stock; (iii) make investments; (iv) create liens; (v) place restrictions on the ability of subsidiaries to pay dividends or make other payments to the Company; (vi) merge or consolidate, or sell, transfer, lease or dispose of substantially all of its assets; (vii) sell assets; and (viii) enter into transactions with affiliates. These covenants are subject to a number of important qualifications described in the Indenture.

The 2021 Notes bear interest at the rate of 6.875% per annum, payable semi-annually in arrears on February 15 and August 15 of each year. The 2021 Notes mature on August 15, 2021 at which time the entire $200.0 million of principal is due and payable. At any time on or after August 15, 2016, the 2021 Notes are redeemable at the Company's option, in whole or in part, at the redemption prices set forth in the Indenture, plus accrued and unpaid interest. Prior to August 15, 2016, the Company may redeem the 2021 Notes, in whole or in part, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes being redeemed, plus the Applicable Premium (as defined in the Indenture) and accrued and unpaid interest. Moreover, prior to August 15, 2016, the Company may also redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the 2021 Notes with the proceeds from certain equity offerings at a redemption price of 106.875% of the principal amount of the notes being redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

Upon the occurrence of any Change of Control (as defined in the Indenture), each holder of the 2021 Notes will have the right to require that the Company repurchase such holder's notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof on the date of purchase, plus accrued and unpaid interest. Additionally, if the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries sells certain

assets, the Company generally must either: (i) invest any excess net cash proceeds from such sales in its business within a certain period of time; (ii) prepay senior secured debt or certain other debt; or (iii) prepay other senior debt and offer to purchase the 2021 Notes on a pro rata basis. The purchase price of the 2021 Notes in any such offer will be 100% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

In connection with the issuance of the 2021 Notes, the Company, the Guarantors and the initial purchasers of the 2021 Notes entered into an Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement (the "Registration Rights Agreement"), dated August 7, 2013. The Registration Rights Agreement requires the Company to: (a) file an exchange offer registration statement within 270 days (May 4, 2014) after the closing of the Notes Offering with respect to an offer to exchange the unregistered 2021 Notes for new notes of the Company registered under the Securities Act having terms substantially identical, in all material respects, to those of the 2021 Notes (except for provisions relating to transfer restrictions and payments of additional interest); (b) use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the registration statement to become effective within 330 days (July 3, 2014) after the closing of the Notes Offering; (c) as soon as reasonably practicable after the effectiveness of the exchange offer registration statement, offer the exchange notes for surrender of the 2021 Notes; and (d) keep the registered exchange offer open for not less than 30 days (or longer if required by applicable law) after the date notice of the registered exchange offer is sent to holders of the 2021 Notes. The Registration Rights Agreement provides that, in the event that the Company cannot effect the exchange offer within the time periods described above and in certain other circumstances as described in the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company will file a "shelf registration statement" that would allow some or all of the 2021 Notes to be offered to the public in the U.S. If the Company does not comply with the foregoing obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company will be required to pay special interest to the holders of the 2021 Notes.

Term Loans. During June 2012, the Company issued the 2017 Notes (with a scheduled maturity in May 2017) in the aggregate principal amount of $125.0 million to its two largest shareholders or certain of their affiliates. All or a portion of the outstanding principal balance, along with a pre-determined prepayment premium, could be prepaid at any time prior to maturity. As noted above, the 2017 Notes were prepaid by the Company in their entirety during August 2013 at 101% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest. The interest rate on the 2017 Notes was LIBOR plus 8.0%, subject to a 2.0% LIBOR floor, and was payable monthly. The 2017 Notes were issued at 98.0% of their stated face amount, resulting in $122.5 million in net proceeds. The combined net proceeds from the issuance of the 2017 Notes and an equity offering that we completed during June 2012 (Note 16) were used to prepay the entire outstanding principal of our $150.0 million Senior Subordinated Secured Term Loan (the "Subordinated Term Loan") with a then outstanding principal balance of $162.4 million, including capitalized interest. The original debt discount on the 2017 Notes of $2.5 million and the related debt issuance costs of $2.5 million were being amortized as a component of interest expense over the term of the 2017 Notes using the effective interest method. As of December 31, 2012, the 2017 Notes were recorded net of an unamortized debt discount of $2.3 million. In connection with the voluntary prepayment of the 2017 Notes, $3.9 million of unamortized debt issuance costs and debt discount was written-off during the year ended December 31, 2013.

The Subordinated Term Loan had an initial principal amount of $150.0 million and was scheduled to mature in September 2016. All or a portion of the outstanding balance could be prepaid prior to maturity. Interest was payable-in-kind ("PIK") by capitalizing interest payable to the principal amount outstanding on a monthly basis at LIBOR plus 7.0%, with a LIBOR floor of 3.0%, equating to a minimum effective interest rate of 10.0%. Capitalized PIK interest on the Subordinated Term Loan was $6.9 million and $15.1 million during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. In connection with the Reorganization in 2009 (Note 1), as required under ASC 852, we recorded the Subordinated Term Loan at fair value, which resulted in a debt discount of $22.5 million that was being amortized as a component of interest expense over the term of the Subordinated Term Loan using the effective interest method. During the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, we made prepayments of $2.0 million and $0.2 million, respectively, under the Subordinated Term Loan. In connection with the June 2012 prepayment of the Subordinated Term Loan, $17.0 million of unamortized debt issuance costs and debt discount was written-off during the year ended December 31, 2012. At the time of such prepayment, approximately 58% of the Subordinated Term Loan was held by the Company's two largest shareholders or certain of their affiliates.

Revolving Credit Arrangements. During August 2013, the Company entered into a four-year senior unsecured revolving credit facility (the "Revolving Credit Facility"), providing for a revolving line of credit of up to $75.0 million. Amounts outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility will accrue interest, payable quarterly, at the Company's option, at a rate equal to (i) the Base Rate plus 1.75% or (ii) the Eurodollar rate plus 2.75%. The Base Rate is equal to the highest of: (a) the Federal Funds Rate plus ¹/2 of 1%; (b) the one month Eurodollar Rate plus 1.00%; or (c) the rate of interest in effect for such day as publicly announced from time to time by Citibank, N.A. as its "prime rate." Under the Revolving Credit Facility, we must pay, among other things, (i) a commitment fee calculated at a per annum rate equal to 0.50% of the average daily unused portion of the commitment thereunder and (ii) a letter of credit usage fee.

The $75.0 million commitment under the Revolving Credit Facility is limited by a borrowing base calculation based on certain asset values as set forth in the underlying loan agreement. In addition, a portion of the Revolving Credit Facility (not to exceed $50.0 million) is available for the issuance of letters of credit. The Revolving Credit Facility matures on August 27, 2017 and can be extended based on certain conditions. As of February 27, 2014, there were no amounts drawn on the Revolving Credit Facility or any limitations on our borrowing capacity, leaving the full amount of the credit facility available to us on such date.

The loan agreement underlying the Revolving Credit Facility contains customary negative covenants, including those limiting the Company's ability to pay cash dividends on its common stock. Additionally, such loan agreement contains a requirement to maintain compliance with certain financial covenants, including: (i) a minimum consolidated interest coverage ratio or minimum liquidity; (ii) a maximum consolidated leverage ratio; and (iii) a minimum consolidated tangible net worth. As of December 31, 2013, the Company was in compliance with all of these covenants.

During February 2013, WCI Communities, Inc. and WCI Communities, LLC (collectively, the "WCI Parties") entered into a $10.0 million loan with a bank secured by a first mortgage on a parcel of land and related amenity facilities comprising the Pelican Preserve Town Center (the "Town Center") in Fort Myers, Florida. As of December 31, 2013, such collateral had a net book value of $5.5 million.

The loan is also secured by the rights to certain fees and charges that the WCI Parties are to receive as the owners of the Town Center. The loan matures in February 2018. During its initial 36 months, the loan is structured as a revolving credit facility (the "Revolver Phase"), convertible to a term loan for the remaining 24 months (the "Term Phase"). During the Revolver Phase, the WCI Parties may borrow and repay advances up to $10.0 million and have the right to issue standby letters of credit up to an aggregate amount of $5.0 million at any time. Each outstanding letter of credit will reduce the availability under the revolving credit facility dollar for dollar. The interest rate during the Revolver Phase is a variable rate per annum equal to the bank's prime rate, as published in the Wall Street Journal, plus 100 basis points, subject to a minimum interest rate floor of 4.0%. The interest rate during the Term Phase will be a fixed rate equal to the ask yield of the corresponding U.S. Treasury Bond for a term of five years, plus 300 basis points, subject to a minimum interest rate floor of 5.0%. During the Revolver Phase, the WCI Parties are required to pay an annual renewal fee and a non-use fee equal to 25 basis points based on the average unfunded portion of the loan. There were no amounts drawn on the secured revolving credit facility as of February 27, 2014; however, $2.0 million of outstanding letters of credit on such date limited the borrowing capacity thereunder to $8.0 million.

The bank loan agreement governing the secured revolving credit facility contains covenants that, among other things, limit the ability of the WCI Parties to: (i) sell assets related to the Town Center project; (ii) enter into any merger unless WCI Communities, Inc. is the surviving entity; (iii) transfer control or ownership of WCI Communities, LLC; (iv) incur liens on the Town Center property; (v) waive, excuse or postpone the payment of any assessments related to the Town Center property; (vi) amend any agreement materially and adversely affecting the Town Center project; and (vi) amend, terminate, waive any provision of or modify any existing or future lease relating to the Town Center project, in each case, subject to certain exceptions.

Other. During the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company recorded $0.2 million, $1.5 million and $1.8 million, respectively, of interest expense related to the amortization of discounts on all of its debt arrangements.

We have no principal debt maturities until the year ending December 31, 2021, at which time the entire $200.0 million outstanding balance under the 2021 Notes will be due and payable.

ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements ("ASC 820"), as updated and amended by Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-04, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs, provides a framework for measuring the fair value of assets and liabilities under GAAP and establishes a fair value hierarchy that requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use

of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The fair value hierarchy can be summarized as follows:

The carrying values and estimated fair values of our financial liabilities are summarized in the table below, except for those liabilities for which the carrying values approximate their fair values.

The estimated fair values of our debt and community development district obligations were derived from quoted market prices by independent dealers (Level 2).

There were no financial instruments—assets or liabilities—measured at fair value on a recurring or nonrecurring basis in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

The majority of our nonfinancial assets, which include real estate inventories, property and equipment and goodwill, are not required to be measured at fair value on a recurring basis. However, if certain events occur, such that a nonfinancial asset is required to be evaluated for impairment, the resulting effect would be to record the nonfinancial asset at the lower of cost or fair value.

The Company did not have any nonfinancial assets that were written down to fair value as the result of an impairment charge during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012. During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company recorded asset impairment charges aggregating $11.4 million, primarily using Level 3 inputs under the GAAP fair value hierarchy (Note 5).

The carrying amounts reported for cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, notes and accounts receivable, other assets, income taxes receivable, accounts payable and other liabilities, and customer deposits were estimated to approximate their fair values.

Generally, the discharge of a debt obligation by a debtor for an amount less than the adjusted issue price creates cancellation of indebtedness ("COD") income, which must be included in the debtor's income. However, COD income is not recognized by a taxpayer that is a debtor in a reorganization case if the discharge is granted by the court or pursuant to a plan of reorganization approved by the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware. The Reorganization (Note 1) enabled the Debtors to qualify for this bankruptcy exclusion rule. As a result, the COD income, triggered upon emergence from bankruptcy, has not been included in the taxable income of the Debtors. However, certain income tax attributes, otherwise available and of value to a debtor, are reduced by the amount of COD income. The prescribed order of attribute reduction is defined by Section 108 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "IRC"). In brief, the order of reduction is as follows: (i) net operating losses ("NOLs") for the year of discharge and NOL carryforwards; (ii) most credit carryforwards, including the general business credit and the alternative minimum tax credit; (iii) net capital losses for the year of discharge and capital loss carryforwards; and (iv) the tax basis of the debtor's assets.

Section 382 of the IRC ("Section 382") imposes an annual limitation on our use of NOLs and certain tax credit carryforwards existing at the effective date of the Reorganization. Section 382 also limits the recognition of built-in losses in existence as of the date of an ownership change to the extent that a company is in an overall net unrealized built-in loss position as of that date. Generally, the annual limitation is equal to the value of the stock immediately before the ownership change, multiplied by the long-term tax-exempt rate (i.e., the highest of the adjusted Federal long-term rates in effect for any month in the three calendar month period ending with the calendar month in which the change date occurs). Companies subject to multiple limitations are limited by the lower limitation in effect for the period in question. We underwent an ownership change on December 31, 2008 and again on September 3, 2009 when we emerged from bankruptcy. Under Section 382, we were subject to annual limitations of approximately $85,000 for the ownership change on December 31, 2008 and $10.5 million for the ownership change on September 3, 2009. We were also in a net unrealized built-in loss position as of both of those dates. As such, any built-in losses recognized during the five-year period following those ownership change dates have been significantly limited. As of December 31, 2013, the Company is no longer subject to the built-in loss limitation associated with the ownership change on September 3, 2009 because the Company previously reached the maximum limitation with respect thereto.

The significant components of the Company's income tax benefit (expense) are summarized in the table below.

	Years Ended December 31,

	2013			2012			2011
	(in thousands)
Current:
Federal	$	(13	)	$	52,056		$	37
State		76			(9	)		(515	)


Current income taxes from continuing operations		63			52,047			(478	)


Deferred:
Federal		113,916			139			3,979
State		11,730			47			2,639


Deferred income taxes from continuing operations		125,646			186			6,618


Income tax benefit from continuing operations		125,709			52,233			6,140
Income tax expense from discontinued operations		—			(77	)		(935	)
Income tax expense from sales of discontinued operations		—			(1,677	)		(324	)


Consolidated income tax benefit, net	$	125,709		$	50,479		$	4,881

During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company used $0.6 million of its NOL carryforwards to reduce its current year taxable income. There was no corresponding NOL utilization during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011. Due to the effects of changes in the Company's deferred tax asset valuation allowances and unrecognized income tax benefits, its effective income tax rates for continuing operations during 2013 and 2012 were not meaningful as the income tax benefits for such years did not directly correlate to the Company's income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes. The Company's effective income tax rate for continuing operations during 2011

was 11.3%. The items that caused the Company's income tax rates to differ from the statutory federal income tax rate of 35.0% are summarized in the table below.

The Company and its subsidiaries file consolidated federal and combined state income tax returns. The Company remains subject to federal income tax examination for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 and state income tax examination in various jurisdictions, including Florida, for the years 2010 through 2013.

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax

purposes. The tax effects of significant temporary differences that give rise to the Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities are summarized in the table below.

	December 31,

	2013			2012
	(in thousands)
Deferred tax assets:
Net operating losses	$	116,348		$	114,443
Real estate inventories		66,823			77,827
Acquisition intangibles		10,534			10,513
Investments in unconsolidated joint ventures		3,379			3,384
Property and equipment, net		2,937			2,941
Stock-based compensation expense		2,016			—
Warranties and other accrued expenses		1,634			1,363
Other prepaid expenses and accrued expenses		125			1,295
Other		21			7


Deferred tax assets, before valuation allowances		203,817			211,773
Valuation allowances		(70,981	)		(204,035	)


Deferred tax assets, after valuation allowances		132,836			7,738


Deferred tax liabilities:
Deferred revenue and income		(2,934	)		(3,193	)
Acquisition intangibles		(2,667	)		(2,605	)
Investments in unconsolidated joint ventures		(1,053	)		(1,071	)
Community development district obligation discounts		(536	)		(869	)


Deferred tax liabilities		(7,190	)		(7,738	)


Net deferred tax assets	$	125,646		$	—

Upon our emergence from bankruptcy on September 3, 2009, we adopted fresh-start accounting. However, our predecessor company was subject to multiple limitations under Section 382 that affected us as a successor entity. Additionally, the downturn in the housing market from 2006 to 2010, uncertainty as to its length and magnitude, and the Company's operating losses provided significant and persuasive negative evidence that some or all of the Company's net deferred tax assets would not be realized. Because of these factors and the weight of other negative evidence at the time, the Company historically maintained a full valuation allowance for its net deferred tax assets since it emerged from bankruptcy.

As discussed in Note 2, ASC 740 requires a company to assess the adequacy of its valuation allowance for some or all of its deferred tax assets based on consideration of all of the available evidence, using a "more-likely-than-not" standard. In accordance with ASC 740 and our own accounting practices, we evaluate our net deferred tax assets, including the benefit from NOLs and certain tax credit carryforwards, on a quarterly basis to determine the adequacy of our valuation allowance. As of December 31, 2013, we considered the need for a valuation allowance for the Company's deferred tax assets in light of all of the currently available objectively verifiable positive and

negative evidence. Among other things, that evidence included: (i) an indication that the events and conditions that gave rise to significant annual and cumulative operating losses in recent years were unlikely to recur in the foreseeable future; (ii) the Company's return to profitability during the year ended December 31, 2012; (iii) projections of the Company's net income and the generation of taxable income during the year ending December 31, 2014 and beyond, supported, in part, by an existing contractual backlog of home sales; (iv) the remaining federal and Florida statutory carryforward periods attributable to the Company's NOLs; (v) the nature, character, amount, jurisdiction and expected timing of the reversal of certain deferred tax assets in relation to the reversal of recognized deferred tax liabilities; and (vi) improved conditions in the macroeconomic environment and the homebuilding industry, all of which provide positive evidence that it is now more-likely-than-not that certain of the Company's deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2013 will be realized in the future.

As of December 31, 2013, we determined that the deferred tax asset valuation allowance on certain of the Company's federal and Florida deferred tax assets were no longer needed. Accordingly, the Company reversed $125.6 million of its deferred tax asset valuation allowances during the quarter and year ended December 31, 2013 and such amount has been included as a component of the income tax benefit from continuing operations in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. The remaining valuation allowance of $71.0 million primarily relates to (i) potential Section 382 and similar state limitations for federal and Florida income and franchise tax purposes and (ii) certain states other than Florida where the more-likely-than-not realization threshold criteria has not been met. Prospectively, we will continue to review the Company's deferred tax assets and the related valuation allowance in accordance with ASC 740 on a quarterly basis.

As of December 31, 2013, we had (i) $302.2 million of NOL carryforwards for federal income tax purposes and (ii) $276.3 million of NOL carryforwards for Florida income and franchise tax purposes. Substantially all of our federal and Florida NOL carryforwards begin to expire in 2029. As of December 31, 2013, $163.7 million and $143.3 million of our federal and Florida NOL carryforwards, respectively, are each subject to an $85,000 annual limitation. The Company's other federal and Florida NOL carryforwards are not currently subject to limitation under Section 382 or any similar state statute.

A rollforward of the Company's unrecognized income tax benefits for the year ended December 31, 2012 is presented in the table below (in thousands). No corresponding rollforward tables are necessary for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2011.

During 2008 and 2009, we recorded reserves related to unrecognized income tax benefits and a related income tax receivable for positions taken on the Company's federal income tax returns. We had substantial authority for the tax positions claimed on the tax returns and the related NOL carrybacks but we did not believe that those positions rose to the "more-likely-than-not" threshold for purposes of financial statement recognition. During the year ended December 31, 2012, we successfully completed an audit by the Internal Revenue Service pertaining to the 2003 to 2008 tax years and, as a result thereof, we recognized a related tax benefit of $50.5 million associated with the underlying tax positions during 2012.

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized income tax benefits in its provision for income taxes; however, there were no such amounts during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

The income tax receivable of $16.8 million as of December 31, 2012 in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets was a federal income tax refund that we received in 2013.

We lease office facilities, sales offices and equipment under cancelable and non-cancelable lease arrangements. Certain of our lease agreements provide standard renewal options and recurring escalations of lease payments for, among other things, increases in the lessors' maintenance costs and taxes. Future minimum payments under non-cancelable leases having an initial or remaining term in excess of one year are summarized in the table below (in thousands).

Rent expense was $5.8 million, $5.3 million and $6.9 million during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Standby letters of credit and surety bonds (performance and financial), issued by third-party entities, are used to guarantee our performance under various land development and construction agreements, land purchase obligations, escrow agreements, financial guarantees and other arrangements. As of December 31, 2013, we had $3.8 million of outstanding letters of credit. Performance bonds do not have stated expiration dates; rather, we are released from the bonds as the contractual performance is completed. Our performance and financial bonds, which totaled $15.9 million as of December 31, 2013, are typically outstanding over a period of approximately one to five years or longer, depending on, among other things, the pace of development. Our estimated exposure on the outstanding performance and financial bonds as of December 31, 2013 was $8.9 million, primarily based on development remaining to be completed.

In accordance with various amenity and equity club documents, we operate certain facilities until control of the amenities is transferred to the membership. Additionally, we are required to fund (i) the cost of constructing club facilities and acquiring related equipment and (ii) operating deficits prior to turnover. We do not currently believe that these obligations will have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

We may be responsible for funding certain condominium and homeowner association deficits in the ordinary course of business.

The Company and certain of its subsidiaries have been named as defendants in various claims, complaints and other legal actions arising in the normal course of business. In the opinion of management, the outcome of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. However, it is possible that future results of operations for any particular quarterly or annual period could be materially affected by changes in our estimates and assumptions pertaining to these proceedings or the ultimate resolution of related litigation.

One pending proceeding was brought by the Lesina at Hammock Bay Condominium Association, Inc. (the "Lesina Association"), alleging construction defects and other matters. This pending proceeding was filed as a proof of claim in our bankruptcy proceedings during February 2009 in an unliquidated amount. The Company asserted that all prepetition claims for construction defects were barred by the plan of reorganization and bankruptcy discharge and, therefore, we believe that any potential losses will not be material to our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. During May 2013, the Lesina Association received permission to file a state court action without violating the plan of reorganization and bankruptcy discharge. During May 2013, we filed a Notice of Appeal of the decision with the U.S. District Court for the District of Delaware and we are vigorously defending this action. As a result of being in the early stages of litigation, we are unable to estimate the amount of any potential loss.

Common Stock. In connection with the Reorganization (Note 1), Series A, B, C and D common stock were established with each series representing individual equity ownership interests of our largest secured creditors at that time. All other existing shareholders at that time received nonseries common stock. During May 2012, we offered the holders of our Series A, B, C and D and nonseries common stock the right to purchase their respective pro rata share of 7,923,069 shares of our newly issued Series E common stock (the "Equity Offering"). The Equity Offering was consummated on June 8, 2012 and we ultimately received net proceeds of $48.3 million. The combined net proceeds from the Equity Offering and the issuance of the 2017 Notes were used to prepay the entire outstanding principal of the Subordinated Term Loan (Note 12).

On July 22, 2013, the Company filed with the Secretary of State of the state of Delaware an amendment to its then existing amended and restated certificate of incorporation to, among other things, effectuate (i) a 10.3 for 1 stock split of its common stock and (ii) an increase of its authorized capital stock to 150,000,000 shares of common stock. Additionally, on July 24, 2013, the Company filed with the Secretary of State of the state of Delaware a new amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which, among other things, converted all of its Series A, B, C, D and E common stock into a single class of common stock. Except for the table immediately following this paragraph, all share and per share amounts of the Company's common stock have been retroactively adjusted in the accompanying consolidated financial statements and notes to reflect the common stock split, the new authorized share amounts and the conversion of our Series A, B, C, D and E common stock into a

single class of common stock. A summary our pre-split shares of common stock is set forth in the table below.

The holders of series and nonseries common stock had equal rights with respect to dividends and liquidation. Each of the Series A through E common stock had the right to nominate and elect one member to our Board of Directors; the holders of nonseries common stock did not have such rights.

During July 2013, the Company completed its Initial Public Offering and issued 6,819,091 shares of common stock (Note 1).

Preferred Stock. In connection with the Reorganization (Note 1), shares of Series A and Series B preferred stock were issued to certain creditors. With respect to such preferred stock, we (i) exchanged 903,825 shares of our common stock (valued at $19.0 million) for 10,000 outstanding shares of our Series A preferred stock during July 2013 and (ii) paid $0.7 million in cash to purchase the one outstanding share of our Series B preferred stock during April 2013. All such shares of preferred stock, which were carried at a nominal value on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, have been cancelled and retired. In accordance with ASC 260, Earnings Per Share, paragraph 10-S99-2, any difference between the consideration transferred to our preferred stock shareholders and the corresponding book value has been characterized as a preferred stock dividend in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and deducted from net income to arrive at net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders of WCI Communities, Inc. for purposes of calculating earnings (loss) per share. The preferred stock dividend related to the retirement of our Series A preferred stock did not have an impact on our total equity because the liquidating dividend reduced additional paid-in capital by the same amount as the common stock issued in exchange for the Series A preferred stock.

The preferred stock had no liquidation preferences and was neither redeemable by the holder or the Company nor convertible into shares of our series or nonseries common stock. The rights of the Series A preferred shareholders included, among other things, the right to receive shares of our common stock in the form of a stock dividend each time we achieved a predetermined level of prepetition lender recovery. Additionally, the Series A preferred shareholders had the right to nominate and elect one additional member to our Board of Directors if certain conditions were met.

2010 Equity Plan. During March 2010, we adopted the WCI Communities, Inc. Long Term Equity Incentive Plan (the "2010 Equity Plan"). The 2010 Equity Plan was approved by our shareholders and is administered by the Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors. The 2010 Equity Plan authorizes awards to key employees, officers, nonemployee directors and consultants. We believe that such awards provide a means of performance-based compensation to attract and retain qualified employees and better align the interests of our employees with those of our shareholders. The 2010 Equity Plan allows us the flexibility to grant or award shares of the Company's common stock, stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards and other stock-based awards to eligible individuals. During 2010, the Company granted several officers and directors shares of restricted stock under the 2010 Equity Plan, subject to a service requirement with vesting over a period of approximately two and one-half years from the date of grant. As of December 31, 2012, all such shares were fully vested.

During November 2012, an officer of the Company was granted 77,250 shares of restricted stock under the 2010 Equity Plan. The market price of the shares was determined based on the most recent private transactions involving the Company's common stock in the secondary market. The shares are subject to a service requirement, with 25,750 shares vesting immediately on the date of grant and 25,750 shares vesting on each of the second and third anniversaries of the date of grant.

During November 2012, an officer of the Company was also granted 77,250 at-the-money nonqualified stock options under the 2010 Equity Plan with an exercise price of $6.31 per share and a contractual term of ten days. All such options vested on the grant date. The grant date fair value of the nonqualified stock option award, calculated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, was not significant. As a result, no stock compensation expense was recorded for the stock option award during the year ended December 31, 2012. The nonqualified stock option award was exercised in full within its contractual term and, as a result, we received $0.5 million of proceeds during the year ended December 31, 2012.

2013 Stock-Based and Other Non-Cash Incentive Plan Activity. During January 2013, we adopted the WCI Communities, Inc. 2013 Long Term Incentive Plan for key management personnel and the WCI Communities, Inc. 2013 Director Long Term Incentive Plan for non-employee directors of the Company's Board of Directors (collectively, the "Original Plans") and granted 770 and 80 awards, respectively, under those plans to eligible participants. Those plans were approved by our shareholders. A total of 1,000 awards were available to be issued to key management personnel and 80 awards to non-employee directors. The purpose of the Original Plans was to attract and retain key management personnel and non-employee directors and provide such persons with increased interest in the Company's success through the granting of awards. The awards granted in January 2013 vest over a five-year period ending December 31, 2017 and each vested award entitled the holder to receive a cash payment based on the future appreciation of the Company's common stock, contingent upon the earlier occurrence of either of the following events (each a "Payment Event"): (i) a change in control, as defined in the Original Plans, or (ii) the five-year anniversary of the Original Plans. The Original Plans terminate immediately following a Payment Event, unless terminated earlier.

In accordance with the definition of fair value under ASC 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation ("ASC 718"), the aggregate grant date fair value of the awards under the Original Plans was estimated using a Monte Carlo simulations-based option price model with the following

17. Stock-Based and Other Non-Cash Long-Term Incentive Compensation (Continued)

inputs: expected volatility, risk-free interest rate, expected life, dividend yield and the weighted average per share price of the Company's common stock. The fair value of such awards was classified as a liability pursuant to ASC 718 due to the awards' cash-settlement feature. The Company was required to remeasure the liability at each reporting date and recognize compensation expense for the period so that the total inception-to-date recognized compensation expense equaled the equivalent portion of the liability based on the requisite service period rendered as of the reporting date.

During June 2013, the Company amended the Original Plans (as amended, collectively, the "2013 Amended LTIP Plans"), effective immediately following the Initial Public Offering (Note 1). Under the terms of the 2013 Amended LTIP Plans, in lieu of a cash payment based on the future appreciation of the Company's common stock, as provided under the Original Plans, eligible participants and non-employee directors received deferred stock awards pursuant to which they are eligible to receive approximately 1,090.6 shares of our common stock for each award granted under the Original Plans. The 2013 Amended LTIP Plans also reduced the number of awards available to be issued to key management personnel from 1,000 to 770.

The table below presents the vesting schedule of the deferred stock awards, subject to certain accelerated vesting conditions, under the 2013 Amended LTIP Plans.

In accordance with ASC 718, the abovementioned award modification has been accounted for as the grant of an equity award in settlement of a liability. The related liability was reclassified to additional paid-in capital at the modification date and the modified awards are now being accounted for as equity awards. Under ASC 718, nonvested shares are valued at the fair value of the shares on the modification date if vesting is based on a service or performance condition. Accordingly, the fair value of the 927,000 nonvested shares subject to deferred stock awards under the 2013 Amended LTIP Plans was the market price of such shares on the modification date, which aggregated $14.5 million.

During June 2013, the Company adopted the WCI Communities, Inc. 2013 Incentive Award Plan (the "2013 Equity Plan"), effective as of June 28, 2013. The 2013 Equity Plan was approved by our shareholders and is administered by the Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors. The

17. Stock-Based and Other Non-Cash Long-Term Incentive Compensation (Continued)

principal purpose of the 2013 Equity Plan is to attract, retain and motivate selected employees, consultants and directors through the granting of stock-based compensation awards and cash-based performance bonus awards. The 2013 Equity Plan is also designed to permit us to make equity-based awards and cash-based awards intended to qualify as "performance-based compensation" under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. The 2013 Equity Plan allows us the flexibility to grant a variety of stock-based compensation awards, including stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, deferred stock, deferred stock units, dividend equivalents, stock payments, performance awards and other stock-based and cash-based awards. The 2013 Equity Plan will expire on, and no option or other award will be granted thereunder, after the tenth anniversary of its effective date.

During July 2013, we granted restricted stock awards for 49,600 shares of our common stock under the 2013 Equity Plan to certain key employees. Assuming continuous employment with us, those awards vested or will vest on either the six month or two year anniversary of the date of grant of the award.

The table below summarizes certain information regarding our stock-based compensation plans as of December 31, 2013.

The Company's policy is to issue new shares of common stock to satisfy stock option exercises and other stock-based compensation arrangements. If an award granted under a stock-based plan is forfeited, expires, terminates or is otherwise satisfied without the delivery of shares of common stock to the plan participant, then the underlying shares will generally become available again for award under the affected plan.

General. Deferred stock is a right to receive shares of common stock upon fulfillment of specified conditions. Restricted stock represents shares of common stock that preserve the rights of ownership for the holder but are subject to restrictions on transfer and risk of forfeiture until fulfillment of specified conditions. The Company's specified condition for vesting is typically continuous employment, subject to certain accelerated vesting conditions. With respect to deferred stock, at the completion of the vesting period or at a later date specified in the grant agreement, common stock is issued to the grantee.

17. Stock-Based and Other Non-Cash Long-Term Incentive Compensation (Continued)

Deferred stock and restricted stock activity for the Company's stock-based compensation plans is summarized in the table below.

Subsequent to December 31, 2013, 29,662 shares of restricted stock vested upon completion of the requisite service criterion. The Company also granted new restricted stock awards to senior executive officers, key managers and independent directors. Underlying those awards were 117,007 shares of the Company's common stock that will vest in their entirety on either the third anniversary of the date of grant of the award (106,375 shares) or the first business day immediately prior to the Company's 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (10,632 shares) if the individual remains an employee or independent director of the Company.

The aggregate intrinsic value of restricted stock issued during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 was $0.7 million and $0.5 million, respectively. The aggregate grant date fair value of restricted stock awards that vested during such years was $1.0 million and $0.8 million, respectively. In connection with the adoption of the 2013 Amended LTIP Plans, deferred stock awards with an aggregate grant date fair value of $3.6 million vested during the year ended December 31, 2013; however, the underlying shares (with an intrinsic value of $3.6 million on the date of vesting) will not be issued to the plan participants until January 2018.

17. Stock-Based and Other Non-Cash Long-Term Incentive Compensation (Continued)

ASC 718 requires that the fair value of all share-based payments to employees and directors be measured on their grant date and either recognized as expense in the statement of operations over the requisite service period or, if appropriate, capitalized and amortized. During the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company recorded $5.2 million, $0.7 million and $0.8 million, respectively, of expense for all of its stock-based and other non-cash long-term incentive compensation programs in selling, general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. The Company has not capitalized any such compensation amounts. For awards with service-only vesting conditions and a graded vesting schedule, stock-based compensation expense is generally recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the entire award, which is typically aligned with the underlying stock-based award's vesting period. Compensation expense for deferred stock and restricted stock awards is based on the fair value (i.e., generally, the market price) of the underlying stock on the date of grant. As of December 31, 2013, there was $10.3 million of unrecognized compensation cost attributable to non-vested deferred stock and restricted stock awards. Such cost is expected to be recognized on a straight-line basis over the remaining requisite service period for each award, the weighted average of which is approximately 3.9 years.

As a result of the Company's tax position, which is discussed in Note 14, no income tax benefits for stock-based and other non-cash long-term incentive compensation expense have been recognized in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations during the two-year period ended December 31, 2012. However, $2.0 million of the reversal of the Company's deferred tax asset valuation allowances during the year ended December 31, 2013 (Note 14) was attributable to such 2013 compensation expense. Other than increases in its net operating loss carryforwards, the Company realized no income tax benefits from the exercise of stock options or the issuance of restricted stock during the three-year period ended December 31, 2013.

Basic earnings (loss) per share is computed based on the weighted average number of outstanding common shares. Diluted earnings (loss) per share is computed based on the weighted average number of outstanding common shares plus the dilutive effect of common stock equivalents, computed using

the treasury stock method. The table below sets forth the computations of basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share attributable to the common shareholders of WCI Communities, Inc.

	Years Ended December 31,

	2013			2012		2011
	(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Income (loss) from continuing operations	$	146,485		$	47,928	$	(48,313	)
Net loss (income) from continuing operations attributable to noncontrolling interests		163			189		(68	)
Preferred stock dividends		(19,680	)		—		—


Income (loss) attributable to common shareholders of WCI Communities, Inc. before discontinued operations		126,968			48,117		(48,381	)


Consolidated income from discontinued operations		—			2,706		1,988
Net income from discontinued operations attributable to noncontrolling interests		—			—		(732	)


Income from discontinued operations attributable to common shareholders of WCI Communities, Inc.		—			2,706		1,256


Net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders of WCI Communities, Inc.	$	126,968		$	50,823	$	(47,125	)




Basic weighted average shares outstanding		21,586			14,445		9,883
Effect of dilutive securities:
Stock-based compensation arrangements(1)		94			70		—


Diluted weighted average shares outstanding		21,680			14,515		9,883




Earnings (loss) per share of WCI Communities, Inc.:
Basic
Continuing operations	$	5.88		$	3.33	$	(4.90	)
Discontinued operations		—			0.19		0.13


Earnings (loss) per share	$	5.88		$	3.52	$	(4.77	)




Diluted
Continuing operations	$	5.86		$	3.31	$	(4.90	)
Discontinued operations		—			0.19		0.13


Earnings (loss) per share	$	5.86		$	3.50	$	(4.77	)




Antidilutive securities not included in the calculation of diluted earnings (loss) per common share(1)(2)		—			—		155

As defined in ASC 280, Segment Reporting ("ASC 280"), our reportable segments are based on operating segments with similar economic characteristics and lines of business. Our reportable segments consist of: (i) Homebuilding; (ii) Real Estate Services; and (iii) Amenities.

During each of the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, substantially all of the revenues of our reportable segments were generated by our Florida operations. Evaluation of segment performance is based primarily on operating earnings.

Operations of our Homebuilding segment primarily include the construction and sale of single- and multi-family homes. The results of operations for the Homebuilding segment consist of revenues generated from the delivery of homes and land and home site sales, less the cost of home construction, land and land development costs, asset impairments and selling, general and administrative expenses incurred by the segment.

Operations of our Real Estate Services segment include providing residential real estate brokerage and title services. The results of operations for the Real Estate Services segment consist of revenues generated primarily from those activities, less the cost of such services, including royalties associated with franchise agreements with third-parties, and selling, general and administrative expenses incurred by the segment.

Operations of our Amenities segment primarily include the construction, ownership and management of recreational amenities in residential communities that we develop in certain Florida markets. Amenities consist of golf courses and country clubs, marinas and resort-style facilities. The results of operations for the Amenities segment consist of revenues from the sale of equity and nonequity memberships, the sale and lease of marina slips, billed membership dues, and golf and restaurant operations, less the cost of such services, asset impairments and selling, general and administrative expenses incurred by the segment. The Amenities segment also includes discontinued operations associated with our retained and operated amenities that have been classified as assets held for sale. However, in accordance with the provisions of ASC 280, the segment information below does not include the results from our discontinued operations (Note 8).

Each reportable segment follows the same accounting policies as those described in Note 2. The financial position and operating results of our segments, which are included in the table below, are not necessarily indicative of the results and financial position that would have occurred had the segments been independent stand-alone entities during the years presented.

	Years Ended December 31,

	2013			2012			2011
	(in thousands)
Revenues
Homebuilding	$	214,016		$	146,926		$	57,101
Real estate services		80,096			73,070			68,185
Amenities		23,237			21,012			18,986


Total revenues	$	317,349		$	241,008		$	144,272




Operating earnings (loss)
Homebuilding	$	24,700		$	14,011		$	(34,789	)
Real estate services		3,124			1,395			(24	)
Amenities		(2,048	)		(3,242	)		(4,980	)
Other income		2,642			7,493			2,294
Interest expense		(2,537	)		(6,978	)		(16,954	)
Expenses related to early repayment of debt		(5,105	)		(16,984	)		—


Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes	$	20,776		$	(4,305	)	$	(54,453	)

The tables below summarize certain unaudited financial information for each of the quarters in the two-year period ended December 31, 2013.

	Quarters During the Year Ended December 31, 2013(1)

	First		Second(2)		Third(2)(3)			Fourth(4)
	(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Total revenues	$	53,734	$	83,337	$	85,518		$	94,760
Gross margin		10,612		18,094		17,157			19,461
Income (loss) from continuing operations		857		8,812		1,618			135,198
Net income (loss)		857		8,812		1,618			135,198
Net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders of WCI Communities, Inc.		586		8,206		(17,022	)		135,198
Supplemental information:
Stock-based and other non-cash long-term incentive compensation expense included in income from continuing operations		1,584		448		2,280			905
Earnings (loss) per share attributable to common shareholders(7):
Basic	$	0.03	$	0.45	$	(0.71	)	$	5.20
Diluted		0.03		0.45		(0.71	)		5.16
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding:
Basic		18,045		18,045		24,138			26,000
Diluted		18,063		18,084		24,138			26,206

	Quarters During the Year Ended December 31, 2012

	First			Second(3)(5)			Third(5)(6)		Fourth
	(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Total revenues	$	33,084		$	48,509		$	54,165	$	105,250
Gross margin		2,125			6,967			10,795		24,406
Income (loss) from continuing operations		(6,300	)		(18,173	)		54,553		17,848
Income (loss) from discontinued operations		(87	)		1,584			1,209		—
Net income (loss)		(6,387	)		(16,589	)		55,762		17,848
Net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders of WCI Communities, Inc.		(6,660	)		(16,458	)		56,023		17,918
Basic earnings (loss) per share(7):
Continuing operations	$	(0.66	)	$	(1.52	)	$	3.06	$	1.00
Discontinued operations		(0.01	)		0.13			0.07		—


Net income attributable to common shareholders	$	(0.67	)	$	(1.39	)	$	3.13	$	1.00




Diluted earnings (loss) per share(7):
Continuing operations	$	(0.66	)	$	(1.52	)	$	3.05	$	0.99
Discontinued operations		(0.01	)		0.13			0.07		—


Net income attributable to common shareholders	$	(0.67	)	$	(1.39	)	$	3.12	$	0.99




Weighted average number of common shares outstanding:
Basic		9,938			11,855			17,888		17,974
Diluted		9,938			11,855			17,944		18,040

We have historically experienced, and in the future expect to continue to experience, variability in our operating results on a quarterly basis, primarily due to our Homebuilding segment. Because many of our Florida homebuyers prefer to close on their home purchases before the winter, the fourth quarter of each year often produces a disproportionately large portion of our total year's revenues, income (loss) and cash flows. Accordingly, our revenues and operating results may fluctuate significantly on a quarterly basis. Although we believe that the abovementioned seasonal pattern will likely continue, it may be affected by economic conditions in the homebuilding and real estate industry and other interrelated factors. As a result, our operating results may not follow the historical trends.

Effective April 28, 2014, the indenture governing the 2021 Notes (Note 12) was amended by the parties thereto. Such amendment eliminated certain sections of the agreement that provided for the release of subsidiary guarantee obligations for each of a Mortgage Subsidiary and an Immaterial Subsidiary (as those terms are defined in the indenture) under specified circumstances. There were no other changes to the indenture.

Each of the Guarantors under the 2021 Notes is directly or indirectly owned 100% by WCI Communities, Inc. ("WCI"). There are no significant restrictions on the ability of any of the Guarantors to pay dividends, provide loans or otherwise make payments to WCI. Each of the Guarantors will be released and relieved of its guarantee obligations pertaining to the 2021 Notes: (i) in the event of a sale or other disposition of all of the assets of one or more of the Guarantors, by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise; (ii) upon designation of a Guarantor as an unrestricted subsidiary in accordance with the terms of the indenture governing the 2021 Notes; (iii) in connection with the dissolution of a Guarantor under applicable law in accordance with the indenture; (iv) upon release or discharge of the guarantee that resulted in the creation of such guarantee of the 2021 Notes; (v) if WCI exercises its legal defeasance option or covenant defeasance option; or (vi) if its obligations under the indenture are discharged in accordance with the terms of the indenture. Separate condensed consolidating financial statements of the Company are not provided herein because: (i) WCI has no independent assets or operations; (ii) the guarantees provided by the Guarantors are full and unconditional and joint and several; and (iii) the total assets, equity and operations of WCI's non-guarantor subsidiaries are individually and in the aggregate minor.

During April 2014, we sold $23.6 million of the CDD bonds that are discussed in the last paragraph of Note 10 and received net proceeds, including accrued and unpaid interest, of $22.7 million. The scheduled debt service payment on May 1, 2014 satisfied all the other CDD bonds previously held by us. Accordingly, we are no longer the holder of any such CDD bonds. As a result of these transactions, the Company's CDD obligations will increase by approximately $21.7 million during the three months ending June 30, 2014, which represents our discounted proportionate share of the outstanding CDD bonds.

Until August 4, 2014 (90 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in the new notes, whether or not participating in the original distribution, may be required to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

		Page

CAUTIONARY NOTE CONCERNING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS			ii
SUMMARY			1
SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA			10
RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES			15
RISK FACTORS			16
USE OF PROCEEDS			51
CAPITALIZATION			52
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA			53
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS			55
BUSINESS			85
MANAGEMENT			103
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION			117
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT			128
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS			131
DESCRIPTION OF OTHER INDEBTEDNESS			134
THE EXCHANGE OFFER			137
DESCRIPTION OF THE NEW NOTES			148
BOOK-ENTRY, DELIVERY AND FORM OF SECURITIES			208
CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS			210
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION			211
LEGAL MATTERS			212
EXPERTS			212
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION			213
SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS			213
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION			F-1

	Years Ended December 31,

	2012		2011
	($ in thousands)
Real estate services revenues	$	73,070	$	68,185
Real estate brokerage		69,772		65,560
Title services		3,298		2,625
Real estate services gross margin		1,395		(24	)
Real estate services gross margin percentage		1.9%		—%
Real estate brokerage closed home sales transactions		9,070		9,177
Real estate brokerage average home sale selling price	$	246	$	230
Title services closing transactions		2,395		1,863

	Payments Due During the Periods Indicated

	Less Than 1 Year		1 to 3 Years		3 to 5 Years		Thereafter		Totals
	(in thousands)
Operating leases(1)	$	5,147	$	6,239	$	1,452	$	245	$	13,083
Capital leases		210		442		226		—		878
Senior Notes due 2021(2)		13,750		27,500		27,500		241,250		310,000
Land purchase obligations(3)		18,572		6,334		—		—		24,906


Totals	$	37,679	$	40,515	$	29,178	$	241,495	$	348,867

Development Status

Finished	1,212	112	1,324
Partially Developed	2,743	564	3,307
Raw	2,327	—	2,327
High Rise	1,549	—	1,549


Total	7,831	676	8,507

				Percentage Payout at Each Performance Level

	Threshold Performance Level	Target Performance Level	Maximum Performance Level	Percentage Payout at Each Performance Level
2013 MICP Financial Objectives	Threshold Performance Level	Target Performance Level	Maximum Performance Level	Threshold			Target			Maximum
EBITDA	$18,800,000	$23,500,000	$28,200,000		50	%		100	%		150	%
Land acquisitions (measured based on dollars spent on acquisitions and the number of lots acquired through acquisitions)	$33,840,000 and 802 lots	$42,300,000 and 1,003 lots	$50,760,000 and 1,204 lots		50	%		100	%		150	%

Name	Audit Committee	Compensation Committee	Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee	Land Committee

Patrick J. Bartels, Jr.		X	X	X
Keith E. Bass				CHAIR
Michelle MacKay	X		CHAIR
Darius G. Nevin	CHAIR			X
Stephen D. Plavin		X
Charles C. Reardon	X		X
Christopher E. Wilson		CHAIR		X

Name

Board of Directors	25	(1)
Audit Committee	8
Compensation Committee	3
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee	None	(2)

Name

Patrick J. Bartels, Jr.	94,000	(1)	—	94,000
Michelle MacKay	81,375	(2)	544,073	625,448
Darius G. Nevin	34,750	(4)	—	34,750
Stephen D. Plavin	86,000	(5)	816,109	902,109
Charles C. Reardon	29,375	(6)	—	29,375
Christopher E. Wilson	94,083	(7)	—	94,083

2013 MICP Financial Objective	Actual Performance Level	Percentage Payout at Actual Performance Level

EBITDA(1)	$41,866,000	150%
Land acquisitions (measured based on dollars spent on acquisitions and the number of lots acquired through acquisitions)	$70,700,000 and 1,900 lots	150%

	Stock Awards

Name	Number of Shares of Stock that Have Not Vested			Market Value of Shares of Stock that Have Not Vested($)(1)
Keith E. Bass		51,500	(2)		983,135
		294,458	(3)		5,621,203
Russell Devendorf		78,522	(3)		1,498,985
Paul J. Erhardt		78,522	(3)		1,498,985

Plan		(b) Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders	927,000	not applicable	2,769,252
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders	—	not applicable	—


Total	927,000		2,769,252	(1)

Name		Principal amount of 2017 Senior Secured Term Notes purchased

Monarch Master Funding Ltd		$62,500,000
Stonehill Institutional Partners, L.P.		$62,500,000

Name		Aggregate Purchase Price

Monarch Alternative Capital LP and certain of its advisory clients	374,943	$	24,371,295
Stonehill Institutional Partners, L.P.	328,038	$	21,322,470
Affiliates of The Royal Bank of Scotland PLC	16,636	$	1,081,340
David L. Fry Revocable Trust(1)	5,286	$	343,590
Russell Devendorf	2,571	$	167,115

Period

2016	105.156	%
2017	103.438	%
2018	101.719	%
2019 and thereafter	100.000	%

		Page

WCI Communities, Inc. Consolidated Financial Statements:
Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms			F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012			F-4
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011			F-5
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011			F-6
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011			F-7
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements			F-8

		December 31,

	Estimated Useful Life (In Years)	December 31,
	Estimated Useful Life (In Years)	2013			2012
		(in thousands)
Land and land improvements	10 to 15	$	13,907		$	13,922
Buildings and improvements	5 to 40		14,323			14,100
Furniture, fixtures and equipment	3 to 7		6,180			4,757


			34,410			32,779
Accumulated depreciation			(9,931	)		(8,466	)


Property and equipment, net		$	24,479		$	24,313

		Percentage of Ownership

		December 31,
Name of Joint Venture	Description	2013			2012
Pelican Landing Timeshares Ventures ("Pelican Landing")	Multi-family timeshare units—Bonita Springs, Florida		51.0	%		51.0	%
Florida Home Finance Group LLC ("FHFG")	Mortgage banking operations		—			49.9	%



Level 1:		Fair value determined based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to Level 1 inputs.
Level 2:		Fair value determined based on using significant observable inputs, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities or quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability, or inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data, by correlation or other means.
Level 3:		Fair value determined using significant unobservable inputs, such as pricing models, discounted cash flows or similar techniques. The fair value hierarchy gives the lowest priority to Level 3 inputs.

	December 31, 2013				December 31, 2012

	Carrying Value		Estimated Fair Value		Carrying Value		Estimated Fair Value
	(in thousands)
Senior notes due 2021	$	200,000	$	199,000	$	—	$	—
Senior secured term notes due 2017		—		—		122,729		125,000
Community development district obligations		7,271		8,447		9,680		12,937


Balance at January 1, 2012	$	45,451
Changes for tax positions of prior years		(45,451	)


Balance at December 31, 2012	$	—

Years Ending December 31,

2014	$	5,357
2015		4,410
2016		2,271
2017		1,218
2018		460
Thereafter		245


Total minimum payments	$	13,961

Pre-Split Common Stock as of December 31, 2012

Series	Authorized		Issued		Treasury		Outstanding
A		181,612		181,612		—		181,612
B		—		—		—		—
C		66,185		66,185		—		66,185
D		143,108		143,108		—		143,108
E		769,230		769,230		—		769,230


		1,160,135		1,160,135		—		1,160,135
Nonseries		819,865		594,446		2,625		591,821


Totals		1,980,000		1,754,581		2,625		1,751,956

Vesting Date

Day following the Initial Public Offering	25.00	%	25.00	%
December 31, 2013(1)	15.00	%	—
December 31, 2014	15.00	%	18.75	%
December 31, 2015	15.00	%	18.75	%
December 31, 2016	15.00	%	18.75	%
December 31, 2017	15.00	%	18.75	%

Stock-Based Compensation Plan

2010 Equity Plan(1)	1,174,014	758,399
2013 Amended LTIP Plans(1)	927,000	—
2013 Equity Plan	2,060,000	2,010,853


Totals	4,161,014	2,769,252

	Shares						Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Values

	Deferred Stock			Restricted Stock			Deferred Stock		Restricted Stock
Balances at January 1, 2011 (non-vested)		—			185,142		$	—	$	9.17
Vested		—			(89,506	)		—		9.17


Balances at December 31, 2011 (non-vested)		—			95,636			—		9.17
Granted		—			77,250			—		6.31
Vested		—			(114,001	)		—		8.52
Forfeited		—			(7,385	)		—		9.17


Balances at December 31, 2012 (non-vested)		—			51,500			—		6.31
Granted		927,000			49,600			15.59		15.00
Vested		(231,750	)		—			15.59		—
Forfeited		—			(453	)		—		15.00


Balances at December 31, 2013 (non-vested)		695,250			100,647			15.59		10.55